Author: Staff Reporter

Predictions and Warnings: Scientists Foresee a Fiery End for Earth

Staff ReporterScience 0

One of the most compelling and enduring questions for humanity centers on the fate of our planet: how long can we expect Earth to last, and is there truly an endpoint in sight? Although ancient predictions, like those of the Mayan civilization, have often fallen short, the curiosity surrounding Earth’s longevity remains a topic of fascination. Now, only a few experts in science dare to propose possible answers, hinting at unsettling outcomes based on scientific evidence and environmental trends.

Recently, astronaut Frank Rubio returned from a 371-day mission in space, reminding many of the fragile boundary between Earth and the vast unknown. Meanwhile, theories from some of history’s prominent thinkers, such as physicist Stephen Hawking, resonate with a stark warning about the future of our world. Hawking’s predictions, coupled with NASA’s stance on the impact of unchecked energy consumption, offer a sobering view of what may lie ahead.

Stephen Hawking’s Dire Prediction

One influential voice in the discussion about Earth’s potential demise was the late physicist Stephen Hawking. In the documentary *The Search for a New Earth*, Hawking put forth his own vision of how and when humanity might face the end. He warned that the planet would only sustain life until approximately 2600, at which point he believed it would transform into “a gigantic ball of fire.” Hawking’s statement was based on a series of factors—global warming, climate change, and the greenhouse effect—all of which he argued would render Earth uninhabitable in the future.

Hawking’s hypothesis hinges on the fact that climate change continues to intensify due to human actions. The warming of Earth’s atmosphere, largely driven by greenhouse gases, raises the planet’s average temperature, and this warming trend, if it persists, could eventually result in catastrophic conditions. “Global warming and the greenhouse effect are among the key reasons why Earth’s future appears bleak,” Hawking asserted in the documentary.

NASA’s Warning on Resource Consumption

NASA, the United States’ leading aerospace agency, has also weighed in on the subject, lending scientific backing to some of Hawking’s concerns. While NASA refrains from suggesting an exact end date for Earth, it has repeatedly emphasized the dangers of excessive energy resource depletion. The agency warns that the current rate of resource use is unsustainable, posing a real risk to the planet’s future if these patterns continue unchecked.

NASA’s findings highlight a significant threat: unless meaningful changes are made in how humanity consumes resources, Earth’s viability as a habitat for humans could indeed be short-lived. A spokesperson for NASA explained, “The urgency of our situation becomes clearer as we continue to monitor energy consumption trends. Immediate intervention is essential to preserve Earth’s resources and mitigate potential disaster.”

Given this pressing issue, NASA has implemented various initiatives aimed at conserving Earth’s environment. These include extensive research and programs designed to both observe and preserve the planet. By studying energy consumption trends, climate change, and atmospheric conditions, the agency hopes to identify ways to curb environmental degradation.

NASA’s Preventative Programs

In recent years, NASA has increased its focus on safeguarding Earth through a series of preventative programs. One primary aim is to shield the planet from potential hazards originating from outer space. By tracking possible asteroid trajectories and monitoring other celestial bodies that might pose a threat, NASA works to mitigate impacts that could endanger life on Earth. The agency has also launched programs specifically targeted at addressing the environmental crisis from space by conducting climate change studies and allocating resources for Earth observation.

NASA’s proactive approach demonstrates its commitment to addressing both natural and human-made threats to Earth. “To keep Earth habitable, we must look both inward, at our own actions, and outward, to prepare for possible external threats,” says a NASA representative.

The Ongoing Fight Against Climate Change

Both Hawking’s forecasts and NASA’s ongoing research underline a critical issue that scientists around the world continue to stress: climate change is real and poses one of the gravest threats to human survival. Climate change refers to long-term shifts in temperatures and weather patterns, primarily due to human activities, such as burning fossil fuels and deforestation, which increase greenhouse gas emissions. This accumulation of greenhouse gases traps heat in the Earth’s atmosphere, leading to higher global temperatures.

This phenomenon accelerates other environmental problems, like the melting of polar ice caps, which in turn raises sea levels and threatens coastal regions. Extreme weather events, such as hurricanes, droughts, and wildfires, are also on the rise, exacerbating challenges for ecosystems and societies worldwide.

Looking to the Future

While Hawking’s timeline extends several centuries into the future, his warnings prompt immediate consideration. Some scientists have suggested that humanity’s quest for solutions must intensify, including exploration of other habitable planets. Others argue that current technology and understanding should be used to prioritize protecting Earth’s ecosystems before turning outward.

NASA, for instance, continues its research on Earth’s environmental health while also exploring outer space. Programs such as the Mars rover missions and lunar expeditions may one day pave the way for human settlements on other planets. However, NASA’s primary focus remains Earth’s immediate well-being and sustainability.

“There is much to be done here on Earth, and while space exploration is invaluable, preserving our home planet is paramount,” said a NASA scientist. This dual focus reflects a growing consensus among scientists that addressing Earth’s challenges must happen alongside preparations for possible alternatives.

The Role of Individual Responsibility

In addition to institutional efforts, scientists emphasize the role that individuals and communities must play in combating climate change. Small lifestyle changes, like conserving water, reducing energy usage, and recycling, can collectively make a significant impact. Raising awareness about environmental responsibility, reducing waste, and advocating for sustainable practices also contribute to long-term goals.

“Each person’s actions matter,” NASA stresses in its outreach efforts. By fostering a culture of responsibility, individuals can support broader conservation initiatives and help mitigate the detrimental effects of climate change.

Conclusion

The future of Earth may remain uncertain, but the warnings from visionaries like Stephen Hawking and agencies like NASA remind humanity of the urgency of its situation. Hawking’s stark warning of Earth becoming a “gigantic ball of fire” by 2600 is a scenario that may seem distant, yet it underscores the consequences of continued environmental neglect. NASA’s insights on unsustainable resource use reinforce this call to action, encouraging immediate steps to reduce our ecological footprint.

NASA’s vigilance in identifying external threats and studying Earth’s climate signals its commitment to addressing both the known and unknown factors that threaten our planet. For now, Earth is humanity’s only home, and the actions taken in the coming years will shape its fate. As the saying goes, “There’s no planet B.” The time to act is now, both collectively and individually, to preserve Earth and ensure it remains habitable for generations to come.

By recognizing the intertwined challenges of climate change, resource depletion, and potential cosmic threats, humanity faces a pivotal moment. The warnings are clear, and the need for action is immediate. While the prospect of living on another planet may be intriguing, the reality is that protecting Earth remains the most urgent priority.

Immigration Woes of Early Silicon Valley Founders: Musk Brothers’ Struggles Revealed

Staff ReporterTechnology 0

Elon Musk’s early years as a budding entrepreneur in the U.S. included hurdles with immigration law, casting light on his complicated beginnings in Silicon Valley. At the time, Musk’s legal status in the U.S. was questionable, and his efforts to remain legally employed and manage a business faced significant challenges. In the words of Derek Proudian, a former Zip2 board member and later chief executive, “Their immigration status was not what it should be for them to be legally employed running a company in the US.” Venture capitalists investing in Musk’s first start-up also worried about his immigration status, as Proudian highlighted, saying, “We don’t want our founder being deported,” reflecting a sentiment shared by the board and investors.

In 1996, Mohr Davidow Ventures, a venture capital firm, agreed to finance Musk’s fledgling company with a $3 million investment. However, this funding came with a firm stipulation: Musk and his associates were required to secure legal work authorization within 45 days or risk losing the investment. This high-stakes requirement added pressure on Musk to address his legal standing in the U.S., pushing him into what he would later describe as a “grey area” early in his career. Reflecting on this time in a 2020 podcast, Musk admitted, “I was legally there, but I was meant to be doing student work… I was allowed to do work sort of supporting whatever.”

Musk’s legal entanglements extended to various instances in his early career, including a late-night email in 2005 to Tesla co-founders Martin Eberhard and JB Straubel. In this email, Musk openly acknowledged that he did not have authorization to be in the U.S. when he founded Zip2. To remain legally in the country, he had also applied to Stanford University. Musk elaborated on his motivation in the email, stating, “Actually, I didn’t really care much for the degree, but I had no money for a lab and no legal right to stay in the country, so that seemed like a good way to solve both issues.” He also noted that the rise of the internet appeared to be “a much surer bet,” an observation that influenced his decision to focus on business ventures rather than academic pursuits.

The email correspondence between Musk and his co-founders later became part of a California defamation lawsuit, shedding further light on Musk’s legal strategy for remaining in the U.S. In a deposition in May 2009, Musk recounted his decision to decline his Stanford acceptance just two days before classes were scheduled to begin. This decision was pivotal, as it allowed him to divert his efforts toward building Zip2, initially called Global Link Information Network, in the fall of 1995.

Despite his own immigration struggles, Musk has recently expressed mixed opinions on the issue of immigration. On social media platform X, formerly Twitter, he has often voiced support for legal immigration while expressing criticism of unauthorized entry into the U.S. “The legal immigration process in America needs to be greatly streamlined and expanded, while illegal should be shut down,” Musk posted, adding, “If someone is talented, hard-working and honest, they are an asset to the country.” This statement reflects Musk’s nuanced stance on immigration policy, a stance that, according to some, may overlook the more complex reality he faced as a young entrepreneur navigating a challenging immigration system.

Ira Kurzban, an expert in immigration law, offered a different perspective, suggesting that Musk’s past would likely have complicated his ability to gain legal status. “If you tell them you worked illegally in the US, it’s highly unlikely you’d get approved,” Kurzban explained, indicating that Musk’s candid admission of his early unauthorized work could have had severe implications for his immigration applications.

Kimbal Musk, Elon Musk’s brother, has been more direct about his experience with immigration challenges. Unlike Elon, Kimbal has openly acknowledged working in the U.S. without legal status, a situation he has used to illustrate the dysfunctionality of the immigration system. In a straightforward statement, Kimbal shared, “We were illegal immigrants,” an admission that he believes underscores systemic barriers that inhibit skilled foreigners from thriving in the U.S.

The Musk brothers’ immigration status drew attention from investors, who took steps to secure their future in the U.S. According to a 2023 biography of Elon Musk by Walter Isaacson, Mohr Davidow Ventures played a crucial role in assisting the Musk brothers with immigration-related matters. The venture capital firm, concerned with potential disruptions to its investment, helped arrange visas for Elon and Kimbal Musk. They also consulted with immigration attorney Jocelyne Lew, who advised the brothers on mitigating potential obstacles by minimizing their leadership roles in official documentation and avoiding any records that might reveal their residential addresses in the U.S. Lew’s strategy reflected a proactive approach to preserving the Musk brothers’ ability to work on their start-up without triggering legal repercussions.

Kimbal Musk further discussed his visa challenges during a 2021 interview, admitting, “I tried to get a visa, but there’s just no visa you can get to do a start-up.” His experience exemplifies the broader struggles that foreign entrepreneurs often face when attempting to launch businesses in the U.S. without a clear immigration pathway. He added, “I was definitely illegal,” a statement underscoring the difficulties associated with achieving legal standing for entrepreneurial activities under the existing immigration framework.

These early struggles with immigration law reveal a lesser-known aspect of Musk’s journey as an entrepreneur. While his comments today might sometimes echo anti-immigration rhetoric, his own experiences show a young immigrant facing a complex legal landscape to pursue his entrepreneurial vision.

Rachel Gupta’s Historic Miss Grand International Win Overshadowed by Myanmar Team Controversy

Staff ReporterFashion 0

Rachel Gupta from India made history by winning the Miss Grand International title, becoming the 12th holder of the crown and the first winner from India. Her triumph, however, is being overshadowed by an unexpected scene created by team Myanmar on and off the stage, drawing significant media attention.

On social media, videos from the event began circulating, showing a tense moment involving Myanmar’s second runner-up Thae Su Nyein. As Thae Su Nyein was announced as the second runner-up, Myanmar’s national director Htoo Ant Lwin walked onto the stage and forcefully removed her crown and sash. The visibly distressed Nyein was escorted away from the stage, reportedly crying over the ordeal. Soon afterward, Lwin was seen confronting a person recording the incident, which added further tension to the scene.

Afterward, Lwin took to social media, posting in a tone that initially seemed defiant. In a message that loosely translated to “Everything is fine. I will go live shortly,” Lwin hinted that he would clarify his position. During a live session soon after, he leveled several allegations against the Miss Grand International organization, claiming that the competition’s results were unfair to Nyein and declaring that Myanmar would not be participating in future pageants. In a later post, he adopted a calmer stance, asking, “Will you re-sign the contract?” followed by laughing emoticons, further fueling curiosity and concern from followers, who flooded the comments with messages of support and questions about his well-being.

As of now, the Miss Grand International organizers have not responded to Lwin’s accusations or commented on the Myanmar team’s exit. Despite the controversy, Gupta’s victory remained the highlight of the night for many fans and supporters in India.

“WE DID IT! We won the first Golden Crown in Indian history. HAR MAIDAN FATEH 🇮🇳,” Rachel Gupta expressed on Instagram, sharing clips of her crowning moment. “Thank you so much to everyone who believed in me! I promise, I will not let you down. I vow to be a Queen whose reign you’ll remember forever! With all my love,” she added, celebrating her achievement with gratitude toward her supporters.

The first runner-up of the pageant was CJ Opiaza from the Philippines, who, along with other contestants, witnessed the unexpected Myanmar incident unfold. The situation has sparked conversations across social media, leaving many speculating about the allegations and the future of Myanmar’s involvement in the pageant.

What are your thoughts on the controversy stirred by team Myanmar during the Miss Grand International finale?

LDP Coalition Loses Majority Amid Public Dissatisfaction and Economic Woes

Staff ReporterWorld 0

Japan’s ruling Liberal Democratic Party (LDP) and its coalition partner Komeito suffered a significant blow in the latest election, losing their majority in the Japanese parliament. This result, the worst for the coalition in over a decade, left them with 215 seats, falling short of the 233 seats needed to maintain control. LDP’s new leader, Shigeru Ishiba, who assumed the position just days before the election, acknowledged the result as a “harsh verdict” from the Japanese electorate. Despite this setback, Ishiba vowed to stay in office, with no immediate plans to expand the coalition to regain the majority.

Following the election outcome, Ishiba addressed the public, stressing that the LDP would “humbly” accept the message delivered by voters. “Voters have handed us a harsh verdict, and we have to humbly accept this result,” he remarked to NHK, Japan’s national broadcaster. He went on to state that Japanese citizens “expressed their strong desire for the LDP to do some reflection and become a party that acts in line with the people’s will.” The party’s approval ratings have been on a downward trend, partly due to recent scandals and what many see as unaddressed public concerns.

Speculation arose that Ishiba, whose tenure as prime minister began amid the ongoing controversies, might resign if the LDP lost its majority. Such a resignation could make Ishiba Japan’s shortest-serving post-war prime minister. However, Ishiba has resolved to confront the issues plaguing his party rather than stepping down. This marked the first time the LDP lost its majority since 2009, a notable development for a party that has dominated Japanese politics since its founding in 1955.

The LDP’s difficulties reflect a turbulent few years, with approval ratings plummeting below 20% earlier this year amid public discontent over a political funding scandal. The scandal involved accusations that numerous LDP lawmakers received significant funds from political events, leading to legal investigations. In response, Ishiba has pledged to address the issue directly. “We need to answer to the people’s criticism. That is how I will take responsibility for the loss of the election,” Ishiba said, adding that the LDP will enact fundamental reforms regarding the relationship between money and politics.

Aside from political reform, Ishiba promised economic measures to alleviate the challenges facing rural areas and tackle inflation. Economic hardships are pressing issues for many Japanese citizens, who are increasingly concerned with high prices and stagnant wages. The recent election results revealed growing frustration over rising costs, an issue the LDP must address if it hopes to restore public confidence.

On the opposition side, the Constitutional Democratic Party (CDP), the largest rival to the LDP, won 148 seats, as confirmed by NHK around 02:00 JST. Although the CDP gained ground, opposition parties remain fragmented and have struggled to convince voters they are a viable alternative. The CDP’s approval rating sat at just 6.6% before parliament was dissolved, underscoring the public’s limited enthusiasm for the opposition’s approach. CDP leader Yoshihiko Noda expressed a desire to collaborate with other opposition groups to challenge the ruling party’s hold on power.

Miyuki Fujisaki, a long-time LDP supporter, shared her disillusionment with both the ruling and opposition parties. “It is so hard to make decisions to choose parties, I think people are losing interest,” she told the BBC before the polls opened. Fujisaki acknowledged the LDP’s corruption issues but pointed out that the opposition also lacked clarity. “They sure complain a lot, but it’s not at all clear on what they want to do,” she noted.

The stock market reacted swiftly to the election results, with the Nikkei 225 index rising by approximately 1.5% early on Monday, while the yen depreciated against the US dollar. Although there appears to be widespread voter apathy, political developments in Japan have accelerated in recent months. Ishiba rose to power after former Prime Minister Fumio Kishida, who served since 2021, abruptly announced his resignation in August. Under Ishiba’s leadership, the LDP has been eager to rebuild its image among voters, though achieving this goal appears increasingly challenging.

A sequence of scandals has tarnished the party’s standing. One of the most contentious issues involves the LDP’s alleged connections with the Unification Church, a group critics have labeled as a “cult” due to its influence over political figures. Additionally, revelations surrounding the political funding scandal have cast a long shadow over the LDP. Prosecutors have been examining claims that several LDP lawmakers misappropriated funds from political fundraisers, with amounts reaching millions of dollars. These allegations have led to the dissolution of powerful party factions, weakening the LDP’s internal cohesion.

Public sentiment reflects the mounting dissatisfaction with the LDP’s handling of economic and social issues. Michiko Hamada, a resident who attended an opposition rally at Urawa station on the outskirts of Tokyo, expressed her discontent with the ruling party. “What a wretched state the ruling party is in,” Hamada said, adding, “It is tax evasion and it’s unforgivable.” Her frustration resonates with a growing portion of the Japanese population who feel financially strained.

The economy is a pressing concern for many, as Japan faces its highest inflation rate in decades. Over the past two years, prices have increased rapidly, adding to the financial burden on households. Hamada noted how food expenses alone have increased by 10,000 to 20,000 yen ($65-$130) per month. “I’m not buying the things I used to buy. I am trying to save up but it still costs more. Things like fruit are very expensive,” she explained.

This sentiment is shared by many older citizens, including pensioners like Chie Shimizu, who now works part-time to supplement her income. “Our hourly wage has gone up a bit but it does not match the prices,” Shimizu told the BBC, highlighting the widening gap between earnings and the cost of living. She has resorted to seeking out affordable food options at local markets due to the soaring prices at regular stores.

Despite these economic grievances, the Japanese political landscape remains complex. While the LDP has lost ground, opposition parties have yet to fully capture the public’s confidence. The challenge for Ishiba and his party will be to address both the immediate concerns of rising costs and the underlying issues related to political accountability. With the CDP and other opposition factions struggling to consolidate their influence, Japan’s future leadership remains uncertain.

The latest election has signaled a clear message from the Japanese public: a call for change and a government that is more responsive to their needs. The LDP, a party steeped in history and tradition, now faces the difficult task of rebuilding trust.

Israel Strikes Iran’s Military Targets Amid Escalating Conflict

Staff ReporterWorld 0

In a major escalation, Israel launched a series of overnight air strikes on Iran, targeting what Israeli officials identified as “military targets.” The strikes were widely expected as a response to Iran’s recent missile attack on Israel, which marked a significant turn in the two nations’ long-standing hostilities.

Why Israel Acted Now

The decision to strike came in response to an Iranian missile assault on October 1, during which over 180 missiles were launched at Israel. Although most of these were intercepted by Israel’s air defense system with support from allied forces, a few managed to hit various sites, including air bases. Tragically, one Palestinian civilian was killed by falling missile debris. Israel had vowed retaliation for this assault, but had not specified a timeline, leaving speculation about whether their response would be immediate or involve a broader strategy.

On Saturday morning, Israel targeted specific sites related to missile production, launch facilities, and other air capabilities, though further details about the specific assets hit remain unclear.

The October 1 Attack by Iran

Iran had launched its October 1 missile strike as retaliation for what it saw as aggressive acts by Israel. This included the killings of key figures within Hezbollah and Hamas, Iranian-supported groups that oppose Israel, as well as a high-ranking Iranian military official. On September 27, Hezbollah leader Hassan Nasrallah and Brigadier General Abbas Nilforoushan were killed in an Israeli airstrike in Beirut, Lebanon. Not long after, Hamas leader Ismail Haniyeh was killed in a compound explosion in Tehran, which Iran attributed to Israeli actions, though Israel neither confirmed nor denied involvement.

Iran’s recent attack on Israel marked only its second direct strike. Previously, Iran had launched an assault involving about 300 drones and missiles in response to an Israeli airstrike on April 1 targeting an Iranian consulate in Damascus, Syria. That earlier strike killed 13 people, including senior members of Iran’s Quds Force, part of the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC). Iran condemned this as a breach of its sovereignty, signaling that hostilities had reached a new level.

In retaliation for this April strike, Israel struck sites in Iran’s Isfahan region three weeks later. U.S. officials confirmed that Israel’s drones had targeted radar installations associated with Iran’s Russian S-300 air defense missile system, which Israel considers a significant threat to its aircraft. This limited strike was viewed as a warning of Israel’s capacity to reach Iranian military infrastructure.

Why the Two Nations Are Enemies

Iran and Israel were once allies, but relations deteriorated after Iran’s 1979 Islamic Revolution. Since then, the Iranian regime has been vocal in its opposition to Israel’s existence, with Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei calling Israel a “cancerous tumor” that should be “uprooted and destroyed.” Israel views this rhetoric as a threat to its security, as well as Iran’s funding and arming of militant groups opposed to Israel, such as Hezbollah and Hamas. The tension has only intensified over the years, leading to a covert “shadow war” where each side has attacked the other’s assets without acknowledging responsibility.

This underlying conflict gained further traction after October last year, when Hamas initiated an assault on Israeli communities, leading to further tensions in Gaza. Israel perceives Iran as its primary threat in the region, largely due to Tehran’s support for proxy forces like Hezbollah and Hamas, as well as Iran’s suspected ambition to develop nuclear capabilities.

Nuclear Ambitions and Military Power

Iran’s nuclear intentions have been a long-standing concern for Israel and Western nations. Though Iran denies any intent to develop nuclear weapons, Western officials remain wary, especially since Iran has significantly advanced its nuclear technology. In May, the head of the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) stated that Iran could be only weeks away from having enough enriched uranium for a nuclear weapon. However, experts point out that further steps would still be necessary for Iran to produce a usable nuclear bomb, including creating the necessary warhead.

Unlike Iran, Israel is believed to have a nuclear arsenal, though it follows a policy of ambiguity and has neither confirmed nor denied having such weapons. Furthermore, Israel has one of the world’s most advanced air forces, comprising a range of aircraft, including F-15s, F-16s, and the sophisticated F-35 stealth fighters. Israel’s military expertise extends to executing missions deep within hostile regions, and the country’s Defense Forces are prepared to navigate the challenging distances between Israel and Iran.

Iran, on the other hand, has focused on developing its missile and drone capabilities, with an extensive inventory of drones and rockets. These capabilities have also been extended to allied groups, including the Houthis in Yemen and Hezbollah in Lebanon. Iran’s air defenses have received upgrades, including Russian-made S-300 missile systems, and it has recently procured Su-35 fighter jets from Russia.

Despite its extensive conventional arsenal, Iran remains subject to monitoring under the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT), which it signed, committing to restrict its nuclear capabilities for peaceful purposes. In 2015, a deal was reached under which Iran agreed to limitations on its nuclear activities in return for sanctions relief. However, the deal collapsed after the U.S. withdrew in 2018, and Iran subsequently resumed nuclear activities that Western nations see as a potential path toward weapons development.

Iran’s Network of Allies and Proxy Forces

Iran has established an extensive network of allies in the Middle East, which it calls the “axis of resistance.” This alliance includes Syria, where Iran and Russia have backed President Bashar al-Assad throughout the Syrian civil war. The Iran-Russia partnership has grown considerably, with both nations supporting each other through shared military and strategic resources. Iran has supplied Russia with Shahed drones, and recent reports suggest Iran may have also provided ballistic missiles, though Iran denies these allegations.

Among the various armed groups backed by Iran, Hezbollah in Lebanon remains the most formidable. Since conflict erupted between Israel and Hamas, Hezbollah has exchanged almost daily fire with Israeli forces along the Lebanon-Israel border, forcing many residents to flee. Iran’s support extends to several Shiite militias in Iraq, which have launched attacks on U.S. bases across the region. The U.S. has responded forcefully, especially following incidents where American soldiers were killed.

In Yemen, Iran has backed the Houthi movement, which controls significant portions of the country. The Houthis have also targeted Israeli assets, including commercial shipping, leading the U.S. and UK to strike Houthi targets. Additionally, Iran supports Palestinian factions, including Hamas, though it denies any direct role in the October 7 Hamas assault on Israel last year.

Continuing Conflict

As tensions between Israel and Iran reach new heights, the region remains on edge, with fears that this latest escalation may trigger broader hostilities. The interplay of alliances and military actions creates a precarious situation in the Middle East, where both sides remain firm in their respective ideologies and strategic goals. The continuing power struggle between these two adversaries underscores the enduring complexities of Middle Eastern geopolitics.

International Religious Freedom Day: Honoring the Fight for Faith Amid Global Persecution

Staff ReporterReligion 0

October 27 marks International Religious Freedom Day, a commemoration of the International Religious Freedom Act signed in 1998 by then-President Bill Clinton. This day, recognized annually, highlights the longstanding and sometimes dark history of religious freedom.

This date is etched in history for various reasons. In AD 312, Emperor Constantine the Great reportedly had a vision of the Cross while marching into battle, inspiring his conversion to Christianity. This led to the Edict of Milan, which legalized Christianity in the Roman Empire. However, religious intolerance has marred the date, too; in 1553, theologian Michael Servetus was executed for heresy in Geneva. More recently, on October 27, 2018, the tragic shooting at the Tree of Life Synagogue in Pittsburgh resulted in the deaths of eleven worshippers and injuries to six others, underscoring ongoing threats to religious freedom.

The right to religious freedom is reinforced by global documents like the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights. Despite these protections, religious freedom is increasingly fragile and vulnerable. Global antisemitism has surged, but other communities face severe challenges as well. For example, in 2014, the extremist group ISIS committed widespread atrocities against the Yezidi community, actions deemed genocidal. Rohingya Muslims in Myanmar faced similar violence in 2017, leading many to flee to Bangladesh. Recently, Bangladesh saw violent attacks on its Hindu population, while Uyghur Muslims and Falun Gong practitioners in China continue to endure systemic oppression.

Christianity remains the world’s most persecuted faith. Data from Open Doors USA reports that over 365 million Christians worldwide experience high levels of persecution, equating to roughly one in seven Christians globally, with starkly high rates in Africa and Asia. The numbers are troubling: in 2023, approximately 4,998 Christians were martyred, which averages over 13 deaths each day. Of these, 82% were in Nigeria, often at the hands of Muslim Fulani herdsmen, Boko Haram, or ISIS-affiliated groups. That same year, more than 295,000 Christians were displaced by violence or war, more than doubling the previous year’s numbers. There were also over 4,000 cases of Christians imprisoned for their beliefs, and a six-fold increase in church attacks, totaling over 14,000 incidents. The range of persecution spans from state-imposed church closures in China to mob violence in countries like India, as well as church attacks in Nigeria, Nicaragua, and Ethiopia. Incidents are not limited to non-Western countries; Canada, the United States, and France have all reported numerous church attacks, with Canada alone witnessing the destruction or vandalism of at least 196 churches.

Christians and other minorities in Muslim-majority countries, particularly those with fundamentalist Islamic laws, face severe discrimination. In Pakistan, blasphemy laws are frequently used against Christians, where accusations of blasphemy can incite mob violence with minimal evidence. India, a nation recognized for its democratic principles, has also seen concerning developments. The Hindu Nationalist Party has promoted anti-conversion laws, penalizing Christian evangelism. Last year, widespread anti-Christian violence in India’s two states left several dead, thousands displaced, and many churches in ruins.

The United States, despite a history of championing religious freedom, is seeing a concerning decline in support for this fundamental right. Supreme Court rulings continue to affirm religious freedom, yet increasing numbers of believers face legal and social pressures to support same-sex marriage, abortion, and gender-affirming care, in direct conflict with their faith. Public understanding and support for religious freedom have waned, often leaving those who reach the Supreme Court to endure prolonged legal battles, significant financial costs, and reputational harm. Many in this situation feel isolated, lacking support from the public or from others who share similar convictions. Additionally, calls to expand the Supreme Court are viewed as a potential threat to religious freedom, aiming to curtail dissent.

Amid this troubling landscape, International Religious Freedom Day serves as a reminder of the importance of the right to believe freely and live according to one’s convictions. Religious freedom is often recognized as a gift that Christianity contributed to global society. With these freedoms under increasing strain, particularly in non-Western countries, American believers are uniquely positioned to advocate for religious freedom and support those whose rights are under threat. Observing International Religious Freedom Day can be as simple as sharing the importance of religious freedom with someone else, or taking a moment to remember and pray for those enduring persecution worldwide, especially fellow Christians facing persecution at unprecedented levels.

The Epic Journey and Impact of Iceberg A-68: A Frozen Giant’s Journey and Legacy

Staff ReporterEntertainment 0

The world’s largest icebergs, sometimes exceeding the size of entire countries, are born as they break off the Antarctic ice sheet. These colossal ice masses, drifting and melting in the Southern Ocean, create distinct and temporary ecosystems around them.

It all began with a significant crack. Late in 2016, scientists observed a swiftly expanding fissure in the immense Larsen C Ice Shelf, which extends into the Weddell Sea from the West Antarctic Peninsula. Within months, this crack grew to an enormous scale, ultimately leading to one of the most massive icebergs ever recorded breaking away into the ocean.

The iceberg, labeled as A-68, was an immense structure, more than double Luxembourg’s area at 2,200 square miles (5,700 sq km) and around 770 feet (235m) thick. Initially, it barely moved, trapped in the seasonal Antarctic sea ice. However, it eventually began drifting northward, carried by ocean currents and wind.

This giant iceberg set out on a notable four-year voyage from the Antarctic sea ice to a distant island in the Southern Ocean. Iceberg A-68 became widely known, particularly when its travels captured attention on social media during the Christmas of 2020. During a time when Covid-19 lockdowns isolated many, people followed A-68’s journey with great interest, rooting for it as it crossed the Southern Ocean. There was even a chance of a dramatic finish, as ecologists feared A-68 could collide with South Georgia Island, potentially devastating its ecosystems.

The iceberg eventually broke apart and melted before reaching the island, dispersing billions of tons of chilled freshwater into the ocean. Over the years, it shattered into smaller pieces and gradually vanished, disappearing into slushy seawater by April 2021. This process significantly impacted the surrounding marine habitat, creating conditions that supported a unique ecosystem. Scientists tracking A-68 from its birth to its end gathered valuable insights into the effects of massive icebergs on marine environments. A-68, for its short existence, became a mobile refuge for various species.

With years of data collection, researchers can now tell A-68’s complete story and analyze its environmental impact on the ocean.

Breaking Away from Antarctica

On Antarctica’s side closest to South America, the West Antarctic Peninsula stretches into the Southern Ocean. This peninsula, home to numerous penguin colonies and other thriving life forms, is the most habitable region of the continent. To the east, it is bordered by the Larsen ice shelves, vast plains of floating glacier ice that extend tens of thousands of square kilometers. The seas beneath these ice shelves remain mostly uncharted due to the thick ice, which blocks vessel access and sunlight from reaching these regions, isolating the marine habitat beneath for thousands of years.

The Antarctic ice shelves are not stationary. Ice flows continuously from the continent towards the ocean, creating a dynamic environment as the ice interacts with the thinner seasonal sea ice. Occasionally, a significant chunk breaks off—a process known as “calving.” According to Geraint Tarling, a polar ecologist with the British Antarctic Survey, “Calving is a natural event.”

In July 2017, the growing fissure in Larsen C led to the detachment of a massive ice block, which represented about 10% of the shelf. This newly calved iceberg was the largest in the ocean at the time, and among the top six over the last 30 years. The US National Ice Center designated it as “A-68.” Within days, a portion of it broke off, creating fragments known as A-68a, A-68b, A-68c, and so on.

Embarking on Its Journey

The formation of A-68 exposed a previously hidden seabed that had remained beneath the ice for millennia. Polar scientists were eager to investigate this newly uncovered area before changes in the ecosystems began. “There was a big move to get expeditions in there,” says Tarling, noting, “Unfortunately, when it calved, there was a huge amount of ice around… The opportunity was lost.”

Thus, A-68a remained in place for a couple of years, trapped in its icy surroundings. In July 2018, it began drifting within the Weddell Gyre—a circular ocean current. By summer 2019, it had traveled about 155 miles (250 km) north. Then, as it reached the edge of Antarctica’s year-round sea ice, it drifted into “Iceberg Alley,” a path where powerful currents steer icebergs northwards.

In these waters, A-68a encountered warmer temperatures. By April 2020, a chunk measuring 67 square miles (175 sq km) had broken off, leading scientists to anticipate a collapse. Yet, A-68a persisted. Describing this iceberg as unique, Tarling notes, “It was the sixth-largest ever detected” and “stayed together for an incredibly long period.”

During the same period, Roseanne Smith, then a student researching polar and alpine change, tracked A-68a’s progress using satellite data. “I was doing it from home,” she recalls, adding, “It was a case of waking up every morning and then checking where the iceberg had moved to.”

Smith’s work at the British Antarctic Survey revealed that vast but thin layers of freshwater spread more than 620 miles (1,000 km) from the iceberg. “Satellites are only able to tell you anything about the conditions in the top few centimeters of the surface ocean,” she explains.

Approaching South Georgia Island

By the summer of 2020, the iceberg was drifting closer to South Georgia, raising concerns among scientists. South Georgia’s marine ecosystem is enriched by glacial runoff, which fertilizes surrounding waters, promoting photosynthetic plankton growth that sustains krill and other marine life. The island also serves as a breeding ground for species like elephant seals, king penguins, and wandering albatrosses.

An impact with the island’s shallow seabed could have damaged these ecosystems. “That probably would mean that there would be low levels of survival at those colonies for that particular year,” Tarling explains. This potential danger prompted an urgent attempt to arrange an expedition to assess the iceberg’s effects on the region’s marine environment.

In February 2021, the RRS James Cook vessel was directed to study the freshwater layer around A-68a, although Tarling could not join due to pandemic restrictions. The ship conducted transects, measuring water conditions and observing marine life.

The Final Break-Up

In December 2020, satellite images showed A-68a was “fraying at the edges” and developing cracks. As the iceberg approached South Georgia, one corner became lodged in the shallow waters off the island, breaking off from the main body. “It got very, very close,” says Tarling. Fortunately, this break spared the island, though it carved an indentation in the seabed.

The final break-up was driven by strong ocean currents that exerted a shearing force on the iceberg. This unusual event caused one section to break off, with pieces dispersing into the sea. Tarling’s team had to alter their research approach in response to the iceberg’s rapid disintegration, making observations around a collapsing iceberg for the first time.

In the peak of its melt, A-68a released around 1.5 billion tons of freshwater into the ocean daily. By late January 2021, as the RRS James Cook arrived, the researchers deployed gliders to monitor the icy fragments. Meanwhile, A-68a’s main body was melting at a rate of 23 feet (7 meters) per month due to the warmer northern waters near South Georgia.

Ultimately, in mid-April 2021, A-68a had disintegrated into fragments so small they no longer qualified as giant icebergs. Over three and a half years, A-68 shed a staggering 802 billion tons of ice, marking the end of its journey.

As scientists now assess the legacy of A-68, they reflect on the iceberg’s transformative effect on the ocean. This single calving event not only provided a unique glimpse into how massive icebergs influence the Southern Ocean but also highlighted the fleeting nature of such phenomena.

Satya Nadella Earned $79.1 Million in 2023 Despite Cybersecurity Setbacks

Staff ReporterTechnology 0

Microsoft’s chief executive, Satya Nadella, earned a total of $79.1 million last year, marking a significant 63% increase in his overall compensation compared to the previous year. This substantial pay rise occurred despite Nadella’s own request for a reduction in one part of his pay package, a step he took to assume responsibility for cybersecurity issues within Microsoft. This decision led to Nadella receiving $5 million less than he would have otherwise.

In line with trends across the technology industry, Microsoft has implemented extensive job cuts this year, with thousands of layoffs, including significant reductions in its gaming division. Nonetheless, in a proxy statement submitted to the U.S. financial regulator, Microsoft’s board emphasized the company’s strong financial performance, noting a 16% revenue growth for the fiscal year ending on June 30, 2024.

The board’s compensation committee stated in a letter to shareholders that Nadella fully recognized Microsoft’s achievements over the past year. According to the committee, “Mr. Nadella agreed that the Company’s performance was extremely strong.” In light of his role in overseeing the company, he asked them “to consider departing from the established performance metrics and reduce his cash incentive to reflect his personal accountability” for a series of cyber incidents affecting Microsoft.

One prominent cybersecurity incident involved a breach reported in July 2023, when hackers accessed the email accounts of around 25 organizations, including government entities. Microsoft attributed the attack to sources in China, although the Chinese embassy in London countered this, labeling the claim as “disinformation.” The company’s fiscal year closed on June 30, 2024, just weeks before a major internet outage affected Microsoft Windows PCs globally, causing disruptions around the world. Although this incident was not linked to cybercrime, another outage in July led Microsoft to apologize, as this one was indeed caused by a cyber attack.

As part of the adjustments to Nadella’s pay package, the compensation committee made a significant reduction to his cash pay, cutting it by more than half to $5.2 million, which now represents less than 7% of his total compensation. The bulk of Nadella’s earnings, approximately $71.2 million, came from stock options.

Luke Hildyard, director of the High Pay Centre, commented on the size of Nadella’s earnings, acknowledging that Microsoft’s robust financial results could superficially justify the high payout. However, he questioned the necessity of such vast sums for an individual who is already extraordinarily wealthy. He stated, “We might also ask whether the extra $79 million on top of $49 million last year for someone who is already worth hundreds of millions, with more money than they could spend over multiple lifetimes of absolute luxury, is really necessary as a reward or incentive.” Hildyard also emphasized the role of Microsoft’s employees, customers, and society in the company’s success, suggesting that “the proceeds of that success should be shared a little more evenly.”

In comparison with Nadella’s pay, other high-profile tech leaders also received substantial earnings. For example, Apple’s CEO Tim Cook earned $63.2 million in 2023, and Jensen Huang, CEO of Nvidia—the world’s most valuable semiconductor company—was paid $34.2 million for the 2024 fiscal year. Nevertheless, none of these tech executives approach the compensation scale of Tesla’s Elon Musk, whose pay package could reach up to $56 billion.

This year’s executive compensation landscape in the tech sector reflects the sector’s intense focus on financial growth and stock performance, which has led to both high pay packages for executives and significant layoffs among staff across major firms.

Youngest Nepalese to Conquer World’s Highest Peaks Aims to Redefine Sherpa Legacy

Staff ReporterYouth 0

Eighteen-year-old Nima Rinji Sherpa’s journey as a mountaineer has been one of grit and endurance, with evidence of the extreme conditions he’s faced still visible on him. His ears remain tinged black from frostbite, a reminder of the frigid, oxygen-poor environments he braves for his craft. This month, Nima etched his name in history by becoming the youngest person to scale all 14 of the world’s highest mountains, a feat achieved by only a select few. Yet, the young Nepalese climber isn’t pausing. Instead, he’s set on climbing Manaslu, the world’s eighth-highest peak, with Italian mountaineer Simone Moro, intending to attempt it in winter under the unforgiving alpine style conditions.

Discussing his upcoming plans in a recent video call from Kathmandu, Nima outlined the challenges he faces for this climb. “That means we’re climbing an 8,000-meter mountain in winter… there’s no fixed ropes for us, there’s no (supplemental) oxygen for us, there is no support for us. So, it’s like pure human endurance,” Nima said. “It has never been done in the history of mountaineering.” After this, he plans to finally take a break, joking, “I’ll take some rest.”

On October 9, Nima reached the summit of the 8,027-meter Shishapangma with his climbing partner Pasang Nurbu Sherpa, marking the completion of his journey to conquer the famed “eight-thousanders,” the 14 highest peaks above 8,000 meters recognized by the International Climbing and Mountaineering Federation. Summiting the final peak brought immense joy to Nima, who draws much of his motivation from his family’s legacy in mountaineering. His father, Tashi Lakpa Sherpa, climbed Everest nine times, setting a record at 19 as the youngest person to summit without bottled oxygen, while his uncle, Mingma Sherpa, became the first South Asian to complete the 14 peaks in 2011. “My uncles and my father, they are way more successful than I would ever be because they came from a very small village. To even dream about being this successful, for them it was really hard,” Nima explained, acknowledging the privileges he has compared to his family’s struggles.

For generations, the Sherpa people have lived and worked in the Himalayas, providing vital expertise as guides and porters for foreign climbers. Yet, despite their essential role, many Sherpas lack the recognition and financial support that their Western counterparts receive. While Nima’s achievements have broken records, his expeditions had no high-profile sponsors and were instead funded by his father’s company, 14 Peaks Expedition. “Everybody talks about Sherpas being superhuman, but how many Sherpas (do) we see being the face of a brand or being a sponsored athlete? None,” Nima pointed out.

Nima hopes that his achievements will inspire other young Sherpas to see themselves as more than support staff, encouraging them to pursue their own potential as professional mountaineers. “Hopefully I become the face of a big brand. And then the younger generation of Sherpas, they don’t see this as like a dead job, you know, like a risky job. They see this as an athletic feat as well,” he said, adding that he wants his success to “open a door” for other Nepali climbers. “Because sometimes in life, you find a moment when you think the community is bigger than you, and that’s what I am aiming for, that’s what I hope for,” he shared.

Nima began his remarkable journey in September 2022 with his first climb of Manaslu at 8,163 meters. In less than two years, he had conquered all of the eight-thousanders, including Everest, the world’s highest mountain at 8,849 meters, and the notoriously treacherous K2 at 8,611 meters. He scaled both Everest and the 8,516-meter Lhotse in a single day, with just a 10-hour gap between summits, and managed to conquer five of the 14 peaks in under five weeks. Reflecting on his Everest experience, Nima shared, “When I climbed Everest it was night, so there was no view from the mountain. Because we had to climb the next mountain, it was so quick. I took some photos… but in my mind, I was thinking of the next mountain that I’m going to climb.” Of all the mountains he scaled, Annapurna was his favorite. Nima described climbing its 8,091-meter peak without bottled oxygen as a particularly proud moment. “For a teenager of 17 years to do something without using oxygen, you know, normally it’s not recommended,” he laughed, recalling the experience. “Annapurna was where I felt really strong… It was really one of the best, my most beautiful mountain for me.”

The summit of Annapurna, however, was not without challenges. The final 200 meters proved arduous, with Nima spending 20 hours without oxygen. “Til then, I was just feeling unstoppable, you know, just walking faster than everybody else,” he said, before adding that the mountains “always find a reason to keep you humble.” Despite the thrill of his accomplishments, Nima remains conscious of the dangers of high-altitude climbing. He and Pasang encountered multiple avalanches on Annapurna, and on the ascent to Shishapangma, dehydration led to painful cramps. An icy slip during his climb of Nanga Parbat, which has no fixed ropes, was another close call. “My first word from my mouth was my climbing partner’s name. I knew he would somehow save me, so I just called him,” Nima recalled. “We were together, connected on the same rope. So, when I fell, he also fell, and he just threw an ice ax, and we just stopped together.”

Time spent above 8,000 meters, or the “death zone,” can be lethal. In these extreme conditions, the body begins to shut down due to oxygen deprivation, which can lead to hypoxia. For Nima, life in the death zone is about pushing through suffering, as he describes it. “Maybe I like suffering,” he joked, attributing his resilience in brutal conditions to his mental fortitude.

Beyond his personal aspirations, Nima is deeply concerned about the environmental challenges facing the Himalayas. Nepal is on the front lines of the climate crisis, with rising temperatures accelerating glacial melt and increasing the risk of floods, affecting millions. The growth in tourism, while beneficial to Nepal’s economy, also brings pollution to the delicate mountain ecosystems. Nima hopes his generation will adopt a more sustainable approach. “You can see a lot of problems… Hopefully, the younger generation, like me and others, we will try to mobilize this industry and make it more sustainable for the upcoming generations,” he said.

He envisions establishing an organization to provide training and resources to help young Nepalis safely enter the climbing and guiding profession. This year, many Nepali climbers have made history in mountaineering: Dawa Yangzum Sherpa became the youngest Nepalese woman to complete all 14 peaks, Mingma G Sherpa summited all 14 without bottled oxygen, and Phunjo Jhangmu Lama scaled Everest in record time. Nima dreams of seeing Nepali climbers achieve the same recognition as their Western peers, noting that the new generation is carving out a legacy in the world of mountaineering. “The generation before us, they are the pioneers, we’re climbing the route that they established,” he remarked, adding, “But I’m just so happy that I’m living in this moment right now, so much is happening in the world of mountaineering. And as a younger generation, we’ll always try to do something better.”

NASA’s New Missions and Ancient Discoveries Transform Our View of the Cosmos and Earth’s Past  

Staff ReporterScience 0

In a thrilling update for science enthusiasts, Jackie Wattles, a seasoned CNN journalist covering space exploration, delves into recent breakthroughs in space, technology, and archaeology. Having reported on space advancements for nearly a decade, Wattles notes that today’s rapid technological progress is accelerating discoveries in rocketry, astronomy, and scientific tools.

The mysteries of the universe, particularly dark matter and dark energy, are at the forefront of these advancements. Despite their mysterious nature, scientists believe dark matter composes 85% of the universe’s total matter, though it remains undetectable. Meanwhile, dark energy could explain why the universe is expanding and accelerating in that expansion.

Exploring the Cosmos

With innovative instruments now online, scientists can gather data that will reshape our understanding of the cosmos. One significant development comes from the European Space Agency’s Euclid telescope, which launched in 2023. Designed to study dark energy and dark matter, Euclid recently contributed the first fragment of a cosmic map. This initial data comprises roughly 100 million stars and galaxies, offering a snapshot of the vast six-year map-making endeavor ahead. By examining how dark matter bends light and curves space across galaxies, scientists hope to uncover new insights into the mysterious substance.

In Chile, researchers from Stanford University and the U.S. National Science Foundation are also gearing up to deploy the largest digital camera ever built. Installed at the Vera C. Rubin Observatory, this camera will provide unprecedented views of space, aiding astronomers in mapping and understanding celestial phenomena.

Ancient Cities Rediscovered

Technology is helping scientists peer not only into the universe but also into the Earth’s hidden past. In Uzbekistan’s mountains, researchers recently uncovered the remnants of two ancient cities using LiDAR, a light-based radar mounted on drones. This groundbreaking remote-sensing technique allowed anthropologists to map cities that have remained buried and obscured by dense vegetation for centuries. These settlements, strategically located on ancient Silk Road trade routes, were adorned with watchtowers, fortresses, plazas, and pathways that once supported bustling societies. “We’ve mapped these forgotten medieval towns for the first time,” reported the research team, revealing the layout of a long-lost world now reclaimed by nature.

Challenges of Space Travel

Space travel continues to push human endurance to its limits, as recent experiences of citizen astronauts with SpaceX demonstrate. The Polaris Dawn crew, a group of private explorers, recently undertook a daring journey beyond the Earth’s radiation belt, conducting the first private spacewalk in September. During the mission, they faced various physical discomforts, including blurred vision, nausea, and vomiting. These health issues highlighted the toll microgravity takes on the human body. “The human body is not designed for microgravity,” remarked one crew member. However, the mission served a greater purpose, as it allowed researchers to gather data aimed at developing treatments for the effects of space on human physiology.

Bridging History and Science

Science is also unlocking secrets from centuries-old stories, merging historical records with cutting-edge genetic analysis. An 800-year-old tale about a man thrown into a well at Norway’s Sverresborg Castle during a brutal military assault is now gaining scientific credibility. DNA analysis on the bones discovered at the castle in 1938 has allowed scientists to gain new insights into the person known as “Well-man.” This fusion of genetics and history brings a new dimension to ancient accounts, breathing life into long-forgotten legends.

Mesozoic Fireflies’ Glow

In another extraordinary discovery, researchers found evidence that fireflies, with their bioluminescent glow, date back to the Mesozoic Era. This revelation means that dinosaurs might have once witnessed these creatures’ soft light. Building on a 2015 study that identified an early firefly species from this era, scientists analyzed a 99-million-year-old firefly trapped in resin, discovered in northern Myanmar in 2016. Such fossils provide crucial insights into how fireflies evolved their glowing ability over 100 million years ago. The research team noted that “the evolution of these captivating creatures” is challenging to study because soft-bodied insects like fireflies rarely fossilize.

Through these groundbreaking studies, from exploring the universe’s secrets to uncovering Earth’s hidden past, science is transforming how we view our world and beyond.

Asia Society Honors Luminaries at 2024 Asia Game Changer Awards

Staff ReporterProfiles 0

On October 24, 2024, the Asia Society held its esteemed Asia Game Changer Awards at Cipriani in Manhattan, celebrating influential individuals from journalism, advocacy, music, film, and comedy who have strengthened global bonds with Asia. This annual event, held in collaboration with founding partner Citi, was hosted by Citi Private Bank’s Global Head, Ida Liu. Liu acknowledged the honorees, noting, “I am thrilled that Citi has been a founding sponsor of this event since its inception 11 years ago… Truly the most innovative individuals are here tonight, inspiring and motivating us to make a difference in our own communities.”

Ambassador Chan Heng Chee, Chair of the Asia Society Global Board of Trustees, introduced the Society’s new President, Dr. Kyung-wha Kang. Reflecting on Kang’s background, Chan stated, “Kyung-wha Kang brings to Asia Society a remarkable depth of experience in international diplomacy and human rights… since joining Asia Society, she has already begun charting an ambitious agenda for our organization.” In her remarks, Dr. Kang highlighted the honorees’ contributions to humanity, explaining, “Tonight’s honorees have each deepened our sense of humanity in very meaningful ways: reporting the issues of the day, making films that represent life and history, advocating for the Asian American community, elevating K-pop and Korean culture, and making people laugh.”

The night also paid tribute to Cynthia Hazen Polsky, an influential Asia Society Honorary Life Trustee. Former Asia Society Chair Henrietta Holsman Fore commemorated Polsky’s legacy, saying, “In every sense, she was the original game changer at Asia Society… a visionary who understood culture could bridge divides and transform understanding. Her wisdom shaped not only our arts programming but our entire organization.”

Honoring Christiane Amanpour, the first award recipient, Asia Society Board Vice Chair Lulu Wang recognized Amanpour’s impact on journalism. “For over four decades, Christiane Amanpour has brought us to the front lines of history… upholding the highest standards of journalistic integrity,” Wang praised, acknowledging her substantial contributions to global journalism. Amanpour, moved by the recognition, pointed out, “There have been a lot of women at this podium this evening… that is a great thing.” Reflecting on the Asia Society’s mission, she added, “That has been my mission… I really wanted to tell the story of the world to Americans. The idea of [laying] the groundwork for peace and harmony and understanding is clearly needed now more than ever.”

The Asian American Foundation (TAAF), a significant force in fighting anti-Asian hate, received its Asia Game Changer Award from ABC News Nightline’s Juju Chang. Lauding the organization’s dedication, Chang said, “What’s truly inspiring is the common thread that goes through all of this… it’s a commitment to serving the most vulnerable in society.” Norman Chen, TAAF’s President, accepted the award with pride, stating, “We are Asian and we are American. We are Asian American. The narrative that we can only be one thing is false. Our shared future is something that should be celebrated.” He detailed TAAF’s achievements, including the establishment of a national anti-hate network, expansion of Asian American studies in schools, and substantial financial support for AANHPI-led initiatives across the United States, made possible with the help of corporate and private donors.

Korean music executive Bang Si-Hyuk, founder and chairman of HYBE, expressed his gratitude while addressing the importance of cultural diversity in music. Speaking in Korean, he said, “Embracing diversity not only strengthens us, it sparks our creativity.” Bang highlighted how Asia Society’s mission resonates with him, noting that their commitment to cultural uniqueness “deeply resonates with me, making it an even greater honor to be here tonight.”

Guests were treated to an energetic musical interlude featuring composer, drummer, and dhol player Sunny Jain, along with his band, Wild Wild East. Their performance combined soulful and upbeat rhythms, inviting the audience to join in a spontaneous Bhangra dance. Many attendees even took to the stage, immersing themselves in the lively music and camaraderie.

Academy Award-winning filmmakers Chai Vasarhelyi and Jimmy Chin were presented with their award by producer Janet Yang, who highlighted the unique blend of artistry the couple brings to their projects. “Chai and Jimmy both in their own ways scale new heights and plug new depths in examining the human condition. It is a rare experience being in this level of absolute awe of what a couple can do,” Yang said, paying tribute to their cinematic achievements. Vasarhelyi, who grew up near the Asia Society, referred to it as “a beacon, where there are people who look like us, who have shared [stories and] backgrounds.” Chin praised their fellow honorees and recognized “unsung heroes who build bridges between cultures, many of [whom] embody the ideals of people like Asia Society founder John D. Rockefeller 3rd.”

The evening concluded with Academy Award-nominated actress Stephanie Hsu’s presentation of the award to comedian Bowen Yang. Hsu, who met Yang during their NYU days, reminisced about their early years in comedy, recalling, “Bowen was the only student stealing the show while studying pre-med… We had close to no role models to look to in this field we both sought to come up in.” She highlighted Yang’s multifaceted career as a writer, Emmy-nominated performer, and co-host of the podcast Las Culturistas, in addition to being the first Chinese American cast member on Saturday Night Live.

In his acceptance speech, Yang used humor to convey the significance of his cultural identity. Reflecting on his family’s experiences, he shared, “Growing up, whenever we would travel to other cities, we wouldn’t do any actual sightseeing because all my parents wanted to do was take us to various Chinatowns. I wanted to go to the Hard Rock Café and to where they shot Oprah. Now growing up I love them for doing that. I understand what they were doing was searching for community wherever they went.” Yang spoke earnestly about the profound connections within the Asian identity: “To be Asian is to immediately understand the expanse of all things. Being part of an identity that is so broad, you are very aware of how you are sharing the world with so many other people… One of my grandmothers had her feet bound, the other experienced atrocities by the Japanese leading up to World War II. In just two generations we have hurtled the expanse of the world… and I am the luckiest beneficiary of that journey.”

The 2024 Asia Game Changer Awards underscored the shared values and diverse contributions of individuals championing connection, inclusion, and cultural pride, reinforcing the Asia Society’s commitment to bridging global divides through artistic and social achievements.

Hindu Americans’ Influence in US Politics Rises Amid Concerns Over Religious Freedom

Staff ReporterCulture 0

The 2024 US elections may not place a Hindu in the White House, but the campaign season has underscored the rising influence of the world’s 1.2 billion Hindus in American politics.

While Vice President Kamala Harris, a Democratic candidate, identifies as a Christian, she has Hindu heritage through her Indian mother, Shyamala Gopalan, a Brahmin from India. On the Republican side, Usha Vance, the wife of Donald Trump’s running mate JD Vance, also hails from a Brahmin Hindu background. Across the nation, five Indian Americans hold seats in Congress, and nearly 50 occupy positions in state legislatures, representing Hindu, Sikh, or Muslim backgrounds.

The emergence of Hindu Americans in US politics has gained momentum over the last decade, although Dalip Singh Saund, the first Indian American Congressman, was elected in 1957. In 2023, Shri Thanedar, a Democratic representative, launched a caucus for Hindu, Buddhist, Sikh, and Jain Americans, indicating the increasing presence of Indian Americans in politics. Though Hindu Americans represent only around 1% of the US population, their influence extends beyond numbers due to their high socioeconomic status. In 2022, the median household income for Indian Americans was $145,000, offering them the means to support political campaigns. “There was always a Hindu vote, which was not recognized publicly, but it is being recognized now,” said Democratic strategist Ramesh Kapur.

As Hindu influence grows in American politics, concerns arise back in India, where many Christians fear that the increasing political clout of Hindu Americans might embolden US policies that overlook religious freedom issues in India. Rajesh Sampath, a professor who converted to Catholicism, expressed unease over “the uncritical acceptance of the Indian American rise.” He warned that a lack of scrutiny into candidates’ views on Hindu nationalism or Hindutva could “have adverse effects on civil rights, not only for Indian Christians in India but also in terms of race and equality here in the US.”

Though Hindu politicians in the US come from both major political parties and embrace diverse domestic policies, some critics are troubled by their silence regarding religious freedom for minorities in India. For example, US arms deals with India have proceeded smoothly despite calls to designate it a “Country of Particular Concern” due to religious rights concerns. According to Neal Christie, executive director of the Federation of Indian American Christian Organizations, US policymakers hesitate to condemn India’s religious freedom violations due to “many lawmakers’ vested economic interests in India and their fear of backlash from Hindu nationalists in their constituencies.”

Allen Brooks of the Assam Christian Forum observed that while American politicians, particularly Hindu leaders, readily denounce attacks on Hindu temples in the US, they rarely speak out on abuses against minorities in India. Meanwhile, as China is increasingly seen as a geopolitical threat, US leaders of both parties have nurtured ties with Hindu nationalist groups to bolster trade and security partnerships with India. Sampath argued that these politicians “have cultivated significant ties with Hindu nationalists for geopolitical gains, prioritizing trade…over the pressing issue of religious freedom for minorities.”

Under Narendra Modi’s leadership, the influence of Hindu nationalism has extended overseas, with Hindu American groups supporting Indian organizations like Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS) and Vishva Hindu Parishad (VHP) in their political outreach. John Dayal, a human rights activist, believes these groups promote values that resonate with segments of the Republican platform, aligning around themes of nationalism, tradition, and cultural identity. “Their main role for the moment is exonerating Prime Minister Modi and cleansing his image,” said Dayal. He warned that the “power wielded by affluent upper-caste Indian Americans” in politics and business could amplify such ideologies, posing potential risks.

This growing influence has raised concerns over the impact of Hindu American politicians on US foreign policy. Vivek Ramaswamy, a Republican candidate, praised Modi as an “excellent” leader who has “restored Indian national pride,” yet he made no reference to Modi’s record on human rights, drawing criticism from advocacy groups. Christie questioned the compatibility of Hindu American legislators’ values with principles of tolerance and fairness if they align with exclusionary nationalism in India. Dayal echoed these concerns, adding that organizations like the Hindu American Foundation (HAF) are perceived to advocate for India’s government interests while sanitizing Hindu nationalist actions.

A 2024 report from Political Research Associates alleged that HAF presents itself as a mainstream civil rights organization in the US, while opposing caste discrimination protections and supporting the BJP, India’s ruling Hindu nationalist party. By “capitalizing on fears of radical Muslims,” said Christie, the HAF advances a narrative that perpetuates harmful stereotypes against Christians in India, often labeled as “Rice Christians” for allegedly converting for material incentives.

As Hindu Americans’ political alignment shifts, data shows evolving affiliations. Although 68% of Indian Americans identify with the Democratic Party, a growing segment—29%—now leans Republican, according to a 2023 Pew Research study. The 2024 Asian American Voter Survey revealed that only 46% of Indian Americans plan to vote for Joe Biden, down from 65% in 2020. While this survey did not ask directly about Kamala Harris, it found that 54% of Indian Americans viewed her favorably. However, some Hindu voters criticize Harris and Biden for policies perceived as indifferent to their views on religious freedom and US-India relations. Political scientist Sangay Mishra observed that “Hindu Americans are increasingly framing their political choices around support for India,” and viewing Democratic critiques of Indian policies as antagonistic.

On the Republican side, candidates like Ohio state lawmaker Niraj Antani have emphasized their Hindu identity, advocating for religious freedom and traditional values. Antani frequently references his Hindu faith, recently praising the opening of the Ram temple in Ayodhya, India, a symbol of Hindu nationalist pride.

The Indian Christian community in the US, however, remains cautious. When Modi visited Biden in 2023, protests erupted in the US against rising violence in the Indian state of Manipur, where over 200 Christians had died in communal violence. These protests continued, as Indian expats and Christians staged prayer vigils in six American cities, urging peace in India. Despite this, Christie noted that many Indian American Christians avoid speaking out, fearing repercussions that might jeopardize their safety, financial stability, or citizenship.

“Indian American Christians are a minority within the minority,” Sampath explained, “trying to survive as an Indian Christian minority within the larger Indian diaspora.” Christie emphasized that religious advocacy shouldn’t be selective, suggesting, “If we benefit Muslims, Christians will benefit… Human rights is not a zero-sum game.”

“Vettaiyan: An Examination of Extrajudicial Justice and Its Moral Complexities in the Cinematic Arena”

Staff ReporterCinema 0

“Neenga nallavara kettavara? (Are you a good or a bad person?)” This is a question SP Athiyan IPS (Rajinikanth) answers through his actions in director TJ Gnanavel’s film Vettaiyan, though the line between good and bad remains blurred. The story ventures deep into sensitive themes, exploring extrajudicial killings, caste-based discrimination, and sexual violence, all while bearing the star power of Rajinikanth. Since its release, Vettaiyan has ignited conversations about its themes and portrayal of vigilante justice, raising questions about the film’s message and its complex stance on law and morality.

The reaction to Vettaiyan has been mixed. On one hand, there are audiences lauding its attempt to address controversial subjects like encounter killings; on the other, there are critics who feel that the film relies too heavily on the star persona of Rajinikanth. This divisive response is understandable, especially given Gnanavel’s previous work, *Jai Bhim*, which was widely praised for its critique of custodial violence. It was expected that he would similarly denounce encounter killings in Vettaiyan, and there are moments where the film does so. Yet, the narrative often swings between condemning and glorifying these killings, leaving the audience uncertain of the director’s stance.

In an interview at Vettaiyan’s audio launch, Rajinikanth shared that he encouraged Gnanavel to add commercial elements to ensure the film’s success. Although Gnanavel accepted this advice, he and co-writer B Kiruthika attempted to infuse a critical view of encounter killings. At the film’s conclusion, Athiyan denounces extrajudicial measures, suggesting that the filmmakers intended to critique the practice. However, as they crafted a script designed to appeal to Rajinikanth’s fans, they may have unknowingly softened the core message, leading to a film that seems to condone the very issue it aims to question. This dissonance highlights the tension between a creator’s intent and the final impact of their work.

One clear sign of Gnanavel’s intention to challenge encounter killings is found in his selection of a retired judge as Athiyan’s adversary, rather than another police officer, journalist, or activist. Sathyadev, the judge, plays the role of a more seasoned Advocate Chandru (Suriya) from Jai Bhim. Chandru was based on a real-life judge from the Madras High Court, and Sathyadev is portrayed as a retired judge from the Bombay High Court. This choice underscores a commitment to questioning the ethics of such encounters, as the opposition comes from a figure of lawful justice.

Conversely, Athiyan’s moniker, “Vettaiyan,” meaning “hunter,” echoes the name of the merciless king in Chandramukhi, another Rajinikanth film, making it unlikely that this connection was accidental. In one scene, Athiyan scolds a colleague for holding casteist and colorist views, suggesting that those his colleague looks down upon value relationships deeply and would go to great lengths to support their loved ones. This perspective, however, does not overshadow Athiyan’s own actions, which take a darker turn.

As the story progresses, Athiyan realizes that his encounter killing of Guna, who was accused of raping and murdering schoolteacher Saranya, was a fatal error since Guna was not guilty. In the film’s climax, Athiyan refrains from taking justice into his own hands, instead bringing the real perpetrators to the legal system. By the film’s end, Athiyan is teaching young officers the importance of law enforcement as “protectors, not hunters,” bringing the narrative to a thoughtful resolution. Yet, despite this moral turn, Vettaiyan as a whole fails to clearly reflect this intended lesson, and its impact becomes muddled.

The opening title sequence subtly foreshadows the film’s stance on extrajudicial justice. The assembly and loading of a gun are prominently featured, which may suggest a subconscious celebration of the weapon and the power it represents. Before Rajinikanth’s character appears, Patrick (Fahadh Faasil) remarks, “Conscience is bigger than law,” and within minutes, Athiyan is seen in intense gun battles, killing three people, set against a stirring score by Anirudh Ravichander. Each encounter seems to validate his authority, painting him as an embodiment of justice.

Athiyan’s portrayal as a symbol of law enforcement is reinforced when Saranya, discovering drugs in her school, reaches out directly to him. Soon after, he infiltrates the drug ring, and in a violent confrontation, kills its leader. Every time he completes a mission, Athiyan repeats his signature line: “Kuri vecha, erai vizhanum (When the hunt is on, the prey must fall).” Hunting, by definition, implies a pursuit that often ends in death, casting Athiyan’s approach as one of relentless elimination rather than justice.

The portrayal of sexual violence has been widely criticized for being excessive, but Gnanavel may have intended these scenes to stoke the audience’s anger against the criminals. The result, however, has been to justify the encounter killings, feeding the desire for retributive justice. The film also references the Banning of Unregulated Deposit Schemes Act of 2019, setting its narrative in a specific time period. Yet, it ignores the 2018 Supreme Court ruling that prohibits media from identifying deceased rape victims, repeatedly broadcasting Saranya’s name and image. This approach seems calculated to intensify public outrage, bolstering support for encounters before a trial.

Vettaiyan draws comparisons with A Few Good Men, where Colonel Nathan Jessep (Jack Nicholson) is a central figure who, like Athiyan, believes that he upholds a moral duty to eliminate weakness. Jessep’s illegal “code red” leads to tragedy, and he ultimately faces legal consequences. However, Athiyan, despite wielding similar power as investigator, judge, and executioner, remains the film’s hero. Jessep’s character is treated as a villain, while Athiyan’s acts are excused, almost celebrated.

Some may argue that Athiyan is justified because his actions target only criminals. Yet, even he is susceptible to biases and vengeance, as seen when he kills Guna without verifying the evidence. Relying solely on information from a fellow officer, Athiyan overlooks the potential for corruption within his own force. Sathyadev points out that encounters are generally reserved for marginalized individuals, underscoring how the legal system often fails to protect the poor. Here, the killing of a dark-skinned man from a lower economic background is presented as an act of justice rather than a flaw in the system.

Even though Athiyan’s change of heart is suggested when he spares the film’s antagonist, Natraj Shanmugam (Rana Daggubati), he continues to eliminate Natraj’s associates, suggesting that his journey to redemption is incomplete. Jessep’s climactic moment in A Few Good Men, where he defends his harsh measures as necessary for national security, echoes Athiyan’s own stance. This alignment between the two characters underscores a key issue: Jessep’s illegal actions lead to his punishment, while Athiyan’s actions are forgiven and even valorized.

Although Athiyan spares Natraj, the lack of consequences for his earlier actions conveys a troubling message. This, coupled with the lack of critique from his peers, suggests a tacit acceptance of his methods. Jessep’s character asserts that his actions are for the good of the nation, a rhetoric Athiyan implicitly follows, and the narrative implies that questioning him undermines justice.

The film does raise valid points regarding the commercialization of education and the challenges faced by marginalized children. However, the hero worship of a character like Athiyan, who takes the law into his own hands, is problematic. Rather than clearly denouncing vigilantism, Vettaiyan veers towards celebrating it, with Athiyan ultimately emerging as a “kettavan” – a villain masquerading as a hero.

High-Profile Names Surface in Jeffrey Epstein’s Court Documents

Staff ReporterUSA 0

Over 100 high-profile figures, including former U.S. Presidents Donald Trump and Bill Clinton, former U.S. First Lady Hillary Clinton, theoretical physicist Stephen Hawking, and actor Leonardo DiCaprio, have been identified in court documents associated with Jeffrey Epstein, a convicted financier and sex offender.

A lawsuit filed in 2015 against Epstein’s former associate, Ghislaine Maxwell, resulted in a list of approximately 150 names, released by a New York judge. On Wednesday, the initial list became public, followed by a second list on Thursday night that included previously revealed names, and a third list made public on Friday.

The release has met with some objections from individuals seeking to withhold their identities.

Below is a rundown of the individuals named:

– Ghislaine Maxwell, a former girlfriend of Epstein, sentenced in 2022 to 20 years for sex trafficking

– Prince Andrew, son of Queen Elizabeth II of the United Kingdom

– Bill Clinton, former U.S. President

– Donald Trump, former U.S. President

– Hillary Clinton, former U.S. First Lady

– David Copperfield, American magician

– John Connelly, New York detective-turned-investigative journalist involved in the Epstein case

– Alan Dershowitz, well-known attorney

– Leonardo DiCaprio, actor known for his role in Titanic

– Al Gore, former U.S. Vice President

– Stephen Hawking, prominent theoretical physicist

– Ehud Barak, former Israeli Prime Minister

– Michael Jackson, iconic musician known as the “King of Pop”

– Marvin Minsky, artificial intelligence pioneer

– Kevin Spacey, American actor

– George Lucas, American filmmaker

– Jean Luc Brunel, French modeling agency executive

– Cate Blanchett, Australian actress

– Naomi Campbell, British model

– Sharon Churcher, British journalist

– Bruce Willis, retired American actor

– Bill Richardson, former New Mexico governor

– Cameron Diaz, American actress

– Glenn Dubin, American investor

– Eva Andersson-Dubin, former Miss Sweden and wife of Glenn Dubin

– Noam Chomsky, linguist and political thinker

– Tom Pritzker, American business figure and philanthropist

– Chris Tucker, American comedian and actor

– Sarah Ferguson, Duchess of York, former spouse of Prince Andrew

– Robert F. Kennedy Jr., American politician and conspiracy theorist

– James Michael Austrich

– Juan and Maria Alessi, employees at Epstein’s Florida estate

– Janusz Banasiak, former manager of Epstein’s Palm Beach home

– Bella Klein, a former accountant at Epstein’s New York office

– Leslie Groff, Epstein’s former secretary

– Victoria Bean

– Rebecca Boylan

– Dana Burns

– Ron Eppinger, identified as a sex trafficker

– Daniel Estes

– Annie Farmer, accuser of Epstein

– Maria Farmer, sister of Annie Farmer

– Anouska De Georgiou, model who accused Epstein of assault

– Louis Freeh, former FBI Director

– Alexandra Fekkai, child of a celebrity hairstylist

– Jo Jo Fontanella, Epstein’s butler

– Virginia Giuffre, formerly known as Virginia Roberts

– Lynn Miller, mother of Virginia Giuffre

– Crystal Figueroa

– Anthony Figueroa, former boyfriend of Virginia Roberts

– Eric Gany

– Meg Garvin

– Sheridan Gibson-Butte

– Ross Gow, Maxwell’s press agent

– Fred Graff

– Robert Giuffre

– Philip Guderyon

– Alexandra Hall

– Joanna Harrison

– Shannon Harrison

– Victoria Hazel

– Brittany Henderson

– Brett Jaffe

– Forest Jones

– Sarah Kellen

– Adriana Ross, former assistant of Epstein

– Carol Kess

– Dr. Steven Olson

– Stephen Kaufmann

– Wendy Leigh, author

– Peter Listerman

– Tom Lyons

– Nadia Marcinkova

– Bob Meister

– Jamie Melanson

– Donald Morrell

– David Mullen

– David Norr

– Joe Pagano

– May Paluga

– Stanley Pottinger

– Detective Joe Recarey

– Chief Michael Reiter

– Rinaldo and Debra Rizzo, former employees of Glenn Dubin, an Epstein associate

– Sky Roberts

– Kimberly Roberts

– Lynn Roberts

– Haley Robson

– Dave Rodgers, Epstein’s private jet pilot

– Alfredo Rodriguez, butler at Epstein’s Florida residence

– Scott Rothinson

– Forest Sawyer

– Doug Schoettle, investigator

– Johanna Sjoberg

– Cecilia Stein

– Marianne Strong

– Mark Tafoya

– Emmy Taylor, former personal assistant to Maxwell

– Brent Tindall

– Kevin Thompson

– Ed Tuttle

– Les Wexner, Epstein’s former business partner

– Abigail Wexner, wife of Les Wexner

– Cresenda Valdes

– Emma Vaghan

– Anthony Valladares

– Christina Venero, licensed massage therapist

– Maritza Vazquez

– Vicky Ward, investigative journalist

– Jarred Weisfield

– Sharon White

– Courtney Wild

– Daniel Wilson

– Mark Zeff, a New York decorator

– Alfredo Rodriguez, Epstein’s former household manager

– Dr. Chris Donahue, medical provider to Virginia Giuffre

– Dr. Wah Wah, medical provider to Virginia Giuffre

– Judith Lightfoot, therapist of Virginia Giuffre

– Dr. Karen Kutikoff, medical provider to Virginia Giuffre

– Dr. Carol Hayek, psychiatrist to Virginia Giuffre

– Dr. John Harris, medical provider to Virginia Giuffre

– Dr. Darshanee Majaliyana, medical provider to Virginia Giuffre

– Dr. Mona Devansean, medical provider to Virginia Giuffre

– Dr. Scott Robert Geiger, medical provider to Virginia Giuffre

– Dr. Michele Streeter, medical provider to Virginia Giuffre

– Donna Oliver, physician assistant for Virginia Giuffre

Jeffrey Epstein, once connected to Wall Street elites, royalty, and Hollywood figures, pleaded guilty in 2008 to soliciting prostitution. His death occurred in August 2019 while he was in U.S. custody awaiting trial on further sex crime charges.

Rupee Struggles Between Softer Dollar and Persistent Equity Outflows, Drops to Record Low

Staff ReporterMoney 0

The Indian rupee faces opposing pressures as it concludes a volatile week. On one side, the dollar has softened, offering potential relief, but on the other, heavy foreign equity outflows are exerting downward pressure on the currency. Over the past few days, the rupee has traded within an exceptionally narrow range of three paisa, setting a record for the year. During this time, it also fell to a new lifetime low.

According to the 1-month non-deliverable forward (NDF), the rupee is expected to open at a stable rate of around 84.0775 in the latest session, following a steady pattern from the day prior. This stability has largely been influenced by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI), which has actively intervened to support the rupee amidst rising U.S. Treasury yields and persistent equity outflows from Indian markets.

The RBI has intervened multiple times this week, offering support through public sector banks to curb the rupee’s decline. The central bank’s involvement has notably offset the impact of foreign money flowing out of Indian equities. Despite the ongoing equity outflows, this consistent intervention has helped prevent any significant depreciation in the rupee’s value.

On Tuesday, the rupee reached its lowest point to date, at 84.0825, but this milestone did not trigger a subsequent, sharp decline.

“We can keep debating whether what the RBI is doing is right or wrong and whether there will be a price to pay down the road,” commented a currency trader at a local bank. “The reality of the matter right now is that RBI’s chokehold, which has been there for a long time, will remain.” The trader anticipates a quiet trading day, with the rupee expected to hold within the 84.07-84.08 range.

Dollar Pullback and Foreign Equity Outflows

On Wednesday, the dollar index fell by 0.4% and continued to trend slightly lower in Asian markets, taking a brief respite after a strong rally. Despite this minor dip, confidence in the Federal Reserve’s cautious approach to rate cuts, along with the prospects of a Donald Trump victory in the upcoming election, continues to bolster the dollar’s value.

Meanwhile, foreign equity outflows from Indian markets are expected to exceed $10 billion this month—a significant reversal from the $7 billion in net inflows witnessed in September. This shift in capital flows is intensifying the rupee’s struggle against depreciation, with foreign investors increasingly withdrawing from Indian equities. According to recent data from the National Securities Depository Limited (NSDL), foreign investors sold a net $593.6 million worth of Indian shares on October 23, highlighting the extent of outflows as market sentiment shifts.

Key Market Indicators

Among the primary market indicators, the 1-month non-deliverable rupee forward stood at 84.18, while the onshore 1-month forward premium was at 10.5 paisa. The dollar index was down to 104.02, while Brent crude futures saw a slight increase of 0.4%, trading at $74.7 per barrel. The 10-year U.S. Treasury note yield held steady at 4.2%, reflecting stable demand for long-term government bonds amidst market uncertainty.

Air India Expands European Routes with New Bengaluru-Heathrow Service Amid Fleet Revamp

Staff ReporterTravel 0

Air India has enhanced its European routes, specifically with a new daily service between Bengaluru and London Heathrow beginning on October 27. The route, operated by a Boeing 787-8, marks a strategic shift as the airline expands its fleet with the latest Airbus A350-900s, repurposed from Aeroflot, and continues to upgrade its international services. Despite existing connectivity with London Gatwick, this move shifts the Bengaluru-London route to the more premium Heathrow Airport, aiming to capture a higher yield market.

Introduction of Airbus A350 Fleet

Air India currently possesses six A350-900s, initially intended for the Russian carrier Aeroflot, with an average age of only a year. Known for their high standards in hard product quality, these aircraft are a significant improvement compared to the existing widebody fleet, which includes older Boeing models such as the 787-8, 777-200LR, and 777-300ER. In addition to the A350-900, the airline has ordered A350-1000s, 787-9s (some transferred from Vistara), and Boeing 777-9s as part of its fleet overhaul.

Commenting on the modernization, a source close to the airline remarked, “Improving is a word that reasonably describes Air India’s changes.” The airline has been under pressure to upgrade its service quality, and these new aircraft align with its objective of refreshing and expanding its fleet to better compete on global routes.

Expansion to London Heathrow

The daily Bengaluru-Heathrow route was made possible through slots leased from SAS, likely available only during the winter season. Air India’s newly acquired slots will allow the Boeing 787-8 to depart Bengaluru and arrive at Heathrow at 19:30, with a return flight departing London at 21:05. The move also complements Air India’s recent enhancement of Delhi-Heathrow services, now operated triple daily using slots transferred from Vistara.

This shift highlights Air India’s strategy of capitalizing on Heathrow’s premium status compared to Gatwick, where it has run flights since August 2024. At Gatwick, Air India initially boosted its Bengaluru frequencies but soon decided to switch to Heathrow for its potentially higher yields. Nonetheless, Gatwick will continue serving Air India’s routes from other key Indian cities such as Ahmedabad, Amritsar, Goa, and Kochi, capitalizing on the absence of direct competition and Gatwick’s lower operating fees.

Overview of the Airbus A350 Configuration

With the latest delivery in May 2024, Air India’s Airbus A350 fleet became the airline’s largest-capacity equipment. For example, the recently delivered VT-JRI flew from Toulouse to Delhi on May 12 and entered operational service on May 21, with its first journey from Delhi to Hyderabad. Each A350-900 features 316 seats, positioned just below the Boeing 777-300ER (which offers between 328 to 342 seats, including a first-class cabin).

The seating arrangement for Air India’s A350-900s includes:

– 28 enclosed suites in a 1-2-1 layout – matching the business class count on Air India’s 777-200LRs. This configuration, however, exceeds that of the 787-8, which is fitted with fewer business seats.

– 24 premium economy seats in a 2-4-2 layout – positioned between the business and economy cabins to provide enhanced comfort.

– 264 economy seats in a 3-3-3 layout – typical of most widebody configurations but with Air India’s unique design adaptations.

Service Entry and Operational Shifts

The A350-900s officially entered service on January 22, 2024, initially limited to domestic routes for crew training. These domestic operations continued until the end of April, with the A350s making their first international appearance on a flight to Dubai on May 1. The aircraft soon embarked on its long-haul debut on June 20, transporting passengers to London Gatwick ahead of the Farnborough Air Show, after which it served its first formal long-haul route to London Heathrow on September 1.

Winter Schedule for the A350 Routes

With the approach of winter schedules (starting October 27, as per IATA guidelines), Air India will adjust its A350 deployments to focus more on international long-haul routes, with fewer domestic rotations. From this date until March 29, the A350s will operate on various routes from Air India’s main hub in Delhi. Notable route adjustments include the discontinuation of Dubai services starting in November and the withdrawal from Bengaluru and Mumbai in January, ensuring the A350 is prioritized for longer flights in its optimal range.

The planned A350 routes for the winter period include:

– Delhi to Bengaluru: Two daily flights until December 31, departing at 03:00 and 08:00, with return flights at 07:45 and 12:20.

– Delhi to Dubai: Daily services until October 31, departing at 20:45 with returns at 00:15.

– Delhi to London Heathrow: Two daily services at 02:35 and 07:30, with return flights scheduled at 08:45 and 13:30.

– Delhi to New York JFK: Daily service beginning November 1, replacing the Boeing 777-300ER, with outbound flights at 02:30 and return flights at 10:55.

– Delhi to Hyderabad: Daily service at 16:15, returning at 19:45.

– Delhi to Newark: Daily service starting January 2, replacing the existing 777-200ER and 777-300ER rotations, with flights departing at 02:30 and returning at 11:15.

– Delhi to Mumbai: Daily flights until December 31, with departures at 14:00 and returns at 18:00.

Strategic Considerations and the Role of Heathrow vs. Gatwick

The strategic reallocation of the Bengaluru service to Heathrow represents a calculated decision, prioritizing market yield potential over volume. Heathrow’s status as one of the world’s premier aviation hubs provides Air India with better revenue opportunities from business travelers and premium economy passengers compared to Gatwick. “Things are not as they seem,” noted one aviation analyst, pointing to the airline’s overall shift toward higher-revenue destinations.

However, Gatwick will retain its importance for Air India’s secondary routes from cities like Ahmedabad and Goa, as these markets lack direct competition and benefit from lower airport fees. This dual-hub approach enables Air India to capture diverse passenger segments, leveraging Heathrow for high-yield routes and Gatwick for cost-effective connectivity to secondary markets.

Future Fleet Expansions and Market Adjustments

As Air India continues its ambitious fleet expansion, which includes incoming A350-1000s and 777-9s, the airline is expected to further streamline its widebody offerings and phase out older models. The upgraded fleet and route network reflect Air India’s vision of becoming a significant player in international aviation.

With the airline adjusting its European and North American connections, the emphasis is now on reliability, comfort, and frequency, marking a significant shift from previous service offerings.

Changi Airport Introduces Token-Less Biometric Clearance for Faster, Hassle-Free Travel Experience

Staff ReporterImmigration 0

Travelers arriving at Singapore’s Changi Airport can now benefit from a new token-less clearance system that offers a seamless and efficient experience. This innovative system allows eligible passengers to enter the country without needing a physical passport, relying solely on advanced biometric technology such as facial and iris recognition. This move aligns with Singapore’s commitment to enhancing convenience and speed in travel procedures.

Currently, this biometric clearance system is being piloted at Terminal 3 of Changi Airport, where passengers can clear immigration through their biometric data alone. By December 2024, the initiative will expand to cover all terminals at Changi, along with Seletar Airport and the Marina Bay Cruise Centre, providing widespread access to this technology. Singaporean citizens, permanent residents, and long-term pass holders are eligible for this program, allowing them to bypass the traditional requirement of carrying physical passports.

Foreign travelers, however, will also be able to use this biometric clearance option for departures. However, they must first register their biometric information, which includes iris, facial, and fingerprint data, at designated manual immigration counters before they can participate in the token-less departure clearance. Children under six years old, however, are currently excluded from this biometric system.

This system forms a significant part of Singapore’s New Clearance Concept, a forward-looking initiative launched in May. According to the Immigration & Checkpoints Authority (ICA), this concept envisions a future where 95% of all travelers can use automated lanes by early 2026, effectively eliminating the need for traditional passport verification. ICA’s projections suggest that this advanced system could reduce immigration wait times by up to 40%, significantly enhancing the overall travel experience. Within the first 15 days of launching this program, an impressive 1.5 million passengers had already benefited from its streamlined process.

Changi Airport’s latest passenger numbers highlight its prominence as a global travel hub. In September 2024, the airport recorded a notable 5.4 million travelers, a 10.8% rise compared to the same period in the previous year. This surge reflects Changi’s readiness to embrace technological advancements and set new standards in the aviation industry.

The ICA Commander, Alan Koo, remarked on the significance of this system, explaining that it allows airport staff to focus on more critical responsibilities, including security profiling, as the number of travelers increases and the workforce ages. He stated, “This new system will enable us to redirect staff efforts toward essential tasks like security profiling, which is increasingly necessary as we face growing traveler volumes and an aging workforce.”

Foreign visitors are still required to present passports upon arrival but can enjoy the convenience of token-less clearance upon departure. The ICA also advises all travelers to carry passports when traveling internationally to ensure smooth clearance at their destination.

Through this cutting-edge biometric system, Changi Airport not only enhances the travel experience in Singapore but also establishes a new benchmark for airports worldwide.

Kamala Harris vs. Donald Trump: Who Will Win the White House in 2024?

Staff ReporterUSA 0

On November 5, American voters will head to the polls to choose their next president. Originally, this election was expected to be a rematch of the 2020 race between President Joe Biden and former President Donald Trump. However, the race took an unexpected turn in July when Biden ended his campaign and endorsed his Vice President, Kamala Harris. This shift has raised a major question: will the U.S. see its first woman president, or will Donald Trump return for a second term?

As election day approaches, we’ll track the latest polls and analyze how each candidate’s campaign is impacting the race.

National Polls: Who is Ahead?

Since Harris entered the race in late July, she has maintained a narrow lead over Trump in national polling averages, though the gap has fluctuated over the past months. Initially, Harris enjoyed a significant boost, reaching a nearly four-point lead by the end of August. Her numbers stabilized throughout September, even following the only debate between her and Trump on September 10, a widely viewed event that attracted almost 70 million viewers. However, recent polling indicates a tightening race as the gap between them has narrowed.

National polls, though indicative of a candidate’s popularity, don’t guarantee an election outcome. The U.S. presidential election operates through an electoral college system. Each state is allocated a certain number of electoral votes proportional to its population, totaling 538 votes. A candidate must secure at least 270 to win the presidency. Consequently, the true battleground lies not in national support but in key swing states where both candidates have a viable chance of winning.

Battleground States: Who Leads Where?

In the crucial swing states, the contest remains extremely close. Polling averages show no clear frontrunner in these decisive states, which include Arizona, Georgia, North Carolina, Nevada, Michigan, Pennsylvania, and Wisconsin.

Since Harris entered the race, the data has shown interesting trends in these states, though the limited number of state-level polls and their inherent margin of error complicate any definitive conclusions. In Arizona, Georgia, and North Carolina, for instance, both candidates have traded the lead since early August, with Trump pulling slightly ahead in recent weeks. In Nevada, Harris has held a slight edge.

In Michigan, Pennsylvania, and Wisconsin, Harris consistently led by two to three points since early August. However, polling in these states has also tightened significantly. Notably, Trump has taken a small lead in Pennsylvania, a state critical for both candidates due to its relatively high number of electoral votes among the swing states. A win in Pennsylvania could greatly improve either candidate’s path to the 270 electoral votes needed for victory.

These three states were Democratic strongholds until Trump flipped them red in 2016, helping him secure the presidency. In 2020, Biden reclaimed them for the Democrats. Should Harris manage to hold these states, her path to the White House would be significantly easier. Her campaign’s gains underscore the changes since Biden left the race. On the day he withdrew, he trailed Trump by almost five points across the swing states and by 4.5 points in Pennsylvania alone. This trend shift highlights the importance of these battleground states and Harris’s appeal in those areas Biden struggled to secure.

How Polling Averages Are Created

The polling data in the graphics presented above are averages calculated by the polling analysis site 538, part of ABC News. To determine these averages, 538 gathers results from individual polls conducted by various polling firms across the nation and in swing states. Only polls from companies meeting specific quality standards—such as transparency about sample size, polling dates, and data collection methods—are included in these averages.

These standards ensure reliability to a certain extent, but all polls come with inherent limitations, which 538 addresses by applying a consistent methodology to create an average that ideally reflects overall trends.

Can the Polls Be Trusted?

Polls currently show Harris and Trump nearly tied across most swing states, suggesting an extremely close race. Given the small margins between them, it’s challenging to predict a winner based solely on current data.

Historically, polls have underestimated Trump’s support, as seen in the 2016 and 2020 elections. Polling companies have since adjusted their methods to better capture voter sentiment. They are now trying various approaches to make poll results more representative of the voting population’s composition. However, these adjustments are complex, requiring educated assumptions about voter turnout and other unpredictable factors that can only be tested once voters actually cast their ballots on November 5.

BRICS Nations Urge Global Cooperation in Kazan Declaration on Ukraine, Middle East, and Financial Reform

Staff ReporterWorld 0

In their latest summit, the BRICS nations issued a comprehensive declaration addressing critical global issues, from the ongoing conflict in Ukraine to humanitarian crises in the Middle East, and highlighted their collective stance on Western sanctions and the need for financial reform. The declaration, reflecting the shared priorities and concerns of Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa, emphasized mediation in global conflicts, fairer international trade, and a focus on regional development.

Position on Ukraine

The BRICS nations underscored the importance of adhering to the principles outlined in the United Nations Charter, specifically calling on states to act in line with the Charter’s purposes to achieve lasting peace. “We emphasize that all states should act consistently with the Purposes and Principles of the UN Charter in their entirety and interrelation,” the statement noted. The group also acknowledged existing mediation proposals, expressing hope for a peaceful resolution through diplomacy and dialogue.

Concern Over the Middle East Conflict

The declaration expressed deep concern over the deteriorating humanitarian situation in the Palestinian territories, particularly the heightened violence in Gaza and the West Bank. “We reiterate our grave concern at the deterioration of the situation and humanitarian crisis in the Occupied Palestinian Territory, in particular the unprecedented escalation of violence in the Gaza Strip and in West Bank as a result of the Israeli military offensive,” the statement read, condemning the violence that has resulted in civilian casualties, displacement, and significant damage to infrastructure. The group also voiced alarm over the recent escalation in Southern Lebanon, condemning attacks that have affected civilian lives and called for an immediate end to military aggression.

Opposition to Western Sanctions

The BRICS bloc criticized the impact of unilateral sanctions imposed by Western nations, emphasizing their “disruptive effect on the world economy, international trade, and sustainable development goals.” The group highlighted the sanctions as a barrier to achieving broader economic stability and growth, particularly in emerging economies.

Reform of the Global Financial System

A critical component of the declaration was the BRICS’ stance on the need to reform the international financial architecture. “We underscore the need to reform the current international financial architecture to meet the global financial challenges,” they stated, stressing the importance of a more inclusive and fair global financial governance structure to support economic stability and address the needs of developing nations.

BRICS Grain Exchange Initiative

In a step toward greater economic collaboration within the bloc, BRICS welcomed a Russian proposal for a BRICS Grain Exchange. This proposed platform would initially serve as a commodities trading exchange and aims to expand to other agricultural sectors over time, helping member countries to bolster food security and streamline commodity trade.

Cross-Border Payment System

The Kazan declaration recognized the potential benefits of creating a cross-border payment system that is fast, low-cost, and accessible. “We recognize the widespread benefits of faster, low-cost, more efficient, transparent, safe, and inclusive cross-border payment instruments,” the declaration noted, highlighting the potential of this system to reduce trade barriers and foster financial integration. Additionally, the statement welcomed the use of local currencies in transactions among BRICS nations and their partners, which could ease trade and reduce dependency on a single global currency.

Consideration of BRICS Clear Depository

A novel concept introduced at the summit was BRICS Clear, a proposed independent cross-border settlement and depository infrastructure to complement the current financial market systems. The BRICS members agreed to study its feasibility, which would include voluntary participation and the potential for an independent (Re)Insurance Company. This infrastructure could bolster regional financial stability by reducing reliance on external institutions.

Encouraging Financial Innovation

The BRICS Interbank Cooperation Mechanism (ICM) is focusing on innovative financial practices to improve financing within the bloc. The group supports expanding financing mechanisms for projects within BRICS countries, particularly those involving local currencies, thereby promoting economic resilience and stability across their markets.

Support for the IMF and Global Safety Net

In their declaration, BRICS reaffirmed a commitment to a strong International Monetary Fund (IMF) with an adequate quota-based safety net. They highlighted the IMF’s central role in the Global Financial Safety Net, advocating for resources that reflect global economic realities and ensure financial resilience.

Commitment to G20 Cooperation

BRICS acknowledged the significance of the G20 as a platform for global economic collaboration, calling for continued cooperation based on consensus-driven outcomes. “We recognize the importance of the continued and productive functioning of the G20, based on consensus with a focus on result-oriented outcomes,” the statement noted, reflecting the bloc’s commitment to multilateral solutions.

Prevention of Future Pandemics

Learning from recent global health crises, BRICS voiced support for initiatives aimed at preventing future pandemics. This includes backing for the BRICS R&D Vaccine Center and the establishment of an Integrated Early Warning System to detect and respond to emerging infectious disease threats. Such initiatives demonstrate BRICS’ prioritization of public health as a critical aspect of regional and global security.

Support for Big Cats Conservation

Recognizing the environmental and cultural significance of preserving vulnerable big cat species, BRICS applauded India’s proposal for an International Big Cats Alliance. “While appreciating the efforts of our countries to preserve rare species and noting the high vulnerability of big cats,” the statement read, the BRICS nations pledged to work together to support conservation efforts. This reflects BRICS’ commitment to biodiversity and shared environmental goals.

The Kazan declaration addresses pressing global issues, advocating for peace, economic stability, and cooperative measures within the BRICS bloc. The document reflects a unified stance on a range of complex issues, calling for reforms in global financial systems, humanitarian support, and initiatives to prevent future pandemics and protect biodiversity. The declaration highlights BRICS’ ambition to play a pivotal role in reshaping the world order, promoting regional interests and striving for a balanced approach to international relations.

 

https://www.reuters.com/world/factobox-main-points-brics-declaration-2024-10-23/

Pope Francis Warns of a Heartless World in New Encyclical “Dilexit Nos”

Staff ReporterReligion 0

Pope Francis released his fourth encyclical, “Dilexit Nos” (Latin for “He Loves Us”), on Thursday, highlighting a world in crisis. He condemned the lack of compassion in an era marked by “wars, socio-economic disparities, and uses of technology that threaten our humanity.” This social document, coinciding with the 350th anniversary of St. Margaret Mary Alocoque’s first Sacred Heart of Jesus apparition, emphasizes Jesus’ love amid modern challenges. St. Margaret Mary’s vision spread the devotion to Jesus’ Sacred Heart, a message Pope Francis suggests is more critical than ever in a world overshadowed by consumerism and technology.

The encyclical urges believers to reflect on Jesus’ love, as today’s society increasingly obscures humanity’s true essence through technology and consumption. This latest work follows his influential 2015 encyclical “Laudato Si,” which framed environmental care as a moral duty. Yet, while “Dilexit Nos” critiques the global state, it does not explicitly list examples of current global turmoil. Instead, the pope often addresses issues like the Ukraine conflict and Middle East violence in his homilies, public prayers, and travels, frequently seeking prayers for “martyred” Ukrainians and condemning the “inhumane attacks” in Gaza.

Pope Francis has taken a balanced stance in the Middle East crisis, often recognizing Israel’s suffering while also highlighting the plight of Palestinians. In “Dilexit Nos,” he states that a global failure to empathize with both sides reveals “a world that has grown heartless.” Reflecting on society’s tendency toward indifference, he writes, “When we witness the outbreak of new wars, with the complicity, tolerance or indifference of other countries, or petty power struggles over partisan interests, we may be tempted to conclude that our world is losing its heart.”

In the face of rising consumerism and technology-driven societies, Pope Francis warns of an increased risk of disconnect from meaningful “interior life,” which he says requires patience and introspection. He cautions that technology, particularly algorithms, has made human behavior highly predictable, enabling manipulation and control. “Our thoughts and will are much more ‘uniform’ than we had previously thought. They are easily predictable and thus capable of being manipulated,” he observed. The pope underscores the essential role of creativity and emotion in preserving our humanity, stating that “in an era of artificial intelligence, we cannot forget that poetry and love are necessary to save our humanity.”

The encyclical, Vatican’s most authoritative papal teaching form, takes its name from the first words in the document. Monsignor Bruno Forte, Archbishop of Chieti-Vasto in Italy, describes “Dilexit Nos” as a summative message from Pope Francis, conveying that “God loves you and has shown you in the best way, through Jesus.” He explains the document as more than a “spiritual refuge,” presenting it as a call to “love, mutual reception, and forgiveness.”

Dr. Jay Bhattacharya Receives Prestigious Zimmer Medal for Intellectual Freedom Amidst COVID-19 Policy Controversies

Staff ReporterHealth 0

Dr. Jay Bhattacharya, a professor of medicine at Stanford University, was awarded the American Academy of Sciences and Letters’ Robert J. Zimmer Medal for Intellectual Freedom on Wednesday. The award, considered one of the academy’s highest honors, recognizes individuals who demonstrate exceptional courage in defending intellectual freedom, especially when faced with political pressures to alter their work. Bhattacharya’s outspoken stance on COVID-19 policies led to this recognition, which he received at the academy’s annual ceremony held at the Library of Congress in Washington, D.C. There, he also joined Princeton University Professor Stephen Macedo for a discussion on his journey and challenges faced during the pandemic.

During the interview, Macedo asked Bhattacharya about the initial moment when he opposed the government’s COVID-19 measures. Reflecting on that time, Bhattacharya shared, “I wasn’t prepared for it… I had never published an op-ed. I had never been on TV. I was a quiet scholar, and I had this idea regarding the pandemic that the disease was more widespread than people realized.” He explained that after writing an op-ed, he encountered a strong backlash, including death threats, and noted that Stanford University investigated him over unsubstantiated allegations. “The university, which I loved, … investigated me for false allegations … that they knew were false,” he said, adding, “I got sent a very clear signal that I needed to stay quiet.”

Despite the intense scrutiny and personal distress, Bhattacharya felt compelled to continue voicing his concerns. “I lost sleep, I couldn’t eat,” he recalled, “But I decided that I didn’t care about my career anymore and I needed to say what I saw.” Bhattacharya believed that the existing policies disproportionately impacted the less fortunate, saying, “These policies that we were following were going to harm a lot of poor people … and there were better policies possible.” In 2020, he co-authored the Great Barrington Declaration, an open letter aimed at public health authorities and government officials, challenging the effectiveness of lockdowns and other restrictive pandemic measures. Describing his motivations, he called the declaration “the least original thing” he had written, and Macedo observed that the ideas in the letter echoed earlier pandemic strategies.

Bhattacharya also made comparisons with past health crises, including the 1968 Hong Kong flu, humorously pointing out that the United States held the Woodstock festival rather than enforcing restrictive measures. He argued that normal social activities should not be completely halted, saying, “The idea that disrupting normal social life is in itself bad for health, I thought was a commonplace in public health.”

Macedo then asked Bhattacharya why governments worldwide resorted to lockdowns and strict measures akin to those implemented in China. Bhattacharya attributed this approach to a complex set of factors, primarily fear. “I think it’s complicated, but … the central thing is fear. I think public health authorities were scared of this new disease, and they decided that scaring people was also a good policy.” He also noted that modern technology played a significant role in allowing widespread dissemination of pandemic protocols and real-time tracking, a concept unthinkable in previous eras.

Macedo brought up the fact that while Bhattacharya was seen as “a dissenter from mainstream policy,” many others agreed with his perspective but hesitated to speak up. Bhattacharya explained that fear was a major factor holding people back. “I think people were very, very scared, both about their own physical safety, but also, they’re scared for their own careers,” he said, noting that he shared those concerns initially.

During the interview, Bhattacharya touched on a lawsuit he is involved in, which alleges that the Biden administration encouraged social media companies to suppress views contrary to official COVID-19 policies. “In 2022, when Elon Musk bought Twitter, it turns out that I had been placed on a blacklist the day I joined Twitter because I put the Great Barrington Declaration on there,” he stated. He emphasized that this action was not random, “There was a systematic campaign by the federal bureaucracy, including the CDC, the surgeon general’s office,” he said, claiming that federal agencies exerted pressure on social media platforms to silence opposition voices. “The American First Amendment didn’t hold during the pandemic. We did not have free speech,” Bhattacharya asserted. He expressed optimism that his side would ultimately prevail in court, noting, “The government going to Twitter or to Facebook and saying ‘Silence Jay or silence people like Jay who are saying these kinds of things,’ where I’m not told I’m being silenced, I don’t get to tell the government to go take a hike … that’s a violation of the First Amendment.”

The conversation shifted to what Macedo described as an increasing tendency toward “paternalism in public health,” where officials assume that the public lacks a full understanding of the science and should thus be guided rather than informed openly. Bhattacharya countered this view by pointing to the role of scientific consensus in ethical public health advice. “If I go around and say smoking is good for you … I’ve done something deeply harmful to the public … but the ethical basis for that is that there really is an honest scientific consensus that smoking is terrible for you.” However, he argued that the pandemic lacked such a consensus, adding, “What we needed was everyone speaking up and saying what they saw, so there was no ethical basis for the normal public health angle to say, ‘Look, you just need to fall in line and say what everybody else says.’”

The discussion wrapped up with Macedo asking Bhattacharya if a recent conference on COVID-19 policy at Stanford, which Bhattacharya organized, hinted at a shift in Stanford’s stance on open debate. Bhattacharya expressed optimism, sharing that the university’s president had chosen to avoid taking a stance on the matter. “What he said was, ‘We have an obligation to be the kind of place where these kinds of conversations happen,’” Bhattacharya recounted. He concluded, “What we do as universities is provide the platform where people of good faith can come together and talk to each other. That’s what we’ve forgotten about, and that leads to great things.”

The Zimmer Medal has been awarded only once before, with Sir Salman Rushdie as the inaugural recipient in 2023. Rushdie, known for his critical commentary on the Quran in his book The Satanic Verses, was celebrated for his resilience and “refusal to be silenced.”

In addition to the Zimmer Medal, the American Academy of Sciences and Letters also recognized ten professors with Barry Prizes for Distinguished Intellectual Achievement, acknowledging contributions across various academic fields. Recipients included Akhil Reed Amar and Nicholas Christakis from Yale, Henry Louis Gates, Karin Öberg, and Jeannie Suk Gersen from Harvard, among others. Each Barry Prize laureate was awarded a $50,000 cash prize as part of their recognition.

Moreover, over fifty new members joined the academy this year. Salvatore Torquato, a Princeton professor among the new inductees, commended the academy’s dedication to defending academic freedom, which he described as “sorely needed.” The academy’s mission, according to its website, is to champion “intellectual rigor” and support the “truth-seeking, knowledge-advancing” role of academic institutions. Howard University’s Gospel Choir added to the ceremony’s atmosphere with a live performance.

Elon Musk’s Wealth Soars as Tesla Posts Record Profit, Plans for Future Growth

Staff ReporterTechnology 0

Elon Musk, the world’s richest individual, saw his wealth skyrocket by a remarkable $34 billion in a single day, reinforcing his top position among the ultra-wealthy. The spike followed a robust earnings report from Tesla that drove the electric vehicle (EV) manufacturer’s stock up by 22%, its highest single-day performance since 2013.

Tesla’s latest quarterly earnings report yielded mixed results, yet managed to deliver on a critical aspect that had captured investors’ interest—profit. The EV giant posted its largest quarterly profit since mid-2023, rebounding from a streak of four consecutive quarters of disappointing earnings. Despite a slight miss in revenue expectations, which some worried would further impact the company’s performance, investors were buoyed by Musk’s confident forecast for vehicle sales growth of 20% to 30% in the upcoming year.

What surprised many was Musk’s announcement that Tesla’s much-anticipated Cybertruck achieved profitability for the first time in its quarterly sales. This milestone signaled to investors Tesla’s capacity to innovate and overcome production obstacles.

Musk’s personal fortune increased by $30 billion in just one day, marking his third-largest single-day gain and raising his net worth to $270.3 billion. This widened the gap between him and Jeff Bezos, the world’s second-richest person, by $61 billion. While Tesla’s stock—comprising three-quarters of Musk’s wealth—was primarily responsible for this financial leap, his stakes in SpaceX, the social media platform X, and the AI company xAI also contributed.

During the earnings call, Musk articulated a bold vision for Tesla’s future, particularly in terms of market dominance in the EV sector and beyond. “My prediction is Tesla will become the most valuable company in the world, and probably by a long shot,” he asserted.

Tesla’s strategy centers around autonomous driving, an area that Musk considers essential to the company’s growth. He outlined plans to introduce “Cybercab” robo-taxis by 2026, aiming to produce these autonomous vehicles in the millions each year. Musk acknowledged regulatory hurdles, yet expressed confidence in Tesla’s potential to spearhead the autonomous movement.

Amid Musk’s optimistic outlook, some concerns remain, particularly regarding the delay of the Tesla Roadster, an updated model of Tesla’s original sports car. First announced in 2017, the Roadster has experienced several postponements. Musk hinted that its long-awaited release would be “spectacular” whenever it finally occurs.

This surge in Musk’s wealth and the ambitious roadmap for Tesla underscore Musk’s vision of a future where Tesla dominates the global automotive and technology landscape.

 

Five Indian-Origin Researchers Join National Academy of Medicine for Their Groundbreaking Contributions

Staff ReporterEducation 0

In a significant milestone, five Indian-origin researchers were elected as members of the National Academy of Medicine (NAM) at its recent annual meeting. This prestigious recognition, which includes 90 regular and 10 international inductees in the 2024 cohort, celebrates leaders in health and medicine for their pioneering research and impactful contributions. Being elected to NAM is regarded as one of the highest honors in the medical and health fields, highlighting the profound influence of these experts on global health care and research.

Among the distinguished group of newly inducted Indian-origin researchers, Dr. Nina Bhardwaj, Dr. Monika Kumari Goyal, Dr. Reshma Jagsi, Dr. Avindra Nath, and Dr. Uma M. Reddy have made exceptional contributions to their respective fields. Their work spans diverse areas including cancer immunology, pediatric emergency medicine, oncology, neurology, and maternal-fetal medicine.

Dr. Nina Bhardwaj, a professor at the Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai, has been recognized for her groundbreaking research on human dendritic cells, an area that has substantially impacted cancer immunology. Her work in developing a cell-based cancer vaccine, which has gained FDA approval, represents a major advancement in cancer treatment. Reflecting on her achievements, Dr. Bhardwaj’s contributions to cancer and viral immunity have previously earned her the 2022 Lifetime Achievement in Cancer Research award from the American Association of Indian Scientists in Cancer Research. This accolade acknowledges her pivotal role in immunology and her ongoing work toward advancing cancer treatment options.

Dr. Monika Kumari Goyal, a professor specializing in pediatrics and emergency medicine at George Washington University, has directed her research toward understanding and addressing pediatric firearm injuries. Her work emphasizes the need to mitigate the effects of firearm violence on children’s health, a pressing issue in public health and medicine. Dr. Goyal’s research has also aimed at reducing health care disparities and fostering equity in treatment. Through her advocacy, she has significantly contributed to public health efforts to ensure accessible, equitable care for children affected by violence, pushing forward essential changes in pediatric emergency protocols.

Dr. Reshma Jagsi, chair of the radiation oncology department at Emory University, is renowned for her research on cancer outcome disparities, with a focus on gender-related issues. Her studies examine inequities faced by women within the field of oncology, as well as disparities in cancer treatment and patient outcomes. Dr. Jagsi’s work has fueled policy reforms aimed at promoting gender equity, both in the medical profession and in the treatment of cancer patients. By advocating for these changes, she has influenced national discussions around fairness in healthcare and has inspired structural shifts that address gender bias in oncology and related medical fields.

Dr. Avindra Nath, who holds an MD from Christian Medical College in India, has contributed substantial leadership and insight into the study of neurological infections, including COVID-19 and its long-term effects, commonly known as Long COVID. His expertise has broadened the understanding of neuroinfections, offering new perspectives on managing and treating infections that affect the nervous system. His research on COVID-19 neurological complications has proven particularly vital during the pandemic, as it provides a foundation for addressing the long-term impacts of the virus on brain health.

Dr. Uma M. Reddy, a professor at Columbia University Irving Medical Center, has focused her research on maternal-fetal health, particularly in understanding stillbirth, neonatal morbidity and mortality, and the intricacies of labor management. Her work has led to improved health outcomes for both mothers and infants, as her findings inform better practices in maternal and neonatal care. Dr. Reddy’s efforts have thus contributed significantly to advancing health care strategies that protect the well-being of expecting mothers and newborns, making a lasting impact in the field of obstetrics.

Victor J. Dzau, president of NAM, commended the achievements of the 2024 class of inductees, emphasizing the importance of their expertise. “Their expertise will be necessary to supporting NAM’s work to address the pressing health and scientific challenges we face today,” he stated, underscoring the essential role these researchers will play in advancing NAM’s mission and addressing global health challenges through their unique and critical perspectives.

Israeli Airstrike Kills Three Journalists in Rare Attack on Southeast Lebanon

Staff ReporterMedia 0

In the early hours of Friday, an Israeli airstrike targeted a guesthouse in southeastern Lebanon, killing three journalists while they slept, marking a rare assault on a region previously untouched by recent hostilities. The strike occurred around 3 a.m., leveling a series of guesthouses occupied by journalists covering the ongoing Gaza and Lebanon conflicts. Vehicles marked with “PRESS” were left overturned and covered in dust, with no prior warning issued by the Israeli military, who later stated they were investigating the incident.

The victims were Ghassan Najjar, a camera operator, and Mohammed Rida, a broadcast technician, both employed by Al-Mayadeen TV, a Beirut-based pan-Arab network. The third casualty was Wissam Qassim, a camera operator for Al-Manar TV, which is associated with Hezbollah. The Israeli strike came shortly after an earlier airstrike on an Al-Mayadeen office on Beirut’s outskirts. Both Al-Mayadeen and Al-Manar have ties to Hezbollah and its primary ally, Iran.

This incident drew immediate condemnation from officials, press advocacy groups, and journalists. The attack occurred in Hasbaya, a region considered safe from the intense Israeli airstrikes impacting southern Lebanon. Many media crews had relocated to Hasbaya following Israel’s evacuation orders for nearby towns. According to Elsy Moufarrej, the coordinator for Lebanon’s Alternative Press Syndicate, “They want to prevent the journalists from covering and having presence in the south of Lebanon.” Moufarrej argued that this strike was “a direct targeting” intended to drive journalists out of the area.

Lebanese Information Minister Ziad Makary condemned the strike, alleging it was a calculated attack on journalists covering what he described as “Israel’s crimes.” Makary emphasized that the journalists were part of a larger group, writing on social media, “This is an assassination, after monitoring and tracking, with premeditation and planning, as there were 18 journalists present at the location representing seven media institutions.”

Among the journalists at the scene was Imran Khan, a senior correspondent for Al Jazeera English. Khan shared on social media that the strike hit without warning around 3:30 a.m., while the journalists were resting after a long day of coverage. “These were just journalists that were sleeping in bed after long days of covering the conflict,” he posted, noting that his team was unharmed.

Hussein Hoteit, a cameraman for Egypt’s Al-Qahira TV, described waking up to the weight of the building’s collapsed walls and ceiling around him. Hoteit recounted his narrow escape, with colleagues freeing him from debris minutes later. Speaking from his hospital bed, where he was receiving treatment for thigh injuries, he shared that two missiles hit the chalet next door, though he hadn’t heard them due to the chaos of the collapse.

This attack adds to a troubling list of journalists killed by Israeli forces over the past year. A recent report from the Committee to Protect Journalists (CPJ) recorded the deaths of at least 128 journalists and media workers in Gaza and Lebanon. Released on October 4, the report described Israel’s war conduct as having inflicted “an unprecedented and horrific toll on Palestinian journalists and the region’s media landscape.” The CPJ noted that, with few exceptions, these deaths were caused by Israeli forces, making this the deadliest year for journalists since the organization began tracking fatalities in 1992.

The death toll among journalists has sparked global condemnation from press advocacy organizations and international bodies, including the United Nations. Israeli officials, however, maintain that they do not target journalists deliberately. Lebanon’s Health Minister reported that over the past year, Israeli attacks had claimed the lives of 11 journalists and injured eight others.

This strike follows a string of fatal incidents involving journalists in the region. In November 2023, two Al-Mayadeen TV journalists lost their lives in a drone strike, and a month earlier, Israeli shelling killed Issam Abdallah, a videographer for Reuters, in southern Lebanon. That attack also wounded journalists from Agence France-Presse and Qatar’s Al-Jazeera.

Israel recently leveled allegations against Al Jazeera journalists, accusing them of affiliation with militant groups based on documents supposedly found in Gaza. Al Jazeera has dismissed these allegations as a tactic aimed at silencing the few journalists still covering the conflict. “This is a blatant attempt to silence the few remaining journalists in the region,” the network stated in response to the accusations. The Committee to Protect Journalists has also rejected these allegations, stating that “Israel has repeatedly made similar unproven claims without producing credible evidence.”

Jad Shahrour, a spokesperson for the Samir Kassir Eyes Center for Media and Cultural Freedom, condemned the targeting of press centers as an attempt to silence the truth. He explained to The Associated Press that targeting journalists in this manner suggests “a media blackout” is being enforced, describing it as a troubling shift from targeting press in Gaza to now focusing on Lebanon.

Al-Mayadeen’s director, Ghassan bin Jiddo, asserted that Friday’s strike was a deliberate attack aimed at silencing coverage of Israel’s military operations. Ali Shoeib, a well-known Al-Manar correspondent stationed in southern Lebanon, shared a video taken on his cellphone, reporting that his camera operator of several months was among those killed in the strike. Shoeib alleged that the Israeli military was aware that multiple media outlets housed journalists in the area. In the video, Shoeib poignantly stated, “We were reporting the news and showing the suffering of the victims, and now we are the news and the victims of Israel’s crimes.”

Five Signs You’re in a Functional but Emotionally Distant Relationship and What You Can Do About It

Staff ReporterLifestyle 0

Relationships may seem well-adjusted from the outside; you and your partner manage daily responsibilities, communicate smoothly, and rarely clash. Friends and family may even see you as an ideal couple, united and reliable. However, beneath this polished exterior, you might be dealing with an underlying, disheartening void—a feeling that something essential is missing. Conversations might feel shallow, intimacy could seem routine, and the bond you once had may feel more like a faded memory than a current reality.

If you’ve ever wondered whether you’re just “going through the motions” or acting out roles rather than truly connecting, it’s possible that you’re in a functional but loveless relationship. Identifying signs of such a relationship can help you decide whether to reignite the emotional spark or explore alternative options. Here are five signs that may indicate you’re in a functional but emotionally lacking relationship.

  1. Conversations Are Only About Practical Matters, Not Personal Connections

A telltale sign of a functional relationship is the dominance of surface-level communication. Conversations typically revolve around daily logistics: coordinating schedules, managing household chores, or discussing finances. While these exchanges are vital for household management, they don’t nurture emotional closeness or deepen the relationship.

In a relationship rooted in emotional closeness, partners discuss more than logistics. They feel comfortable sharing their dreams, insecurities, and deeper thoughts, creating a genuine intimacy. As researcher Michael Kardas of Northwestern University’s Kellogg School of Management points out, meaningful conversations with others can provide unexpected joy and fulfillment.

When conversations with your partner rarely touch on personal topics, and a once-deep connection feels distant, it could be an indication that the relationship has transitioned from emotionally fulfilling to merely functional.

  1. Emotional Support Is Lacking, Only Coexistence Remains

One of the hallmarks of a healthy, loving relationship is the presence of mutual emotional support. Partners in such relationships offer each other reassurance, listen attentively to concerns, and respond with empathy. This emotional bond creates a sense of security, allowing each person to feel they have someone to rely on during difficult times.

However, in a functional but loveless relationship, emotional support may be missing. Attempts to share personal challenges might be met with indifference or minimal interest, prompting you to seek support from friends or family instead. This absence of emotional responsiveness can make you feel like you’re merely coexisting rather than connecting, which diminishes the relationship’s sense of vitality and partnership.

  1. Physical Affection Feels Obligatory Rather Than Genuine

Physical affection—including hugs, kisses, cuddling, and intimacy—is fundamental to romantic relationships. Studies show that these physical gestures can enhance emotional closeness, passion, and even mental well-being. In a loving relationship, affectionate actions feel genuine and contribute to a profound connection between partners.

In a relationship lacking love, physical affection may still occur, but it often feels forced or transactional. Intimate moments may lack the emotional depth they once had, leading to feelings of detachment or dissatisfaction. When affection feels like a routine task rather than a sincere expression of love, it’s a sign that the relationship has lost its emotional resonance.

  1. Avoidance of Issues Due to a “Fine” Status Quo

In many emotionally detached relationships, partners avoid addressing underlying issues because everything appears to be “fine” on the surface. This tendency often stems from a desire to keep the peace; partners may believe it’s unnecessary to “rock the boat” if no visible problems exist.

However, ignoring deeper issues only widens the emotional gap over time. Studies have shown that repressing emotions can lead to poor communication and weakened connections. In a loving relationship, there’s usually a willingness to confront and work through difficulties. Avoiding such discussions to maintain a superficial harmony can signal a lack of emotional foundation necessary for navigating conflicts and growing together as a couple.

  1. You Feel Alone, Even When Together

Perhaps the most poignant sign of a functional yet emotionally empty relationship is a sense of isolation that persists even in your partner’s presence. You may share meals, participate in activities, or manage household responsibilities together, yet feel emotionally distanced and lonely. This disheartening experience highlights the absence of true companionship in the relationship.

In their book Addressing Loneliness: Coping, Prevention and Clinical Interventions, the authors state that when a relationship doesn’t provide emotional security, it can lead to an overwhelming sense of loneliness. Without emotional intimacy, partners may withdraw, leading to a profound sense of solitude. If you often feel alone, even with your partner nearby, it’s time to evaluate whether the relationship can be revitalized or if a different path would be more fulfilling.

What Can You Do?

Realizing you’re in a functional but emotionally disconnected relationship is challenging, but it’s also a crucial first step toward meaningful change. If you relate to these signs, it doesn’t mean the relationship is beyond repair.

Many couples go through periods where emotional intimacy takes a backseat to daily responsibilities. To address the emotional disconnection, consider these steps:

  1. Initiate Open and Honest Conversations: Begin by expressing your feelings openly. Avoid blaming or judging your partner, and focus on communicating your own experiences and needs. Using “I” statements can help create a non-accusatory, respectful environment.
  1. Dedicate Time for Deeper Discussions: Set aside regular time for open conversations, perhaps through weekly “check-ins,” where both partners have the opportunity to share their thoughts and emotions without interruption.
  1. Consider Therapy: Seeking the guidance of a professional, either individually or as a couple, can be extremely beneficial. Therapists can help you navigate these feelings, break down communication barriers, and develop strategies to rebuild emotional intimacy.

These proactive steps may help you determine whether the relationship can be rekindled or if it’s best to move forward in a new direction. Reconnecting emotionally takes effort, but it’s possible if both partners are willing to work on their bond and prioritize each other’s needs.

By recognizing the signs of a functional but emotionally distant relationship and taking steps to address the underlying issues, you may be able to reignite the emotional spark or make an informed decision about your future.

Raja Krishnamoorthi Honored with 2024 Ruth Rothstein Award for Health Care Excellence

Staff ReporterProfile 0

Indian-American Congressman Raja Krishnamoorthi (D-IL) has been recognized for his dedication to improving health care by being awarded the 2024 Ruth Rothstein Award for Excellence. The award was presented by the Cook County Health Foundation at its annual gala, a prestigious event that highlights contributions to the health care landscape of Cook County. Cook County President Toni Preckwinkle had the honor of presenting the award to Krishnamoorthi, citing his efforts in making health care more accessible to the county’s residents.

The Ruth Rothstein Award, named after the former chief of the Cook County Department of Public Health, is given to individuals who follow in Rothstein’s footsteps by advancing health care initiatives that benefit the community. Krishnamoorthi has exemplified this commitment in his work both at the national and local levels, making him a fitting recipient of this year’s award.

In his acceptance speech, Krishnamoorthi expressed gratitude for receiving an award that bears Ruth Rothstein’s name, underlining his commitment to ensuring that Cook County residents have better access to affordable health care. “It is an honor to receive an award that bears Ruth’s name, and I look forward to continuing my work with the Cook County Health Foundation and President Toni Preckwinkle to fully realize Ruth’s vision of a healthier Cook County for all its residents,” Krishnamoorthi stated, emphasizing his dedication to improving the lives of those in his constituency through better health care policies.

Krishnamoorthi also touched upon specific health care-related achievements during his speech, particularly his efforts to reduce drug prices at a national level and secure funding for local health care projects. He mentioned his role in taking on Pharmacy Benefit Managers (PBMs), entities responsible for managing prescription drug benefits for health plans, in order to lower the cost of medications across the country. By addressing PBMs, he hopes to bring down the overall cost of prescription drugs, a significant issue affecting both Cook County residents and people across the U.S.

Furthermore, Krishnamoorthi highlighted a key accomplishment in securing $2 million in federal funding to support the construction of an urgent care facility in Arlington Heights, Illinois. This funding will ensure that residents of the area have access to timely and efficient health care services, which are essential for addressing urgent health issues before they become critical. “From taking on Pharmacy Benefit Managers (PBMs) to lower drug prices nationally to securing $2 million for Cook County Public Health to build an urgent care facility in Arlington Heights, I am committed to doing just that, using my position in Congress to create positive health care change for Illinoisans,” Krishnamoorthi affirmed in his speech.

His commitment to these causes is reflective of his broader legislative efforts. As a congressman, Krishnamoorthi has supported a variety of health care initiatives aimed at improving access to care and lowering costs, particularly for those in underserved or underinsured communities. One of his notable efforts has been his support for federal initiatives to restore reproductive rights in the wake of the Supreme Court’s decision to overturn Roe v. Wade. By advocating for the restoration of these rights, Krishnamoorthi aims to ensure that individuals have access to the reproductive health care they need, regardless of the political landscape or legal barriers that may arise.

In addition to his work at the federal level, Krishnamoorthi has also been deeply involved in local health care projects within Cook County. His advocacy has not only resulted in the funding of the Arlington Heights urgent care facility but has also contributed to other community health initiatives across the county. These efforts have earned him widespread praise, particularly from the Cook County Health Foundation, which highlighted his leadership and dedication to improving health outcomes for the county’s residents.

The Cook County Health Foundation, in its recognition of Krishnamoorthi’s work, lauded his efforts to bring much-needed health care resources to local communities. The foundation pointed out that his role in securing funds for health care projects, such as the urgent care facility, is just one example of his broader commitment to ensuring that all residents, particularly those in need, have access to essential health services. The foundation’s praise of Krishnamoorthi’s work underlines the impact he has made on the health care landscape in Cook County.

Krishnamoorthi’s dedication to health care reform is not just confined to his own district but extends to his broader work as a congressman. His efforts to lower prescription drug prices through federal regulation of PBMs, as well as his advocacy for reproductive rights and funding for local health care projects, demonstrate a comprehensive approach to addressing health care issues both locally and nationally.

As Cook County continues to face health care challenges, particularly in underserved areas, Krishnamoorthi’s contributions have proven invaluable. His focus on lowering costs and improving access aligns with the goals of the Cook County Health Foundation, which strives to ensure that all residents, regardless of their socioeconomic background, can access the care they need.

The Ruth Rothstein Award for Excellence serves as a recognition of Krishnamoorthi’s ongoing efforts to make health care more equitable and affordable. By following in the footsteps of Rothstein, who herself was a fierce advocate for public health during her time as the chief of the Cook County Department of Public Health, Krishnamoorthi continues to build on her legacy of improving health outcomes for the people of Cook County.

Looking forward, Krishnamoorthi remains committed to working with local health officials and national policymakers to advance health care reform. His partnership with President Toni Preckwinkle and the Cook County Health Foundation is expected to continue as they collaborate on future initiatives aimed at making health care more accessible to all residents. His leadership in these efforts will be crucial in addressing the evolving health care needs of Cook County and ensuring that its residents receive the care they deserve.

Krishnamoorthi’s receipt of the Ruth Rothstein Award is not just a personal accolade but a testament to his commitment to public service and health care reform. As he continues his work in Congress, he remains focused on using his platform to advocate for policies that will create lasting, positive change in health care, both for Illinoisans and for the nation as a whole.

Bill Gates Reportedly Donates $50 Million to Nonprofit Supporting Kamala Harris’s Presidential Campaign

Staff ReporterUSA 0

Bill Gates, one of the world’s richest individuals, has privately revealed that he recently contributed about $50 million to a nonprofit organization backing Vice President Kamala Harris’s presidential bid, according to a report by The New York Times. Despite the significant donation, Gates has not made any public endorsement of Harris, marking a departure from his usual approach of staying away from direct political contributions.

Gates, known for co-founding Microsoft, has long maintained a neutral stance in the political sphere. Throughout his career, he has refrained from making contributions that could associate him with specific candidates or political campaigns. Though he does not share a close personal relationship with Harris, Gates has previously expressed approval of the Biden-Harris administration’s climate change policies. According to sources speaking to The New York Times, Gates and his foundation, the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, are increasingly worried about potential threats to family planning and global health initiatives should Donald Trump win the presidency again.

The report suggests that Gates is particularly concerned about the future of these programs, many of which have been critical to global health, under a potential second Trump administration. The former president has made it clear that he intends to reverse many of the current administration’s policies, raising alarm among those who support programs that benefit international health and family planning. Gates’s donation may reflect his growing recognition of the role political leadership plays in shaping the future of these global initiatives.

When asked to respond to the New York Times report, Gates did not directly confirm or deny the substantial donation to the Harris-aligned nonprofit. While he did not offer an explicit endorsement of Harris’s candidacy, Gates acknowledged the high stakes of the 2024 presidential election. He pointed out that he has always taken a bipartisan approach to his work, supporting initiatives that cross party lines. However, he emphasized that the upcoming election presents a unique situation, hinting that it may be one of the reasons for his decision to get involved in political giving at this level. “This election is different,” Gates reportedly said, underscoring the potential risks he sees with a Trump comeback.

Gates’s reluctance to engage directly in politics has long been noted, particularly by his Democratic allies. Some within his circle have tried to encourage him to become more involved in political donations over the years, but he has resisted. His reluctance has been shaped by his belief in maintaining a neutral position, especially given his role as a leading philanthropist and businessman.

However, Gates is said to be experiencing mounting pressure from within his own family, specifically from his children Rory and Phoebe Gates. Both of Gates’s children have reportedly become Democratic donors themselves, with Rory, in particular, playing an active role in Democratic fundraising efforts. They have been pushing their father to take a more visible stand in political matters, especially as the 2024 election approaches. This family dynamic may have contributed to his decision to donate to the Harris-supporting nonprofit.

Despite Gates’s recent donation, many of the wealthiest backers of Harris remain cautious about associating themselves too closely with her campaign. Some donors fear potential repercussions from Donald Trump, who has a history of publicly targeting those who oppose him. In his previous run for office, Trump was known for openly criticizing his rivals and threatening retaliation against high-profile figures who supported his political opponents. This lingering fear of retaliation has led some wealthy supporters to contribute anonymously or through less direct channels, avoiding public identification as Harris’s supporters.

The political landscape for the 2024 election appears to be more charged than usual, with high-profile figures like Gates stepping into the arena, despite personal reluctance or historical disengagement. Gates’s involvement in the Harris campaign—albeit in the form of a large financial contribution rather than a public endorsement—signals a shift in the strategies of traditionally neutral or apolitical philanthropists.

Many observers are interpreting Gates’s donation as a response to the broader implications of the 2024 election, particularly for global health and climate change initiatives. His foundation has long been at the forefront of funding programs that address health disparities, poverty, and family planning, both in the U.S. and globally. A Trump return to office could potentially disrupt or defund these programs, leading to what Gates and others view as dire consequences for international health systems.

While Gates has not definitively aligned himself with Harris, his donation could be seen as a vote of confidence in the current administration’s approach to tackling issues like climate change and global health. Gates has been vocal about the need for coordinated action on climate policy, praising the Biden-Harris administration for its efforts in this area. He has also spoken at length about the importance of addressing global health inequities, issues that are closely tied to the work his foundation has been engaged in for decades.

However, for Gates, the decision to donate to a campaign-related nonprofit may also be a reflection of his belief in the critical importance of family planning and health initiatives. These are areas where Gates has invested considerable time and resources, and a change in administration could pose a significant threat to the progress made in these fields. For someone like Gates, who has worked tirelessly on these issues through his foundation, the potential impact of the election may have been too important to ignore.

The report from The New York Times also highlights the increasing involvement of high-profile figures like Gates in shaping the outcome of the 2024 election, even if they are not traditionally associated with political donations. Gates’s decision to make such a significant contribution, despite his longstanding practice of staying out of politics, underscores the unprecedented nature of the upcoming election and the concerns many have about the direction the country might take.

For now, Gates continues to avoid a full public endorsement of any candidate, but his $50 million donation has certainly caught the attention of political observers. Whether Gates will continue to increase his political involvement as the 2024 election nears remains to be seen. However, his shift in strategy—driven by concerns over global health, family planning, and climate change—suggests that the stakes of this election are motivating even the most apolitical figures to take action.

PM Modi Calls for ‘Three Mutuals’ in Meeting with Xi Jinping, Stresses Importance of Trust and Stability

Staff ReporterWorld 0

Prime Minister Narendra Modi highlighted the need for India-China relations to be based on three key principles: mutual trust, mutual respect, and mutual sensitivity, during a significant meeting with Chinese President Xi Jinping. This meeting, held on the sidelines of the BRICS Summit in Kazan, Russia, marks the first delegation-level engagement between the two countries in nearly five years.

During the conversation, Modi expressed optimism about the future of India-China relations, provided that these three mutuals are respected. “We welcome the consensus reached on issues that have arisen across the border in the last four years. Maintaining peace and stability on the border should remain our top priority. Mutual trust, mutual respect, and mutual sensitivity form the basis of our relations,” he stated.

Modi’s comments underscored the importance of maintaining peaceful relations between India and China, not just for the sake of the two nations but also for broader global stability and progress. Xi Jinping echoed these sentiments, acknowledging the significance of the meeting for both countries and the global community. “China and India are both ancient civilizations, major developing countries, and important members of the Global South. We are both at a crucial phase in our respective modernization endeavours. It best serves the fundamental interests of our two countries and two peoples for both sides to keep the trend of history in the right direction of our bilateral relations,” Xi said.

He further stressed the importance of increasing communication and cooperation between India and China. According to Xi, “It’s important for both sides to have more communication and cooperation, properly handle our differences and disagreements and to facilitate each other’s pursuit of development aspirations.” He also emphasized the need for both nations to take responsibility on the international stage, particularly in representing the interests of developing countries. “It’s also important for both sides to shoulder our international responsibility, set an example for boosting the strength and unity of the developing countries and to contribute to promoting multipolarization and democracy in international relations,” Xi added.

This meeting represents a crucial step forward after the tensions that erupted between India and China in 2020, following the deadly clash in the Galwan Valley, along the Line of Actual Control (LAC). The confrontation led to a significant downturn in bilateral relations, particularly concerning military and border security issues.

However, the recent breakthrough in talks was facilitated by both countries’ diplomatic and military negotiators, who had been working closely over the past several weeks. According to Indian Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri, both sides had maintained regular contact through various forums, which eventually led to an agreement on patrolling the LAC. This agreement aims to resolve the ongoing issues and de-escalate the confrontation along the 3500-km-long border.

Misri confirmed the breakthrough, stating, “The Indian and Chinese diplomatic and military negotiators have been in close contact with each other in a variety of forums over the last several weeks after which an agreement was arrived at on patrolling arrangements along the LAC, leading to disengagement and a resolution of the issues that had arisen in the specific areas in 2020.”

Further confirmation came from the Chinese government on Tuesday, when the Chinese Foreign Ministry acknowledged the new patrolling arrangements along the India-China border. This confirmation coincided with Xi Jinping’s departure for the BRICS Summit in Kazan.

Tensions had been particularly high due to Chinese attempts to transgress the LAC in other parts of the Western Sector. Both countries had been discussing these incursions through established diplomatic and military channels, aiming to find a peaceful resolution to the situation.

On Monday, India’s External Affairs Minister, S. Jaishankar, expressed cautious optimism about the new agreement, noting that it lays the groundwork for restoring peace along the border. Jaishankar also emphasized that restoring the status quo before 2020 had been a central concern for India in terms of normalizing relations with China. He remarked that the agreement was a step in the right direction toward achieving that goal.

“The latest agreement creates the basis for peace and tranquillity which should be there in the border areas and existed before 2020 – something which had been India’s major concern over the past few years for the bilateral relationship to turn normal,” Jaishankar said.

He further reflected on the patience required to reach this point. “At various points of time, people almost gave up. We have always maintained that on the one hand, we had to obviously do the counter deployments… But, side by side, we have been negotiating since September 2020 when I met my Chinese counterpart Wang Yi in Moscow. It has been a very patient process, maybe more complicated than what it could and should have been,” Jaishankar noted.

The agreement on patrolling arrangements at the LAC, he said, represents a significant achievement after years of delicate negotiations. “The fact is that if we are able to, as we now have, reach an understanding regarding patrolling and observing the sanctity of the LAC, then, I think, it creates the basis for peace and tranquillity which there should be in border areas and existed there before 2020,” Jaishankar explained.

The meeting between Modi and Xi in Kazan signifies a notable shift in the trajectory of India-China relations, especially considering the contentious history between the two nations in recent years. Both leaders appeared committed to pursuing a more constructive and peaceful relationship, with a focus on mutual trust, cooperation, and respect for each other’s aspirations.

This renewed commitment from both sides offers hope for a more stable and peaceful future along the India-China border, which has been a source of significant tension since the Galwan Valley clash. As Modi and Xi agreed, maintaining peace and stability on the border remains a priority, and the success of this agreement could pave the way for further positive developments in the bilateral relationship.

India’s Global Influence and Role in Shaping Multilateral Reform: Nirmala Sitharaman’s Address

Staff ReporterIndia, India 0

India’s technological leadership and growing influence in global corporate systems are impossible to overlook, as highlighted by Union Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman. Speaking at the panel discussion “Bretton Woods Institutions at 80: Priorities for the Next Decade” during the World Bank and International Monetary Fund (IMF) Annual Meetings in 2024 in Washington, DC, she emphasized India’s pivotal role in shaping global corporate systems, particularly through technology. “You cannot ignore us when it comes to technology and servicing through technology,” she said, underscoring India’s role in diverse industries, from oil refining to multilateral banking systems. Her remarks were part of a broader discussion on the role of emerging markets in global reform efforts.

Sitharaman stressed the need for international institutions to adapt to the changing world and play a proactive role in global development. She urged the Bretton Woods institutions to be more forward-thinking, encouraging them to innovate and collaborate on long-term goals, rather than simply reacting to crises. As she pointed out, India has been a steadfast supporter of multilateral institutions, but she voiced concerns that these institutions are failing to meet expectations. “Expectations pinned on multilateral institutions are fissured away because no solutions are coming out of them,” she explained.

India’s backing of multilateralism has remained strong, but Sitharaman expressed the need for reform within these institutions to address global challenges effectively. “They should be the first to share information and suggest solutions, not impose them,” she remarked. This appeal to reform was not only a call to action but also a reflection of India’s desire to see these institutions take a more active role in addressing global challenges and shaping the future.

India’s Growing Global Dominance

Sitharaman also spoke about India’s expanding influence on the global stage, emphasizing the significance of its rapidly growing economy and large population. “One in every six persons in the world is Indian,” she stated, highlighting that no country, including the United States or China, can afford to overlook India’s impact. This assertion goes beyond economic statistics; it reflects the importance of India’s contributions to global development and governance. She emphasized that India’s influence is not about imposing dominance but about enhancing its global role through peaceful and strategic multilateralism.

With the largest democracy and population in the world, India’s voice is increasingly important in global conversations. Sitharaman pointed out that India is not looking to dominate but to be a constructive and influential player in the global arena. “It’s not about imposing dominance but enhancing influence,” she said, pointing to India’s role in shaping multilateral strategies that emphasize cooperation and peaceful progress.

Commitment to Climate Resilience and Disaster Management

India’s domestic policies and initiatives were also central to Sitharaman’s speech. She highlighted India’s focus on building resilience in the face of climate change and disaster management. A key example she provided was India’s response to Cyclone Amphan in 2020, during which 2.4 million people were evacuated in a coordinated effort that demonstrated both infrastructure readiness and institutional capacity. “India has ensured resilient economic growth not only by investing in hard infrastructure but also by building institutional capacity,” she noted, showcasing the country’s long-term commitment to resilience.

India’s leadership in the Global South has been a defining feature of its international diplomacy. Under India’s presidency of the G20, a Disaster Risk Reduction Working Group was established to enhance global resilience against climate-induced risks. Sitharaman emphasized that India is not just taking these initiatives on behalf of itself but is actively sharing best practices and knowledge with other countries to foster global resilience. By doing so, India is playing a key role in leading international efforts to strengthen disaster management frameworks and financial systems to better respond to crises.

India’s Role in Multilateral Institutions

Sitharaman’s address came at a time when multilateral institutions, such as the IMF and World Bank, are facing criticism for not effectively addressing the evolving challenges of the 21st century. In her speech, she acknowledged the historical role that India has played in supporting these institutions, but she also expressed dissatisfaction with their current performance. She emphasized that these institutions must do more to meet global needs. “They should be the first to share information and suggest solutions, not impose them,” she reiterated, pointing out that multilateral institutions need to be reformed to remain relevant and effective in the coming decades.

Sitharaman’s comments echoed broader concerns about the need for reform in global governance structures. She argued that the Bretton Woods institutions should focus on long-term solutions that promote global stability and growth rather than reacting to immediate crises. By being proactive and encouraging innovation and collaboration, these institutions can help shape a more resilient and prosperous world.

The panel discussion included several prominent global figures, including Lawrence H. Summers, Emeritus President of Harvard University, Spain’s Minister of Economy Carlos Cuerpo, and Egypt’s Minister of Economic Development Rania A. Al Mashat. The dialogue focused on the future of multilateralism and the evolving role of institutions like the IMF and World Bank in addressing global challenges.

India’s Contributions Through Digital Infrastructure

In her closing remarks, Sitharaman highlighted India’s contributions to the world, particularly through digital public infrastructure. She noted that India has publicly funded and shared its digital systems with other countries, marking a significant step in international cooperation. “Through the digital public infrastructure that we have publicly funded and shared with different countries, we are making our mark,” she said, demonstrating India’s commitment to using its technological advancements for global good.

India’s role in leading global efforts, particularly in areas like digital infrastructure, climate resilience, and multilateral reform, is increasingly significant. Sitharaman’s speech reflected India’s growing confidence on the world stage and its willingness to take on greater responsibilities in global governance. As the country continues to expand its influence, the world can no longer afford to ignore India’s contributions to shaping a more cooperative and resilient global order.

Nirmala Sitharaman’s remarks underscored India’s leadership in global technology, its unwavering support for multilateral institutions, and its commitment to fostering resilience and innovation. Her call for reform within international organizations, combined with India’s growing influence, highlights the country’s role as a key player in shaping the future of global governance. As India continues to rise, it is clear that the world must take notice of its contributions and leadership.

Biden-Harris Administration Holds Virtual Briefing with AAHOA on Small Business Support

Staff ReporterUSA 0

On Wednesday, the Biden-Harris Administration held a special virtual briefing for members of the Asian American Hotel Owners Association (AAHOA), the largest organization of hotel owners in the world. This exclusive session, arranged by the White House Office of Public Engagement, focused on significant issues affecting small businesses while providing updates on the current economic landscape.

The briefing brought together senior officials from the administration to discuss federal initiatives aimed at helping small business owners, particularly those in the hotel industry. Among the primary topics were efforts to improve access to Small Business Administration (SBA) loans, measures to enhance the supply chain, and steps to increase transparency around resort and junk fees—charges that impact the hotel industry and other small businesses.

Key officials in attendance included Kota Mizutani, Senior Advisor for Public Engagement at the White House; Dilawar Syed, Deputy Administrator of the SBA; Karlin Gatton, Special Assistant to the President for Economic Policy; and Monica Gorman, Special Assistant to the President for Manufacturing & Industrial Policy from the National Economic Council. They each highlighted how these federal efforts are designed to help small businesses navigate the challenges of today’s economy.

Kota Mizutani praised AAHOA members and small business leaders for their critical role in driving the U.S. economy forward. “As all three of our speakers today highlighted, a huge thank you to all the members of the Asian American Hotel Owners Association, all the business leaders here who are putting in the work on the ground to make our economy run,” Mizutani said. “Thank you so much for all that you do.”

AAHOA Chairman Miraj S. Patel welcomed members to the virtual event, emphasizing the importance of the dialogue. “This briefing underscores how important AAHOA and its members are to the ongoing conversation around small business policies,” Patel said. “Having the opportunity to hear directly from senior government officials about these key issues is crucial as our members continue to navigate today’s evolving economic environment.”

During the briefing, the Biden-Harris Administration focused on several key issues of interest to hotel owners, with an emphasis on ensuring that small businesses have access to resources and support. Among the top priorities were improving access to SBA loans, addressing the challenges posed by supply chain disruptions, and enhancing transparency in resort fees and junk fees that affect the hotel industry. These efforts are aimed at ensuring that small business owners, including hotel owners, can maintain stability and growth as they continue to recover from the economic impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic and adapt to new challenges.

The availability of SBA loans was a central topic, as these loans provide critical financial resources for small businesses. Dilawar Syed, Deputy Administrator of the SBA, provided updates on how the administration is working to make these loans more accessible and streamlined for business owners. This is especially important for hotel owners, many of whom rely on SBA loans to finance improvements, expansions, and daily operations.

Supply chain disruptions were also discussed during the briefing, with Monica Gorman, Special Assistant to the President for Manufacturing & Industrial Policy, addressing the administration’s efforts to tackle these challenges. Disruptions in the supply chain have affected a wide range of industries, including the hotel sector, where delays in receiving necessary goods and services have had a direct impact on business operations. The Biden-Harris Administration has implemented policies aimed at strengthening domestic manufacturing and reducing reliance on foreign suppliers to alleviate these issues.

In addition, the briefing covered the administration’s push for greater transparency when it comes to resort fees and junk fees. These fees, often tacked onto hotel bills without clear disclosure, have been a longstanding concern for both hotel owners and their customers. The administration’s focus on addressing these fees is part of a broader effort to promote transparency and fairness in the marketplace, ensuring that consumers are not caught off guard by hidden charges.

The inclusion of AAHOA in this important conversation reflects the administration’s recognition of the significant role that Asian American hotel owners play in the U.S. economy. AAHOA members own nearly 60% of all hotels in the United States, making their input crucial to any discussions about small business policies. By engaging directly with AAHOA members, the Biden-Harris Administration is demonstrating its commitment to addressing the unique challenges faced by small businesses in the hotel industry.

AAHOA President & CEO Laura Lee Blake expressed gratitude for the administration’s willingness to engage with the association and its members. “We are grateful that the Administration recognized the importance of engaging with AAHOA and our members on the challenges small businesses face,” Blake said. “The insights shared today will empower our hotel owners to make informed decisions as they steer through current industry challenges.”

The virtual briefing also highlighted the administration’s broader efforts to support small businesses through policies that promote economic recovery, job creation, and sustainability. The hotel industry, like many other sectors, has been significantly impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, and small business owners continue to face challenges as they work to rebuild. Federal initiatives, such as those discussed during the briefing, are aimed at helping these businesses overcome obstacles and achieve long-term success.

By focusing on SBA loan access, supply chain improvements, and fee transparency, the Biden-Harris Administration is addressing key concerns that directly affect the hotel industry. The administration’s commitment to working closely with small business owners and industry leaders is crucial to ensuring that the economic recovery is inclusive and that businesses of all sizes can thrive.

For AAHOA members, the briefing provided valuable insights into how federal policies are evolving to meet the needs of small businesses. The opportunity to hear directly from senior administration officials about these issues offers hotel owners the information they need to make strategic decisions in a challenging economic environment.

The engagement between the Biden-Harris Administration and AAHOA members also underscores the importance of open communication between the government and small business owners. As the economy continues to recover and evolve, this ongoing dialogue will play a key role in shaping policies that support the growth and success of small businesses across the country.

The virtual briefing highlighted the administration’s dedication to helping small businesses, particularly hotel owners, navigate the complex economic landscape. With a focus on improving access to loans, addressing supply chain disruptions, and increasing fee transparency, the Biden-Harris Administration is working to ensure that small business owners have the tools they need to succeed in today’s economy.

Rishabh Pant Surpasses Virat Kohli in ICC Test Rankings; Rachin Ravindra Breaks into Top 20

Staff ReporterSports 0

Indian wicketkeeper-batter Rishabh Pant has surpassed his teammate Virat Kohli in the latest ICC Test batting rankings. Pant’s impressive performances in the first Test against New Zealand in Bengaluru have pushed him to sixth place in the rankings, overtaking Kohli, who is now tied at the eighth spot.

Pant scored 20 and 99 in the match, which has helped him climb three places in the Test rankings, a significant boost for the Indian batter. This surge in rankings marks a notable achievement for Pant, as he continues to establish himself as one of India’s leading players in the longest format of the game.

Meanwhile, Virat Kohli’s dip in form in Test cricket has seen him slide down the rankings, now sharing the eighth position with other top players. Kohli, once a mainstay at the top of the Test rankings, will be looking to regain his position as one of the leading batsmen in world cricket. His current standing reflects the challenges he’s faced in recent matches, particularly against strong bowling attacks.

England’s Joe Root, however, remains comfortably ahead at the top of the rankings, maintaining a significant lead over his competitors. Root has been in sublime form, consistently delivering match-winning performances for England. His dominance in the rankings underscores his recent achievements in Test cricket.

Joining Pant and Kohli in the top 10 is another Indian batter, Yashasvi Jaiswal, who currently holds the third position. Jaiswal’s rise has been swift, and he is now considered one of the most promising young talents in international cricket. His inclusion in the top three alongside Root highlights the depth of talent in Indian cricket and the strength of the nation’s batting lineup in Test matches.

New Zealand’s all-rounder Rachin Ravindra has also made significant strides in the rankings, jumping 36 places to reach 18th position. Ravindra’s remarkable performances in the same Test against India, where he scored 134 and an unbeaten 39, played a pivotal role in securing New Zealand’s first Test victory in India since 1988. His rapid rise in the rankings is a testament to his growing stature as a key player for New Zealand in both the batting and bowling departments.

New Zealand opener Devon Conway has also moved up the rankings, climbing 12 spots to secure the 36th position. Conway has been consistent with the bat, and his recent form has contributed to New Zealand’s success in Test cricket. His elevation in the rankings reflects his importance to the team’s top order.

On the bowling front, New Zealand pacer Matt Henry has also enjoyed a boost in his rankings. After taking eight wickets in the match, Henry has moved up two places to reach a career-high ninth position, with a new personal-best rating of 751. His impressive showing in the series against India further solidifies his reputation as one of the top fast bowlers in the world.

Henry’s teammate, fast bowler William O’Rourke, has also seen a rise in his rankings. He climbed two places to 39th position after claiming seven wickets in the same match. O’Rourke’s performance was instrumental in New Zealand’s historic victory in India, and his growing presence in the rankings signals a bright future for the bowler.

As the cricketing world gears up for the decider of the England-Pakistan Test series in Rawalpindi, England opener Ben Duckett is on the verge of breaking into the top 10 of the Test batting rankings. Duckett’s crucial knock of 114 has propelled him up three places, bringing him to 11th position, where he is tied with other top batters.

Pakistan’s all-rounder Salman Ali Agha has also made significant progress, climbing eight places to reach 14th in the rankings. His latest career-high rating comes on the back of scores of 31 and 63 in the second Test against England. Pakistan’s victory in that game ended a long drought of Test wins at home, and Salman played a key role in the triumph.

Salman’s recent performances have been particularly noteworthy, as he has crossed the 50-run mark in three of his last four Test innings. This consistency has made him Pakistan’s highest-ranked Test batter, as he now sits ahead of prominent teammates such as Babar Azam, who is tied for 19th place, Mohammad Rizwan, who holds 21st position, and Saud Shakeel, who is ranked 27th.

In the bowling rankings, Pakistan spinner Noman Ali has re-entered the list, securing 17th place after his impressive 11-wicket haul across two innings against England in the Multan Test. Noman’s performance was crucial to Pakistan’s success, and his return to the rankings underscores his value to the team’s bowling attack.

Another standout performer from the same match was Pakistan’s Sajid Khan, who has gained 22 places in the rankings, now sitting at 50th position. Sajid was named Player of the Match for his exceptional contributions with the ball, and his rise in the rankings reflects his growing influence in Pakistan’s bowling unit.

The updated rankings showcase the dynamic nature of Test cricket, with several players from different teams making significant moves based on their recent performances. For India, Pant’s rise to sixth place signals the emergence of a new leader in their batting lineup, while Kohli will be eager to reclaim his former dominance. At the same time, England and New Zealand are seeing their players continue to rise through the ranks, indicating the increasing competitiveness of Test cricket globally.

As the Test cricket calendar progresses, these rankings will likely see further changes, especially with major series like the Ashes and other Test matches on the horizon. Players such as Joe Root, Ben Duckett, and Salman Ali Agha will be key figures to watch as they aim to solidify or improve their positions in the rankings.

With India, England, New Zealand, and Pakistan all boasting strong individual performers, the stage is set for more exciting Test cricket action in the months to come. The constant shifts in the ICC rankings reflect the ever-evolving nature of the sport, where players’ fortunes can change dramatically based on their form and performances in crucial matches.

In the meantime, Rishabh Pant’s leap past Virat Kohli in the rankings symbolizes a passing of the torch in Indian cricket, with Pant emerging as a key figure for the future while Kohli seeks to regain his place among the elite batters in the world. Similarly, Ravindra’s rise into the top 20 signals the arrival of a new force in New Zealand cricket, as the team continues to build on its success in the Test format.

OpenAI Appoints Dr. Aaron Chatterji as First Chief Economist, Focusing on AI’s Role in Economic Growth

Staff ReporterTechnology 0

OpenAI, a leader in the development of artificial intelligence technologies, has announced the appointment of Indian-American economist Dr. Aaron Chatterji as its first-ever chief economist. Chatterji, who has made significant contributions in the fields of business and public policy, is currently a professor at Duke University. His new role at OpenAI will focus on examining the broad economic implications of artificial intelligence and exploring how AI can contribute to global economic growth and innovation.

According to an official statement from OpenAI, Chatterji’s research will be instrumental in understanding the ways AI can reshape economic landscapes worldwide. His primary responsibility will be to investigate how AI-driven innovation can enhance productivity, addressing some of the most pressing and complex economic issues. Chatterji’s expertise is expected to guide not only the internal research and development at OpenAI but also inform key stakeholders, including policymakers, business leaders, and academics, about the best ways to harness AI’s transformative potential while managing associated risks.

In his own words, Chatterji expressed enthusiasm for the opportunity to contribute to OpenAI’s mission, emphasizing his long-standing interest in how innovation and entrepreneurship impact both the economy and society. “My career has focused on studying how innovation and entrepreneurship shape our economy and society, and I am excited to apply my skills to support OpenAI’s mission. I look forward to contributing to research that helps inform how we transition to an AI-driven economy,” Chatterji stated.

His appointment has garnered significant attention, especially given Chatterji’s extensive experience in both the academic and public policy sectors. He has previously served in prominent governmental roles, including as acting deputy director of the White House National Economic Council and as chief economist at the U.S. Department of Commerce. This background has provided him with a unique perspective on the interplay between technology, government, and economic growth.

Larry Summers, a member of OpenAI’s board of directors and former U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, was among those who praised Chatterji’s selection for the role. Summers highlighted the transformative power of AI and drew parallels to other revolutionary technologies. “Like electricity, AI holds the potential to revolutionize our economy by accelerating innovation and boosting productivity. Chatterji’s deep understanding of the dynamics that shape our economy and society will guide OpenAI’s mission to create AI tools that fuel growth and foster long-term prosperity,” Summers said.

Chatterji’s appointment signals a strategic move by OpenAI to delve deeper into understanding the economic ramifications of AI development. With AI technologies rapidly advancing and being integrated into various sectors, there are increasing questions about how they will impact everything from job markets to global trade. By appointing a chief economist, OpenAI aims to position itself at the forefront of these discussions, ensuring that it not only drives technological progress but also actively participates in shaping the future of the AI-driven economy.

One of the critical areas of research that Chatterji is expected to focus on is how AI can be leveraged to tackle significant economic challenges. These include improving productivity across industries, solving labor shortages, and addressing inequality. AI has the potential to automate tasks, optimize processes, and create new economic opportunities, but it also raises concerns about job displacement and the potential widening of income gaps. By guiding OpenAI’s research in these areas, Chatterji will help ensure that the development of AI technologies is aligned with long-term economic goals that benefit a broad spectrum of society.

OpenAI’s decision to bring Chatterji on board reflects its recognition of the need for an interdisciplinary approach to AI development. While technological innovation remains at the heart of the company’s mission, understanding the broader societal and economic impacts of these innovations is equally important. Chatterji’s background, which combines academic rigor with practical policy experience, makes him well-suited to lead this effort.

As AI continues to evolve, the economic insights provided by Chatterji and his team will likely play a crucial role in shaping how businesses, governments, and individuals adapt to an increasingly AI-centric world. His work will help guide decisions on how to integrate AI into various sectors of the economy, from manufacturing and healthcare to finance and education, ensuring that the benefits of AI are maximized while minimizing potential risks.

In addition to his work on AI’s impact on economic growth, Chatterji will also play a key role in advising on policy recommendations. Policymakers around the world are grappling with how to regulate and promote AI technologies in ways that foster innovation while protecting public interests. Chatterji’s insights will be invaluable in this regard, as his previous experience in government equips him with the knowledge necessary to navigate the complex intersections of technology, policy, and economics.

OpenAI has long been at the forefront of AI research and development, and the addition of a chief economist underscores the company’s commitment to exploring the far-reaching implications of its work. As AI continues to transform industries and economies, Chatterji’s leadership will be vital in ensuring that these changes lead to sustainable growth and long-term prosperity.

The appointment of Dr. Aaron Chatterji as OpenAI’s first chief economist is a significant milestone for the company. His expertise will be crucial in guiding OpenAI’s efforts to understand and address the economic impacts of AI, ensuring that the technology contributes to economic growth while addressing challenges such as inequality and productivity stagnation. With his deep understanding of innovation, entrepreneurship, and public policy, Chatterji is well-positioned to help OpenAI shape the future of the AI-driven economy.

As Chatterji takes on this new role, his contributions are expected to have a lasting impact, not just within OpenAI but across the broader AI industry and the global economy. The insights generated through his research will likely influence how AI technologies are developed, deployed, and regulated, ensuring that they benefit society as a whole.

Air India and Singapore Airlines Expand Codeshare Agreement, Increasing Connectivity Between India and International Destinations

Staff ReporterTravel 0

Air India and Singapore Airlines (SIA) have announced a major expansion to their codeshare agreement, significantly increasing connectivity between India and other global destinations. The enhanced agreement, which takes effect from October 27, will add 11 Indian cities and 40 new international destinations to the two airlines’ combined network. This development comes as both airlines aim to improve travel options and meet growing demand for air travel between India, Singapore, and beyond.

Under this agreement, Air India and Singapore Airlines will offer expanded codeshare flights between Singapore and two major Indian cities—Bengaluru and Chennai. This will boost the number of weekly scheduled codeshare flights between the two countries from 14 to 56, giving passengers more flexible options and better flight frequency.

In a joint statement, the two airlines highlighted the details of their expanded codeshare routes. SIA will codeshare on Air India’s domestic flights covering several key cities in India. These routes include connections between Delhi and Amritsar, Bengaluru, Coimbatore, Lucknow, and Varanasi, as well as routes between Mumbai and Ahmedabad, Amritsar, Bengaluru, Coimbatore, Goa, Jaipur, Kolkata, Lucknow, and Thiruvananthapuram. Additionally, passengers will be able to fly between Kolkata and Guwahati under the new arrangement.

Nipun Aggarwal, Chief Commercial Officer at Air India, expressed enthusiasm about the broader codeshare agreement. “We are excited to offer our guests greater connectivity to destinations across South East Asia, the Far East, and Australasia. We also look forward to welcoming Singapore Airlines customers on board our flights within India as well as westward to multiple points across Europe, Africa, and the Middle East via our hubs in India,” Aggarwal stated.

The agreement also significantly enhances Air India’s access to Singapore Airlines’ extensive global network. Through the codeshare partnership, Air India customers will now be able to access 29 destinations across Singapore Airlines’ network, offering them a vast array of travel options across multiple regions. These newly accessible destinations include various Australian cities like Adelaide, Brisbane, Cairns, Darwin, Melbourne, Perth, and Sydney. In Southeast Asia, passengers will gain access to Bandar Seri Begawan in Brunei, Phnom Penh and Siem Reap in Cambodia, and several cities in Indonesia, including Denpasar, Jakarta, Medan, and Surabaya.

Additionally, Air India’s customers can now travel to several Japanese cities, including Fukuoka, Nagoya, Osaka, Tokyo-Haneda, and Tokyo-Narita, along with Busan and Seoul in South Korea. Singapore Airlines’ network also extends to Kuala Lumpur and Penang in Malaysia, Auckland in New Zealand, Cebu and Manila in the Philippines, and Danang, Hanoi, and Ho Chi Minh City in Vietnam. Importantly, the codeshare arrangement between the two airlines already included Kuala Lumpur, expanding access even further across the region.

As for Singapore Airlines’ customers, the expanded codeshare will grant them access to Air India’s international services from Bengaluru, Delhi, and Mumbai to 12 key international destinations. These include Copenhagen in Denmark, Paris in France, Frankfurt in Germany, Milan in Italy, Nairobi in Kenya, and Amsterdam in the Netherlands. Additionally, passengers will be able to fly to Jeddah and Riyadh in Saudi Arabia, Colombo in Sri Lanka, and Birmingham, London-Gatwick, and London-Heathrow in the United Kingdom.

This increased cooperation between the two airlines is expected to offer greater convenience and flexibility to travelers. Singapore Airlines customers will benefit from easier connections to more domestic destinations within India, a rapidly growing aviation market. Similarly, Air India customers will have access to a broader range of international destinations, spanning Southeast Asia, Australasia, Europe, the Middle East, and Africa.

Lee Lik Hsin, Chief Commercial Officer at Singapore Airlines, highlighted the significance of this codeshare expansion. “It demonstrates our commitment to meeting the high demand for air travel between India and Singapore and beyond, and contributing to the growth of both aviation markets,” Hsin said. “Adding Air India’s domestic network to our codeshare arrangements will also offer our customers enhanced connectivity and convenience in India, which is a key market for the SIA Group,” he added.

The newly expanded agreement marks the most significant extension of codeshare arrangements between the two airlines since 2010. While Air India and Singapore Airlines have had a codeshare partnership for over a decade, this is the first major expansion in years. It comes as both airlines respond to increasing travel demand between India and Southeast Asia, with a focus on improving connectivity and travel options for their passengers.

Going forward, the two airlines have indicated that they plan to progressively include even more destinations within their respective networks into the codeshare agreement. This ongoing expansion will provide passengers with a wider range of travel options as they journey between India, Singapore, and other global regions.

With the addition of these new codeshare routes, Air India and Singapore Airlines are offering their customers a more comprehensive travel network. By linking domestic destinations within India with international hubs across Asia, Australia, and beyond, the airlines are positioning themselves to cater to a growing segment of travelers looking for seamless, convenient connections. This expanded collaboration will not only enhance the travel experience for passengers but also boost the growth of aviation markets in both India and Singapore, benefiting both countries’ travel industries.

The expanded codeshare agreement between Air India and Singapore Airlines offers significant advantages for travelers, including increased frequency of flights between India and Singapore, enhanced connectivity to a wide range of destinations across Asia and beyond, and improved travel options within India itself. As both airlines continue to broaden their codeshare partnership, passengers can expect to enjoy greater flexibility and convenience when booking their flights.

Emmy-Nominated Filmmaker Tirlok Malik’s On Golden Years to be shown at Prestigious Teaneck Film Festival 2024 on November 10 at 11:30 AM

Staff ReporterEntertainment 0

Teaneck, NJ – Emmy-nominated filmmaker Tirlok Malik’s celebrated film ‘On Golden Years,’ will be showcased at the prestigious Teaneck International Film Festival 2024 on Sunday, November 10, at 11:30 AM at Teaneck Cinemas (503 Cedar Lane, Teaneck, NJ 07666).

‘On Golden Years’ is a major highlight in Malik’s career, known for exploring the immigrant experience in America through films such as ‘Lonely in America,’ ‘Khushiyaan,’ and ‘Love Lust and Marriage.’ During his illustrious career, Tirlok Malik has worked with industry stalwarts like Rajinikanth, Kamal Haasan, Mammootty, Sunny Deol, and Kangana Ranaut, among others. Malik, along with the cast of ‘On Golden Years,’ will be present for a special Q&A session following the screening at the Teaneck Film Festival 2024.

‘On Golden Years’ is an 85-minute romantic comedy-drama that delves into the complex emotions immigrants face when they reach the retirement phase of the American Dream. The film is set in Shantiniketan, the only Indian retirement community in the United States, located in Florida. Through its relatable characters and emotional storylines, the film explores themes of aging, identity, and reconciliation between regrets and contentment. It asks the poignant question: Where do we truly belong at the end of life’s journey?

Tirlok Malik Pic

The film stars Ranjit Chowdhry, the iconic actor known for his performances in ‘Lonely in America’ and ‘The Office,’ Jyoti Singh, Reeves Lehmann, Shetal Shah, Noor Naghmi, Prof. Indrajit S Saluja, and Tirlok Malik himself. The film also features several new talents making their debut, adding to the fresh yet familiar energy of the story.

The film is co-produced by Iggy Ignatius who is also the co-director of the film. The film has been shot at the Indian retirement community Shantiniketan in Florida founded by Iggy  Other credits of the film are Director of Photography Christo Bakalov B.A.C., Music by Peter Lobo, Art Direction by Sunita Babber, Editing by Tom Knight and others.

‘On Golden Years’ also boasts the film debut of the Grammy Award-winning Indian-American singer Falu, who performs the item number song ‘Raba Raba.’ Falu had previously performed at prestigious venues like Carnegie Hall and The White House in the presence of President Barack Obama and Oprah Winfrey, alongside music legend A.R. Rahman. Falu’s ‘Abundance in Millets’ song featuring the Indian PM Narendra Modi was also recently nominated for Grammy.

The screening of ‘On Golden Years’ at the Teaneck International Film Festival is proudly sponsored by David Nachman, Esq., Managing Attorney at Nachman, Phulwani, Zimovcak (NPZ) Law Group, P.C., New Jersey, a law firm specializing in immigration services and law.

Written and directed by Tirlok Malik, ‘On Golden Years’ reflects his signature focus on the Indian-American immigrant experience. Malik, who is an Indian-American and a proud New Yorker, has made films that resonate with global audiences by addressing the challenges and rewards of living abroad. His films often highlight the conflict between holding onto one’s roots and embracing the new life and challenges that come with migration.

Malik says, “The immigrant experience is often accompanied by dreams, struggles, and sacrifices, but the journey to the American Dream doesn’t end after reaching success. Retirement brings its own set of challenges, especially for immigrants trying to find where they belong.”

The Teaneck International Film Festival, founded over 20 years ago with support from the nonprofit organization Puffin Foundation, Ltd., is renowned for its commitment to showcasing socially conscious films that inspire conversations on critical global and local issues.

Tickets for the Teaneck Film Festival screening of ‘On Golden Years’ are now on sale for $10 and can be purchased at TeaneckFilmFestival.org.

Don’t miss the chance to see this heartfelt, humorous, and thought-provoking film and engage in a discussion with Tirlok Malik and the star-studded cast after the screening.

IIT Kanpur Reconnects with Alumni in Chicago Through Its Flagship Initiative, ‘IIT Karvaan’

Staff ReporterEducation 0

IIT Kanpur’s flagship initiative, ‘IIT Karvaan,’ aimed at reconnecting with its global alumni network, made a successful stop in Chicago recently. The event has already been successfully held in cities like New York and Washington D.C. The event in the ‘Windy City’ saw nearly 80 IIT Kanpur alumni from the Chicago area come together to celebrate their shared legacy and explore ways to strengthen their support and engagement with the institute’s future initiatives. 

The highlight of the event was the presence of the Chief Guest, Consul General of India in Chicago, Mr. Somnath Ghosh. A proud alumnus of IIT Kanpur himself, Mr. Ghosh delivered a powerful message in his keynote address, urging alumni to shift their mindset from merely “Giving Back” to “Paying Back” to their alma mater. He framed this support not as charity but as an obligation—a duty owed to the institution that laid the foundation for their professional and personal success. His speech resonated strongly with attendees, fostering a renewed sense of responsibility and pride among the alumni. He also urged IIT Kanpur to look into ways to collaborate more with US universities. 

The IIT Karvaan USA tour has also seen participation from some of IIT Kanpur’s most distinguished alumni, including Dr. Ruchir Puri, Chief Scientist of IBM Research, Mr. Muktesh Pant, Former CEO of Yum! China, and Mr. Arvind Krishna, CEO of IBM, among many others. 

The event also featured senior leadership from IIT Kanpur, including Prof. Manindra Agrawal, Director; Prof. Braj Bhushan, Deputy Director; and Prof. Amey Karkare, Dean of Resources and Alumni, who shared updates on the institute’s recent achievements and upcoming initiatives. Their presence underscored the importance of alumni engagement and the pivotal role it plays in advancing IIT Kanpur’s mission. 

“Our alumni are the backbone of our institute, and their achievements across the globe fill us with immense pride,” said Prof. Manindra Agrawal, Director IIT Kanpur. “Through initiatives like IIT Karvaan, we aim to strengthen our connections with them, harness their expertise, and collaboratively work towards the growth and global impact of IIT Kanpur. The enthusiasm and support we have received in Chicago and other cities reaffirm the strong bond we share with our alumni community.” 

01 IIT Kanpur
IIT Kanpur alumni from the Chicago

The IITK Chicago Chapter leader, Mr. Nitin Maheshwari, also expressed gratitude for the strong turnout, stating, “IIT Karvaan has allowed us to rekindle connections and foster deeper engagement among our alumni. The energy in the room was palpable, and it is clear that the IIT Kanpur community is as strong as ever.” He also called for the alumni to come together and get involved in chapter activities. 

As IIT Karvaan progresses through Seattle and the San Francisco Bay Area next, the event series stands as a powerful reminder of the enduring legacy of IIT Kanpur and the vital role alumni play in shaping its ongoing success. Each stop has not only celebrated the achievements of its distinguished alumni but also reinforced the collective responsibility to contribute to the institution’s growth and global impact. With each city, the IIT Kanpur family grows stronger, and the bonds deepen, paving the way for a brighter, shared future. 

About IIT Kanpur:

The Indian Institute of Technology Kanpur, established in 1959, holds the distinction of being recognized as an Institute of National Importance by the Government of India through an Act of Parliament. Renowned for its excellence in science and engineering education, IIT Kanpur has made significant contributions to research and development over the decades. Its expansive, lush green campus spans 1,050 acres and hosts a rich array of academic and research resources. The institute comprises 19 departments, 26 canters, three interdisciplinary programs, and two specialized schools across engineering, science, design, humanities, and management disciplines. With over 590 full-time faculty members and more than 9,500 students, IIT Kanpur continues to be a leader in fostering innovation and academic rigor.

For more information, please visit www.iitk.ac.in

HinduPACT’s HinduVote Initiative Launches New Website for Comprehensive Candidate Evaluation

Staff ReporterCommunity, Nation, Politics 0

Aims to Empower Hindu Voters Across the U.S. with In-Depth Insights into Candidates 

Oct 23, 2024 

Chicago, IL. – HinduPACT’s HinduVote, a voter and candidate education initiative of the World Hindu Council of America (VHPA), has launched a groundbreaking website to empower American Hindu voters with a multidimensional analysis of US House and Senate candidates from all political parties.  American Hindu vote ispoised to be a decisive factor in crucial battleground states during the 2024 elections.

HinduVote.Orgwebsite offers the following:

  • Candidate Relationships Diagram: Innovative pictorial representation of a candidate’s view on Hindu issues, caucus memberships, and political alliances.
  • Candidate Survey: Focus on issues outlined in the 2024 American Hindu Agenda and other significant matters.
  • Funding Sources and PAC Endorsements: Provides transparency into campaign financing.
  • Constituent Feedback: Insights from the community survey on candidate engagement.
  • Legislative Alignment with HinduPACT: Candidate position on specific resolutions and bills.

The HinduVote initiative is making waves among American Hindu voters. Educational material has already been distributed to a large number of temples at the Hindu Mandir Empowerment Council(HMEC) conference. The movement has gained momentum as several temples have joined it to raise awareness and create an enlightened and empowered democracy.

Deepa Karthik, Executive Director of the HinduVote, commented,

“Launching our new website is a milestone for Hindu voter education. It empowers our community to make informed choices and actively shape the political landscape.  The HinduVote initiative is not just about the Hindu community but about promoting fairness, transparency, and engagement for all Americans.”

“We hope that temples become hubs for community engagement, providing a space where civic participation is encouraged,” said Deepti Mahajan, Co-Convenor of HinduPACT.  She added, “By presenting a detailed, non-partisan view of candidates, we ensure that the Hindu vote is well-informed and impactful. This initiative will be pivotal in ensuring that the Hindu voices are heard and respected.”

Ajay Shah, President of VHPA and Co-Convenor of HinduPACT, emphasized, “Our focus is the American Hindu Agenda 2024.  The agenda addresses issues ranging from Hinduphobia and vandalism of Hindu temples to legal immigration and fairness in college admissions.  HinduVote.org website, a guide for temples and non-profit organizations, and a voter’s guide impress upon the citizens to participate in the electoral process and make an informed choice based on dharmic (righteous) principles.”

About HinduPACT:

The Hindu Policy Research and Advocacy Collective (HinduPACT) is an initiative of the World Hindu Council of America (VHPA) dedicated to the advocacy and policy research of issues concerning the American Hindu community.  HinduPACT promotes human rights, voter education, and policies affecting American Hindus, aiming for peace and understanding through informed policy initiatives and grassroots advocacy.

Contact HinduPACT:

 

Ajay Shah

President, World Hindu Council of America (VHPA).  Co-Convenor, HinduPACT

ajayshah@vhp-america.org

(858) 866-9661

 Deepti Mahajan
Co-Convenor HinduPACT andExecutive Director, CHINGARI
deepti.mahajan@hindupact.org		 Deepa Karthik

Executive Director, HinduVote
deepa.karthik@hindupact.org
HinduPACT is an initiative of the World Hindu Council of America (VHPA)

Address: 200 New Bond Street, Sugar Grove, IL 60554-9171
Web: hindupact.org
Facebook: HinduPACT

Twitter / X: @hindupact
Instagram: @hindupact
hindupact

 

World Vegan Vision Hosts Inspiring Event on Heart Health and Veganism with Dr. Bimal Chhajer

Staff ReporterHealth, Food 0

New York, NY – World Vegan Vision recently held a successful event on October 19, 2024, at the Asa’mai Temple, spotlighting the vital connection between heart health and a plant-based lifestyle. The keynote speaker, renowned cardiologist Dr. Bimal Chhajer, captivated attendees with his insights on reversing heart disease through veganism.

The event drew an enthusiastic crowd eager to learn about the life-saving benefits of a vegan diet and how it can positively impact heart health. Dr. Chhajer shared key takeaways, including essential practices to manage and even reverse heart disease naturally. His approach emphasized cholesterol management, the elimination of oils in cooking, regular exercise, and stress reduction through yoga and meditation. The following are few critical insights from Dr. Chhajer’s presentation:

Cholesterol Management: Avoid all animal products to reduce cholesterol.

Zero-Oil Cooking: Exclude all oils to promote heart health.

Exercise: A daily 35-minute walk on an empty stomach significantly improves heart function.

Stress Management: Incorporate yoga and meditation to manage stress, a leading contributor to heart disease.

Blood Pressure Control: Maintain blood pressure at 120/80 mmHg by reducing salt intake.

Blood Sugar Monitoring: Keep fasting blood sugar under 100 mg/dL and HbA1c below 6.5%.

Triglyceride Reduction: Cut triglycerides to under 100 mg/dL (normal is <150 mg/dl) with plant-based foods and regular exercise.

Heart-Healthy Diet: Focus on high-fiber, antioxidant-rich foods, eliminating high-fat dairy and nuts.

Weight Management: Achieve a BMI below 24 through a whole-food, plant-based diet.

LDL Cholesterol Control: Keep LDL levels under 70 mg/dL for heart disease reversal. (normal is <100 mg/dl)

HDL Cholesterol: Boost HDL levels with regular exercise, targeting over 40 mg/dL. (normal is >40 mg/dl)

Natural Bypass Therapy: Explore EECP non-invasive cardiac therapy covered by Medicare.

Detox Therapy: Combined with a Zero-oil vegan diet, detox therapy like fasting aids in clearing blockages.

Angina Awareness: Learn to identify angina symptoms such as chest pain and discomfort.

Reversal of Heart Disease: A vegan diet paired with lifestyle changes can reverse severe heart disease.

We would like to clarify that the information we are sharing is not intended to serve as medical advice. Rather, our goal is to provide you with valuable insights and guidance on how to maintain and improve your heart health.

World Vegan Vision is dedicated to promoting the benefits of a vegan lifestyle for both personal health and environmental sustainability. We are grateful to all who attended and look forward to hosting more events aimed at educating and inspiring the community towards heart-healthy, compassionate living.

About Dr. Bimal Chhajer:

Dr. Chhajer is a respected figure in the field of Non-Invasive Cardiology, dedicated to combating heart disease through comprehensive, scientifically-backed lifestyle changes.

About World Vegan Vision:

World Vegan Vision is a 501(c)(3) nonprofit organization. The mission of World Vegan Vision is to increase public awareness about the 3 main aspects of Veganism – Health, Animal Rights & Environmental Conservation. The organization aims to organize activities to raise awareness about these issues.

BRICS Summit Highlights Putin’s Global Coalition Amid Geopolitical Tensions

Staff ReporterWorld 0

Nearly three years after Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, which resulted in widespread condemnation of Moscow by countries around the world, Russian leader Vladimir Putin is hosting a summit that signals a shift in global alliances. This event marks the rise of an emerging coalition of countries that, contrary to popular belief, stand behind Russia.

The BRICS summit, a gathering of significant emerging economies—Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa—began in the southwestern Russian city of Kazan on Tuesday. This is the first meeting since the group expanded earlier this year, bringing in Egypt, the United Arab Emirates, Ethiopia, and Iran. The three-day summit is expected to be one of the most significant international gatherings Russia has hosted since the war in Ukraine began.

On the summit’s first day, Putin met with Chinese President Xi Jinping, afterward describing their partnership as a “model of how relations between states should be built.” Other notable attendees include Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi, Iranian official Masoud Pezeshkian, and South African President Cyril Ramaphosa. Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan is also expected to attend, while Brazilian President Luiz Inacio Lula da Silva canceled his participation due to an injury.

This summit offers Putin an opportunity to demonstrate that Russia is not isolated, but rather a part of a growing group of nations looking to shift the global balance of power. For countries like Russia, China, and Iran, this summit presents a chance to counter the influence of the United States and the West.

Both Putin and Xi are expected to project a message that the West, with its sanctions and alliances, is the party that is truly isolated. They plan to emphasize that a “global majority” stands behind them in challenging American dominance. Putin even stated on Friday that the growing political and economic power of BRICS nations is an “undeniable fact,” and added that if BRICS and interested countries work together, they “will be a substantial element of the new world order.” However, Putin denied that BRICS is an “anti-Western alliance.”

The timing of the summit is especially significant, coming just days before the U.S. elections. A potential victory for former President Donald Trump could bring changes to U.S. policy, including a reduction in support for Ukraine, which would further alter the global dynamics.

Alex Gabuev, director of the Carnegie Russia Eurasia Center in Berlin, noted that this summit is a major win for Putin. “The message will be: how can you talk about Russia’s global isolation when all these leaders are coming to Kazan?” Gabuev said. According to him, Russia aims to present BRICS as a leading force in driving the world toward a more equitable global order.

However, the unity Putin might hope for among these leaders is limited. BRICS countries have diverse viewpoints and interests, making it difficult for the group to present a unified message, especially one that would align with Putin’s desires.

The contrasts at this year’s gathering are stark, especially compared to last year’s BRICS summit in Johannesburg, where Putin was only able to attend via video link due to an International Criminal Court arrest warrant for alleged war crimes related to Ukraine. Now, Putin is at the helm of the first BRICS summit since the group’s expansion, hosting leaders against a backdrop of shifting global crises.

Although BRICS is primarily focused on economic collaboration, the war in Ukraine dominated last year’s summit. This year, that conflict remains, but leaders are also expected to address the escalating situation in the Middle East, where Israel is engaged in battles with Iranian proxies. Putin has confirmed that Palestinian leader Mahmoud Abbas will join the summit, and the Russian president is likely to use the anger many in the Global South feel toward the U.S. for its support of Israel to further his argument for a new global order without the U.S. in control.

Both Russia and China have called for a ceasefire in the Israel-Hamas conflict, while the U.S. has defended Israel’s right to retaliate against militant groups Hamas and Hezbollah. Many BRICS leaders view the situation in the Middle East as an example of why their group should have more global influence, according to Jonathan Fulton, a senior non-resident fellow at the Atlantic Council. However, Fulton noted that these leaders are using the conflict more as a way to criticize the status quo rather than taking action to resolve it.

Observers will also be watching to see if China and Brazil use the summit to promote their joint peace proposal for the war in Ukraine, as they did at the recent United Nations General Assembly. At that time, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky criticized their plan, saying it would benefit Moscow and telling Beijing and Brasilia, “you will not boost your power at Ukraine’s expense.”

The upcoming U.S. elections and the challenges Zelensky faces in promoting his own plan to end the war have created an opportunity for China to further its position on Ukraine, according to Gabuev.

The summit will also give Putin the chance for one-on-one meetings with fellow BRICS leaders and other dignitaries in attendance. Iran’s recent inclusion in BRICS strengthens Russia’s relationship with Tehran, which has reportedly supplied Moscow with drones and short-range ballistic missiles for use in the war, though Iran denies this. Meanwhile, China has been accused of indirectly supporting Russia’s war effort by providing dual-use goods like machine tools and microelectronics, claims that Beijing denies, maintaining that its trade with Russia is normal and that it is neutral in the conflict.

Leaders at the summit are expected to discuss efforts to establish a system for settling payments outside of the U.S. dollar-based system, using BRICS currencies and banking networks. This move could provide economic benefits but also help member countries like Russia bypass Western sanctions. The leaders are also likely to discuss cooperation in areas such as energy, technology, and satellite data sharing.

However, despite these goals, the divisions among BRICS countries remain a challenge. The group has always been an amalgamation of countries with different political and economic systems, which complicates its ability to act as a unified bloc.

The first BRICS summit in 2009 brought together Brazil, Russia, India, and China as emerging markets before expanding to include South Africa. The group launched the New Development Bank in 2015 to act as a counterpart to the World Bank and International Monetary Fund. While BRICS has focused on increasing its global influence, internal differences continue to limit its potential.

India and China, for instance, have long-standing tensions over their border, yet they form two critical pillars of BRICS. These divisions have become more apparent as relations between the U.S. and China have grown strained, while India has moved closer to the U.S.

As BRICS expands and more than 30 additional countries express interest in joining or cooperating with the group, these geopolitical tensions further complicate its direction. Manoj Kewalramani, head of Indo-Pacific studies at the Takshashila Institution in India, noted that China and Russia have attempted to reposition BRICS as a counterbalance to Western dominance, but new and aspiring members may not want to choose sides. Instead, they are looking to grow their economies and engage with the world pragmatically, rather than ideologically.

Priyanka Gandhi Vadra Files Nomination for Wayanad Bypoll Amid Grand Roadshow and Support

Staff ReporterIndia 0

On Wednesday, October 23, 2024, Congress general secretary Priyanka Gandhi Vadra officially entered the political arena by filing her nomination for the Wayanad Lok Sabha bypoll. Accompanied by prominent leaders including her mother, Sonia Gandhi, her brother, Leader of the Opposition in Lok Sabha Rahul Gandhi, Congress president Mallikarjun Kharge, her husband Robert Vadra, and other national and state Congress leaders, Priyanka made her move in what could be a significant political event for the Congress party.

Before filing her nomination papers, Priyanka led a massive roadshow through Kalpetta in Wayanad. The roadshow began around 11:45 a.m. and gathered considerable public attention as it proceeded through the town. It was a key part of her electoral campaign for the bypoll. Alongside her were her brother Rahul, her husband Robert Vadra, one of their children, as well as senior leaders from the All India Congress Committee (AICC) and United Democratic Front (UDF).

The enthusiasm among supporters was palpable as thousands gathered to witness the spectacle, with party workers and UDF leaders joining in the march. This show of strength aimed to garner support for Priyanka’s candidacy in Wayanad, a constituency that had become vacant after her brother, Rahul Gandhi, decided to step down after also winning from Rae Bareli. The bypoll has thus opened the door for Priyanka’s entry into active electoral politics.

Addressing the crowd after the roadshow, Priyanka shared memories of her early involvement in politics. She recalled how she began campaigning in 1989, at the young age of 17, to support her father, the late Rajiv Gandhi. She expressed her gratitude and sense of privilege in being chosen to represent the people of Wayanad. “It is an honour for me to represent the people of Wayanad. I have been touched by the courage and resilience displayed by the people, especially during the devastating landslides that hit the district,” she said in her speech, striking a chord with her audience.

Following Priyanka’s speech, her brother Rahul Gandhi also took to the stage to speak to the public. Rahul, who had represented the Wayanad constituency in the 2019 elections and retained his seat until 2024, expressed his belief in Priyanka’s ability to serve the people of Wayanad well. “Once my sister wins, the people of Wayanad will have two MPs,” he said, referring to the continued support he would provide to the region, even though he is no longer the official representative.

“I will be the unofficial MP of the people of Wayanad,” Rahul Gandhi added, emphasizing his connection to the constituency and his commitment to its people. He appealed to the crowd to take care of his sister and vote for her in the bypoll, making it clear that the family and the Congress party were fully behind her candidacy.

Congress president Mallikarjun Kharge also offered his support to Priyanka during the event. Kharge praised Priyanka’s dedication to the people of Wayanad, noting that she was not there just to file her nomination, but to stand up as a “relentless champion” for the people of the district. “Bless her, and she will deliver the results,” Kharge urged the crowd, reinforcing the message of confidence in Priyanka’s potential as a representative.

After the public address and roadshow, Priyanka proceeded to the Wayanad Collectorate to submit her official nomination papers to District Collector D.R. Meghashree. This marked the formal beginning of her electoral contest in the constituency, which is expected to be a closely watched race.

The roadshow in Kalpetta was a significant political event in its own right, as it showcased the strength of the Congress party in Wayanad and the support Priyanka Gandhi Vadra has within the party. Thousands of supporters lined the streets, and it was clear that the Congress had pulled out all the stops to make this event a success. Leaders from the UDF and Congress were seen alongside her, boosting the morale of the party’s workers and supporters.

Priyanka’s arrival in Wayanad took place the night before, on Tuesday, October 22. She and her mother, Sonia Gandhi, reached Sulthan Bathery in Wayanad around 9 p.m., in preparation for the nomination filing. They were joined by Congress chief Mallikarjun Kharge and chief ministers from a few Congress-ruled states, who were all in Wayanad to support Priyanka in her roadshow and nomination process.

The Wayanad bypoll is seen as a crucial moment for the Congress party, particularly with Priyanka Gandhi Vadra being the latest member of the influential Gandhi family to make her electoral debut. She joins a long line of Gandhis who have contested elections, and this bypoll is viewed as a significant step in her political career.

However, the bypoll will not be an uncontested race. Priyanka will face stiff competition from candidates of other major political parties. The main contenders are Sathyan Mokeri from the Left Democratic Front (LDF) and Navya Haridas from the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP). Both candidates are expected to present a challenge to Priyanka, making this an intense battle for the seat.

Rahul Gandhi, who has been a strong advocate for Priyanka’s candidacy, took to social media to express his confidence in his sister. On Tuesday, he posted on X, stating, “The people of Wayanad hold a special place in my heart, and I can’t imagine a better representative for them than my sister, @priyankagandhi. I’m confident she will be a passionate champion of Wayanad’s needs and a powerful voice in Parliament.” His message further highlighted the significance of Priyanka’s candidacy, not just for the Gandhi family but for the Congress party as a whole.

As the Wayanad bypoll campaign moves forward, all eyes will be on Priyanka Gandhi Vadra and her ability to mobilize support in the constituency. With the backing of top Congress leaders and her family, her entry into electoral politics could mark the beginning of a new chapter for both her and the Congress party in Kerala.

AI Tools: A Double-Edged Sword for Productivity

Staff ReporterTechnology 0

In late 2022, when ChatGPT made its debut, Anurag Garg, founder of PR agency Everest PR, was quick to encourage his 11-member team to incorporate AI into their daily tasks. He saw the potential for his business to stay competitive by utilizing the technology in activities such as generating story ideas, drafting media pitches, and transcribing notes from meetings and interviews.

However, the implementation of AI tools did not yield the expected increase in productivity. Instead, it introduced stress and complications for the team. Employees found that tasks, rather than being completed faster, were taking longer. The need to carefully craft prompts for ChatGPT and verify its output for errors, which were frequent, consumed more time than expected. Every update to the platform further complicated matters as the team had to familiarize themselves with new features.

“There were too many distractions. The team complained that their tasks were taking twice the amount of time because we were now expecting them to use AI tools,” Garg explained. He divides his time between the U.S. and India, overseeing operations for Everest PR. The intended purpose of AI—streamlining workflows—was being undermined. Instead of simplifying their jobs, it was adding layers of complexity, leading to stress and burnout among the team.

Garg himself felt increasingly overwhelmed by the proliferation of AI tools in the market. He used several platforms—ChatGPT for general tasks, Zapier for team management, and Perplexity for research—but found the constant need to keep up with multiple tools a source of frustration. “There’s an overflow of AI tools in the market, and no single tool solves multiple problems. As a result, I constantly needed to keep tabs on multiple AI tools to execute tasks, which became more of a mess,” he said. The challenge of managing these tools grew, as Garg found himself struggling to remember which tool was supposed to handle what task. “I started getting utterly frustrated,” he added.

One of the main issues was the rapid evolution of AI tools. “The market is flooded with AI tools, so if I invest in a specific app today, there’s a better one available next week. There’s a constant learning curve to stay relevant, which I was finding hard to manage, leading to burnout,” Garg explained. Ultimately, he decided to scale back the mandatory use of AI tools in the company’s workflow. Now, the team primarily uses AI for research, and overall, the environment is more relaxed and productive.

“It was a learning phase for us. The work is more manageable now as we are not using too many AI tools. We’ve gone back to everything being done directly by the team, and they feel more connected and more involved in their work. It’s much better,” Garg said, reflecting on the experience.

The challenges faced by Garg and his team are mirrored in recent studies. A survey conducted by the freelancer platform Upwork among 2,500 knowledge workers across the U.S., UK, Australia, and Canada found that 96% of top executives expect AI to boost overall productivity. However, 81% also admitted that the use of AI has increased demands on employees over the past year. Meanwhile, 77% of employees surveyed reported that AI tools have reduced their productivity, while adding to their workload. Moreover, 47% said they were unsure how to achieve the productivity gains their employers were expecting from them.

This disconnect is causing concern. According to a separate study conducted by CV writing company Resume Now, 61% of respondents believe that using AI in the workplace will lead to burnout. This figure rises to 87% for workers under the age of 25. The same study also revealed that 43% of workers believe AI will have a negative impact on their work-life balance.

Even outside the realm of AI, employees are already feeling burdened by the sheer number of work-related apps. A survey by work management platform Asana found that of 9,615 knowledge workers surveyed in six countries, 15% of those using six to 15 different apps reported missing messages and notifications due to the abundance of tools. For employees using 16 or more apps, 23% said their efficiency had dropped and their attention span was negatively impacted by the constant switching between platforms. University of California, Los Angeles, management professor Cassie Holmes commented on the situation, saying, “Using multiple apps requires additional time to learn them and switch between them, and this lost time is painful because we are so sensitive to wasted time.”

Lawyer turned coach Leah Steele has observed the growing burden that AI-based productivity tools are placing on legal professionals. Having experienced a similar scenario in a previous role where new technology increased her client load from 50 to 250, she now helps professionals overcome burnout. “The biggest thing I’m seeing is this continuous competing demand to do more with less – but companies are not really considering whether the systems and the tech that they’re introducing are giving an outcome that isn’t helpful,” said Steele, who is based in Bristol.

Steele argues that the rise in burnout isn’t just a result of increased workloads, but also the emotional toll of a tech-driven environment. “When we’re looking at burnout, it’s not just about the volume of the work we’re doing, but how we feel about the work and what we’re getting from it,” she said. Many professionals, particularly in law, entered their fields with the goal of making a personal impact through client interactions. AI, with its emphasis on speed and efficiency, often removes that human element. “You could feel stressed about having ended up in an environment of high volume and low control,” Steele noted, adding that workers also fear job displacement by technology.

The legal sector in particular has seen challenges in integrating AI. Richard Atkinson, president of the Law Society of England and Wales, acknowledged that while AI can streamline some tasks, it often creates additional work for lawyers. “Learning to use these tools takes time, and lawyers often need to undertake training and adapt their work processes. Many technologies were not originally designed for the legal sector, which can make the transition more challenging,” Atkinson said.

Despite the hurdles, some believe AI, when used correctly, can be beneficial. Alicia Navarro, founder and CEO of Flown, a platform that helps individuals focus on tasks requiring deep concentration, acknowledges the flood of AI tools but emphasizes the importance of appropriate use. “There’s such a huge amount of filtering and learning that has to take place before these tools can even start to become productive elements in our lives,” Navarro said. However, she also highlighted how small businesses could benefit from AI. “It’s an incredibly empowering thing for start-ups to be able to do a lot more, or companies to be able to pay more dividends or pay their team more.”

While AI tools offer potential for enhancing productivity, they also pose significant challenges. The experience of Garg and his team underscores the importance of balancing technology with human-centric work environments to avoid stress and burnout.

Netanyahu Faces Mounting Pressure as War Drags On Amid Military Successes

Staff ReporterWorld 0

When Israeli forces eliminated Hamas leader Yahya Sinwar in Gaza, many hoped it would mark a turning point for Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu to declare victory and pursue a ceasefire. However, over a week later, it is evident that this expectation was misguided. Despite securing several military victories, including Sinwar’s death and the earlier killing of Hezbollah leader Hassan Nasrallah, Netanyahu has shown no signs of de-escalating the conflict. Instead, he has vowed to continue the fight, leaving observers questioning his endgame.

Netanyahu, Israel’s longest-serving prime minister, marked his 75th birthday while leading the country through its longest war. Although his international allies and many within Israel are pressuring him to end the conflict, particularly after the major military successes, Netanyahu’s focus appears to be on broader ambitions beyond neutralizing Hamas and Hezbollah. His rhetoric suggests a desire to alter the region’s power dynamics, with the death of Nasrallah described as a “necessary step” toward reshaping regional power for the foreseeable future. This ambition has raised concerns that Netanyahu may even be willing to escalate tensions with Iran.

The possibility of a direct confrontation with Iran looms large. On October 1, Iran launched a significant ballistic missile attack against Israel, heightening the risk of a larger conflict. Although Netanyahu vowed to retaliate, three weeks have passed without any concrete action, leaving the world waiting to see Israel’s next move. While the U.S. and other allies have urged Netanyahu to avoid targeting Iran’s nuclear and oil assets, it remains uncertain whether their calls for restraint will be heeded.

Netanyahu has stated that his military’s primary objective is to eliminate Iran’s proxies, namely Hamas in Gaza and Hezbollah in Lebanon. However, the situation on the ground has shown how difficult this goal may be to achieve. The Israeli military has already withdrawn from northern Gaza twice, each time claiming to have defeated Hamas in the region, only to return when signs of Hamas’ resurgence appeared. This area has once again become a war zone, with civilians bearing the brunt of the renewed violence.

In Lebanon, Hezbollah remains undeterred despite Israel’s military efforts. Over the weekend, a drone from Lebanon managed to bypass Israeli defenses and strike Netanyahu’s beach house in Caesarea, about 50 miles from the Lebanese border. This incident highlighted the ongoing threat posed by Hezbollah, even as Israel’s military campaign continues.

Netanyahu’s refusal to entertain a ceasefire deal, despite his military accomplishments, has sparked widespread anger within Israel. Weekly protests demanding an agreement with Hamas to secure the release of 101 hostages still held in Gaza have resumed. Aviv Bushinsky, a former adviser and spokesperson for Netanyahu, emphasized the significance of the hostage issue for Netanyahu’s legacy. He noted that if Netanyahu fails to secure the hostages’ release, whether through military or diplomatic means, the prime minister’s leadership will be remembered for that failure. Bushinsky remarked, “If Netanyahu is not able to release any more hostages, either by military means or by diplomatic means, (people) are going to say he failed.”

The prospect of ending the war without achieving the release of the hostages has led to some questioning the decision to kill Sinwar, despite its initial popularity across Israel. Bushinsky warned, “People will say, ‘oh, you see, we made a mistake by eliminating the single individual you could negotiate with … who knows what would have happened, but at least you had some kind of door to knock on.’”

Netanyahu’s political situation is highly complex, as he is attempting to navigate the conflicting demands of his domestic allies. His government depends on far-right figures, such as Security Minister Itamar Ben-Gvir and Finance Minister Bezalel Smotrich, who openly advocate for Israel to continue occupying Gaza and have even proposed establishing Jewish settlements there. This political alliance limits Netanyahu’s ability to pursue a ceasefire, as ending the war is not an option for his coalition partners.

Political scientist Gayil Talshir from Hebrew University pointed out that Netanyahu’s political circumstances have changed. “The usual Netanyahu that we’ve seen for the last 15 years would have probably gone for a national unity government and a big (ceasefire) agreement with the support of the U.S. But this is not the political situation we are actually in, so politically, with this coalition, he has no incentive to end the war,” she explained.

Furthermore, a national unity government would likely trigger a public inquiry into the failures that led to the October 7 attacks, something Netanyahu would want to avoid. Additionally, Netanyahu is still on trial for multiple charges of fraud, breach of trust, and bribery. His testimony in the trial is scheduled to begin in December, making him the first sitting Israeli prime minister to appear in court as a defendant. Prior to the October 7 attacks, Netanyahu attempted to push through controversial judicial reforms that would have granted his government greater control over the courts, potentially influencing his trial. A national unity government would not allow for such reforms, further complicating his options.

Netanyahu also faces mounting pressure from the U.S. The Biden administration has been clear in its desire for Israel to move towards a deal that would end the war. U.S. Secretary of State Antony Blinken visited Israel earlier this week, urging Netanyahu’s government to de-escalate tensions. However, Netanyahu seems increasingly indifferent to U.S. pressure. Blinken’s trip marked his 11th visit to the Middle East in a year, but like his previous efforts, it appeared to yield little progress.

Netanyahu’s relationship with U.S. President Joe Biden has been fraught with tension, and this dynamic is likely to worsen in the coming months. With the U.S. presidential election on the horizon, Biden must carefully balance his approach to Israel to avoid alienating key voter groups. He needs to address the humanitarian crisis in Gaza to retain the support of Arab-Americans and progressives, while continuing to back Israel to satisfy moderate and Jewish voters.

Talshir noted that the outcome of the U.S. election will significantly impact Netanyahu’s strategy. “He has a window of opportunity because there’s very little chance that Biden can restrain Netanyahu now. But after November 5, things are going to change,” she said, adding that Biden may exert greater pressure on Israel to end the war during the two-month period between the election and the new president’s inauguration. Biden has already signaled that this pressure could increase, warning that U.S. arms supplies to Israel might cease unless the humanitarian situation in Gaza improves.

Netanyahu’s aspirations may include waiting for former President Donald Trump to return to power, hoping that a Trump administration would help forge a defense alliance between the U.S., Israel, and Saudi Arabia, a move that would bolster Netanyahu’s standing at home. Bushinsky suggested that if Netanyahu secures such a major victory, he might even consider stepping down. “Most people think that he won’t, but I worked with him…if he is able to end up as a big hero, someone who has done some kind of Churchillian act for the State of Israel, he would say to himself, enough is enough,” Bushinsky said.

Netanyahu’s ultimate goal seems to be securing his legacy as the prime minister who saved Israel. If he can achieve that, Bushinsky speculated, he might negotiate a deal to avoid a criminal record, allowing him to transition into a lucrative post-political career.

Elon Musk and Mukesh Ambani Set to Compete for India’s Satellite Broadband Market

Staff ReporterBusiness 0

The rivalry between two of the world’s wealthiest individuals, Elon Musk and Mukesh Ambani, is escalating as they prepare to compete in India’s satellite broadband sector. This competition intensified after the Indian government’s recent announcement that satellite spectrum for broadband would be allocated through an administrative process instead of an auction, a decision that has sparked debate.

Previously, Elon Musk had expressed his disapproval of the auction model, which was supported by Mukesh Ambani. Satellite broadband is designed to provide internet access across vast areas covered by the satellite, making it an ideal solution for rural or remote locations where traditional internet options like DSL, which uses telephone lines, or cable services are not available. This technology is seen as an essential tool for closing the digital divide in hard-to-reach regions.

While India’s telecom regulator has yet to reveal the pricing details for satellite spectrum, commercial satellite internet services are expected to roll out soon. Projections from credit rating agency ICRA indicate that satellite internet subscribers in India could reach two million by 2025. The sector is growing increasingly competitive, with several key players entering the race, including Mukesh Ambani’s Reliance Jio.

Jio, already a dominant force in India’s telecom industry due to massive investments in airwave auctions, has partnered with SES Astra, a satellite operator based in Luxembourg. SES Astra uses medium-Earth orbit (MEO) satellites, which operate at a higher altitude and are known for being more cost-effective, unlike Musk’s Starlink, which relies on low-Earth orbit (LEO) satellites positioned between 160 and 1,000 kilometers from Earth. LEO satellites generally offer faster services but are more expensive to deploy and maintain.

Starlink already has 6,419 satellites in orbit and serves four million subscribers across 100 countries. Musk has been aiming to launch Starlink services in India since 2021, but regulatory hurdles have delayed these plans. If Starlink enters the Indian market, it could provide a significant boost to Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s initiative to attract foreign investment. This move might also enhance the government’s reputation as business-friendly, countering perceptions that its policies primarily benefit Indian business magnates like Ambani.

India’s decision to allocate satellite spectrum administratively, rather than through an auction, aligns with international norms, according to the government. Auctions have previously generated substantial revenue for India, but in this case, the government defends the administrative allocation as being in line with global practices. According to Gareth Owen, a technology analyst at Counterpoint Research, spectrum auctions are rare for satellite broadband because the high costs involved could negatively affect the business’s financial viability. He added that an administrative allocation allows the spectrum to be distributed fairly among qualified players, giving Starlink a chance to compete.

However, Reliance has advocated for an auction, arguing that it is necessary to ensure fair competition, especially in the absence of clear legal provisions in India on how satellite broadband services can be provided directly to consumers. In a series of letters sent to India’s telecom regulator, Reliance emphasized the importance of creating a level playing field between satellite and terrestrial broadband services. The company noted that advances in satellite technology have “blurred the lines between satellite and terrestrial networks,” meaning satellite-based services are no longer restricted to underserved areas.

One of the letters from Reliance stated, “Spectrum assignment should be done through auctions as per Indian telecom laws, except in specific cases where public interest or economic reasons justify administrative allocation.” In response to reports that Ambani was lobbying the government to reconsider its position on spectrum allocation, Musk reacted on X (formerly Twitter), saying, “I will call [Mr Ambani] and ask if it would not be too much trouble to allow Starlink to compete to provide internet services to the people of India.”

Gareth Owen suggests that Ambani’s opposition to the administrative allocation could be part of a broader strategy to outbid Musk in an auction, potentially blocking Starlink’s entry into the Indian market. This would not only protect Ambani’s interests but also cement Reliance’s dominance in India’s telecom sector.

Ambani is not the only one backing the auction process. Sunil Mittal, chairman of Bharti Airtel, India’s second-largest telecom operator, has also voiced support for the auction model. Mittal believes that companies seeking to serve high-end urban customers should “take telecom licenses and buy spectrum like everyone else.” Airtel and Reliance together control 80% of India’s telecom market.

Mahesh Uppal, a telecommunications expert, views this resistance as a “defensive move aimed at raising costs for international players seen as long-term threats.” He believes that while satellite technology may not pose an immediate threat, it is advancing rapidly, and traditional telecom companies fear that satellite-based services could soon challenge their dominance in the market.

The potential market in India is immense, as nearly 40% of the country’s 1.4 billion people still lack internet access, with most of these unconnected individuals living in rural areas. In comparison, China has around 1.09 billion internet users, which is significantly higher than India’s 751 million users. While India’s internet adoption rate remains below the global average of 66.2%, recent studies suggest that the country is steadily closing the gap.

Satellite broadband has the potential to help bridge this digital divide, particularly in rural regions and in the internet of things (IoT) ecosystem, where everyday objects are connected to the internet. However, pricing will be a crucial factor in determining the success of satellite internet services in India. Mobile data in India is among the cheapest in the world, costing just 12 cents per gigabyte, according to Prime Minister Modi.

Prasanto K Roy, a technology analyst, predicts that a price war between Starlink and Indian operators is inevitable. “Musk has deep pockets,” Roy said. “There’s no reason why he cannot offer a year of free services in some places to gain a foothold in the domestic market.” In fact, Starlink has already reduced prices in countries like Kenya and South Africa.

Nevertheless, entering the Indian market may not be straightforward for Musk. A 2023 report by EY-Parthenon highlights that Starlink’s costs are nearly ten times higher than those of Indian broadband providers, which could make it difficult for the company to compete unless it receives government subsidies.

Despite these challenges, some of the concerns raised by Indian telecom operators may be overstated. Gareth Owen points out that businesses are unlikely to switch entirely to satellite broadband unless there is no alternative, as terrestrial networks will always be less expensive than satellite systems, except in sparsely populated areas.

While Musk’s Starlink may have a first-mover advantage, satellite markets are known for being slow to develop. Still, the rivalry between Musk and Ambani in this space is only just beginning.

John Kelly Criticizes Trump, Labels Him Fascist and Recounts Praise for Hitler’s Generals

Staff ReporterUSA 0

In a striking series of interviews, John Kelly, the retired Marine general who served as Donald Trump’s White House chief of staff, openly criticized the former president. Kelly stated that Trump fits “into the general definition of fascist” and shared that Trump expressed a desire for the “kind of generals Hitler had.” The comments, published just two weeks before Election Day, have sparked further concerns about how Trump may wield power if re-elected.

Kelly’s accusations are part of a growing trend of former White House aides warning about Trump’s approach to leadership. In his interviews, Kelly detailed his time working with Trump, saying the ex-president preferred a dictator-like approach to governance. As Trump’s chief of staff from 2017 to 2019, Kelly observed Trump’s admiration for authoritarian figures, leading him to question Trump’s commitment to democratic principles.

Speaking to The New York Times, Kelly reinforced these concerns by stating that Trump “certainly prefers the dictator approach to government.” Furthermore, in a separate conversation with The Atlantic, Kelly confirmed Trump’s unsettling praise for Nazi-era generals. Trump reportedly told Kelly that he wished his military personnel would show him the same loyalty that Adolf Hitler’s generals showed to the German dictator. When Kelly questioned whether Trump truly meant Hitler’s generals, Trump affirmed his comment. “Yeah, yeah, Hitler’s generals,” Trump said, according to Kelly. In response, Kelly recounted explaining that some of those generals, such as Rommel, had been involved in a plot to assassinate Hitler and were forced to commit suicide.

Trump’s campaign has vehemently denied these allegations. Alex Pfeiffer, a campaign adviser, dismissed the claims, calling them “absolutely false” and asserting that “President Trump never said this.” Despite the denial, the accusations have already been seized upon by Trump’s political opponents. Minnesota Governor Tim Walz, running as Vice President Kamala Harris’ running mate, reacted strongly to the reports. At a rally in Wisconsin, Walz expressed his disgust, stating, “The comments about Hitler’s generals make me sick as hell.” He continued, “The guardrails are gone. Trump is descending into this madness—a former president of the United States says he wants generals like Adolf Hitler had.”

Kelly’s remarks come during a critical point in the 2024 presidential campaign. Trump has increasingly hinted at using the U.S. military against his political opponents, whom he has referred to as the “enemy within.” These comments have alarmed Democrats, with Harris describing Trump as “unhinged” and warning that his rhetoric poses a threat to democratic values. “This is a democracy,” Harris said in an interview with Fox News. “In the United States of America, the president should be able to handle criticism without threatening to lock people up for it.”

Kelly criticized Trump’s inflammatory language, cautioning that even mentioning such ideas for political gain is dangerous. According to The New York Times, Kelly read out a definition of fascism during one of his interviews: “It’s a far-right authoritarian, ultranationalist political ideology characterized by a dictatorial leader, centralized autocracy, militarism, and forcible suppression of opposition.” Kelly then noted that Trump’s behavior and views align with this definition, explaining that Trump “certainly falls into the general definition of fascist, for sure.”

In Kelly’s view, Trump’s inability to grasp constitutional principles and the proper role of government officials was a key issue. “Trump never accepted the fact that he wasn’t the most powerful man in the world — and by power, I mean an ability to do anything he wanted, anytime he wanted,” Kelly said. He added that Trump’s desire to control officials in the same way he managed his business dealings showed a fundamental misunderstanding of how government functions. According to Kelly, Trump struggled to grasp that top officials’ loyalty was to the Constitution, not to him personally.

Trump’s campaign has been quick to reject Kelly’s accusations, labeling him as someone suffering from “Trump Derangement Syndrome.” Campaign communications director Steven Cheung dismissed the comments, saying Kelly had “totally beclowned himself with these debunked stories.”

One of the more shocking aspects of Kelly’s interviews was his account of Trump praising Adolf Hitler. “He commented more than once that, ‘You know, Hitler did some good things, too,’” Kelly told The New York Times. This sentiment reportedly surfaced multiple times during Trump’s presidency, and Kelly confirmed similar accounts to The Atlantic. Jeffrey Goldberg, editor-in-chief of  The Atlantic, noted that Trump’s admiration for Hitler was one of the most disturbing things Kelly had encountered while serving in the White House.

Trump’s frustration with the U.S. military leadership has been well-documented. According to Goldberg, Trump was frequently annoyed by the fact that American military officers swore an oath to the Constitution rather than to the commander-in-chief. The former president’s desire for absolute loyalty, similar to that shown by Nazi generals, was a recurring theme in Kelly’s retelling.

CNN’s Jim Sciutto also reported similar claims in his book The Return of Great Powers. Sciutto shared an incident where Trump allegedly praised Hitler’s role in rebuilding the German economy. Kelly confronted Trump about the comment, reminding him that Hitler’s actions ultimately led to global conflict and immense suffering. Kelly recounted saying to Trump, “Sir, you can never say anything good about the guy. Nothing.”

In 2022, reporters Peter Baker and Susan Glasser documented another instance of Trump comparing his military officers to German generals in their book The Divider: Trump in the White House. According to the book, Trump lamented that his generals were not more like Hitler’s. Kelly confirmed these accounts to The Atlantic, describing a similar exchange with Trump.

The Atlantic also revealed a separate, troubling story about Trump’s reaction to the cost of a fallen servicemember’s funeral. According to sources cited by the publication, Trump had initially volunteered to pay for the funeral of Fort Hood Pfc. Vanessa Guillen, who had been murdered while on duty. However, when presented with the $60,000 bill, Trump allegedly refused to pay, making disparaging remarks about the servicemember’s ethnicity. Trump’s former chief of staff, Mark Meadows, was instructed not to cover the costs. Trump’s campaign has denied this account, with Pfeiffer calling it “an outrageous lie” designed to smear Trump just two weeks before the election.

With the 2024 election fast approaching, Kelly’s criticisms highlight the ongoing concerns over Trump’s leadership style and his potential return to power. Despite the former president’s denials, these claims will likely continue to fuel debates surrounding Trump’s view of the presidency and the U.S. military.

Church Leaders in India Mourn the Loss of Liberation Theology’s Father, Gustavo Gutiérrez

Staff ReporterProfile, Religion 0

Church leaders, theologians, and grassroots workers across India are mourning the passing of Dominican Father Gustavo Gutiérrez, regarded as the father of Liberation Theology. His work reshaped how Christians view the poor, encouraging them to see the marginalized not as objects of charity, but as agents and partners in social justice. Gutiérrez passed away on October 22 at the age of 96 in Lima, Peru, his birthplace.

Cardinal Filipe Neri Ferrao, head of India’s Latin Rite Church, expressed profound grief over the death of Father Gutiérrez, describing it as a “tremendous loss” for both the Church and the global community striving for justice, peace, and human dignity. He emphasized that Father Gutiérrez’s life was “defined by an unwavering dedication to the poor and marginalized.” Through his revolutionary book *A Theology of Liberation*, Gutiérrez gave the Church a new understanding of Christ’s presence among the oppressed. Cardinal Ferrao, who is also the archbishop of Goa and Daman, further noted that the Peruvian theologian’s impact extended beyond theological circles to inspire social movements around the world.

Jesuit social scientist Father Cedric Prakash, who had met Gutiérrez, highlighted the immense influence of the theologian’s work. He remarked that the Church, and indeed the world, has lost “a courageous prophet who lived the Gospel of Jesus radically and without compromise.” Father Prakash explained that Gutiérrez’s theology centered on a God who takes sides with the poor, the oppressed, and the marginalized, urging Christianity to recognize Jesus primarily as the redeemer and liberator of the oppressed.

Similarly, Presentation Sister Elsa Muttath, the national secretary of the Conference of Religious India, expressed sorrow over the theologian’s death, saying, “Hope his passing at this time will sow the seeds of new life and hope for the Church to renew itself once again.” Gutiérrez’s influence, according to Sister Muttath, continues to offer a path for the Church to reform and deepen its commitment to social justice.

Jesuit Father Stanislaus Alla, a professor of moral theology in New Delhi, highlighted how Gutiérrez challenged the Eurocentric theology that historically failed to incorporate the struggles and sufferings of the colonized. Father Alla said that Gutiérrez’s work played a crucial role in bringing the experiences of those grappling with poverty and injustice into theological discussions, thereby broadening the scope of theological reflection.

Capuchin Father Suresh Mathew, a journalist, emphasized that Gutiérrez’s legacy lies in how he urged the Church to adopt a more inclusive and socially conscious faith. “His legacy continues to inspire social justice movements worldwide, uniting faith and action,” said Father Mathew, underscoring the global impact of the theologian’s ideas.

Indian Missionary Society Father Anand Mathew, the national convener of the Forum of Religious for Justice and Peace, a group drawing inspiration from Liberation Theology, praised Gutiérrez as “the brightest luminary” in the field. He mentioned that Gutiérrez, along with other theologians like Jon Sobrino, Helder Camara, and Leonard Boff, inspired people to side with the poor and marginalized. Father Anand Mathew’s statement reflects the far-reaching influence Gutiérrez had on religious and justice-oriented movements worldwide.

Grassroots workers in India, such as Sister Sujata Jena and Jesuit Father Irudhaya Jothi, acknowledged that Gutiérrez’s ideas deeply shaped their activism. Father Jothi, who advocates for food rights in West Bengal, shared how A Theology of Liberation influenced his commitment to social justice. “His writings led me to ask critical questions like, ‘Why are there poor people starving in a land of plenty?’ and ‘What is my role as a follower of Jesus, the Liberator?’” These reflections, Father Jothi explained, motivated him to push for rights-based approaches to food security and demand legislative action from the government to address these issues.

Similarly, Sister Jena, a Sacred Hearts of Jesus and Mary nun, shared how deeply moved she was by Gutiérrez’s reflections on God’s preferential love for the poor during her studies in missiology. She explained that his theology resonated with her in her role as a religious nun, compelling her to prioritize the needs of the marginalized. “It challenged me to see my faith as a path of solidarity, not just in words but in daily action,” said Sister Jena, who works among migrant communities.

Presentation Sister Dorothy Fernandes, another grassroots activist and the former national convener of the Forum of Religious for Justice and Peace, expressed her deep admiration for Gutiérrez. She noted that his work had been a source of strength for the forum’s members as they engaged in justice work. “We have lost a great champion of the poor and the less privileged,” she mourned. Sister Fernandes, who works among the homeless in Patna, described Gutiérrez’s writings and life as a continuing source of inspiration. “He was a true follower of Jesus. May he enjoy Eternal Bliss,” she added.

Through his pioneering work, Gutiérrez not only redefined the Church’s understanding of poverty and marginalization but also served as a beacon for many seeking to unite faith with social activism. His writings remain influential across the world, inspiring movements committed to justice, equality, and human dignity. His vision of Liberation Theology emphasized that the Church must stand in solidarity with the oppressed, advocating for systemic change and recognizing the inherent dignity of every individual, particularly the most vulnerable.

The impact of Gutiérrez’s life and work is deeply felt across various sectors of society, from theological scholars to grassroots workers. His call for a faith that is rooted in action continues to resonate, especially in countries like India, where social inequality and poverty remain pressing concerns. For the countless individuals who were inspired by his theology, Gutiérrez’s legacy serves as a powerful reminder of the role that faith can play in challenging systemic injustice.

As the global Church and numerous communities across the world remember the “prophet of the poor,” the legacy of Father Gustavo Gutiérrez endures, a guiding light for future generations of theologians, social activists, and all those committed to justice and human dignity.

Harris Holds Slim Lead Over Trump in Key Battleground States Ahead of Election

Staff ReporterUSA 1

With Election Day fast approaching, Vice President Kamala Harris is leading former President Donald Trump in four key battleground states, while Trump holds narrow leads in two others. The polling, released Monday by the Washington Post-Schar School, surveyed voters in seven swing states that are critical in determining the outcome of the election.

According to the poll, Harris is leading Trump among likely voters in Georgia, Michigan, Pennsylvania, and Wisconsin, while Trump is ahead in Arizona and North Carolina. In Nevada, the two candidates are tied, each securing 48 percent of voter support.

In Georgia, Harris has a slight advantage with 51 percent of the vote compared to Trump’s 47 percent. The Peach State, which narrowly favored President Joe Biden in the 2020 election, has become a significant focus of Harris’s campaign. Her late-entry campaign efforts have centered heavily on Georgia, as she seeks to build on the Democratic momentum from the previous election.

Harris also holds a lead in Wisconsin, where she has 50 percent of voter support, compared to Trump’s 47 percent. Michigan is another close state, with Harris leading by just two percentage points over Trump. Both states are crucial for the Democrats, and Harris has benefited from the active campaigning of Wisconsin Governor Tony Evers and Michigan Governor Gretchen Whitmer, both of whom are Democrats.

Pennsylvania, with its 19 electoral votes, is seen as one of the closest contests in the election. Harris currently has a 49 percent to 47 percent lead over Trump in the state. Pennsylvania is a crucial swing state that could play a decisive role in determining the overall winner of the election.

Meanwhile, Trump is ahead in Arizona, a state that was narrowly won by Biden in 2020. Arizona has become a key battleground once again, and Trump’s focus on immigration issues has resonated with voters there. According to the poll, Trump leads Harris 49 percent to 46 percent in the state. His efforts to regain control of Arizona have centered on his strong stance on immigration, which remains a central issue for voters in the region.

Trump is also leading in North Carolina, another important state in the upcoming election. The poll found Trump has 50 percent of voter support in the state, compared to Harris’s 47 percent. Both candidates plan to make campaign visits to North Carolina in the coming days, especially in light of the recent devastation caused by Hurricane Helene, which struck the western part of the state.

As the election nears, both candidates are fighting for every vote in these critical states, knowing that the outcome in these regions could determine who wins the presidency. Harris’s campaign has focused on continuing the work of the Biden administration, particularly in addressing economic and social issues, while Trump has positioned himself as a candidate who can restore the policies and priorities from his first term in office, particularly with regards to immigration, the economy, and foreign policy.

The polling data from The Washington Post-Schar School adds to the broader picture of a highly competitive election. According to a separate aggregation of polls from The Hill/Decision Desk HQ, Harris currently has a 1.5 percentage point lead over Trump. This suggests that while Harris may have an edge in several swing states, the race remains tight, and the final outcome is far from certain.

The Washington Post survey was conducted from September 29 to October 15, gathering responses from 5,016 voters across the seven battleground states. The margin of error for the survey is 1.7 percentage points, indicating that while Harris leads in several states, the results are close enough that the race could still shift in favor of either candidate as Election Day approaches.

As the final two weeks of campaigning unfold, both candidates are expected to ramp up their efforts in these swing states, making frequent visits and targeting key voter demographics in an attempt to sway undecided voters. The remaining time will be crucial as Harris and Trump aim to solidify their support and secure the electoral votes needed to win the presidency.

Both campaigns are expected to focus on a few major issues that are particularly relevant to voters in these states. For Harris, the emphasis has been on economic recovery, healthcare access, and social justice reforms, while Trump has focused heavily on immigration, law and order, and rebuilding the economy in the wake of the pandemic.

The closeness of the race in several states reflects the deep political divisions that have marked this election cycle. Both Harris and Trump have their respective bases of support, but the key to winning may lie in convincing the relatively small number of undecided voters who are still weighing their options.

In Georgia, where Harris leads by 4 percentage points, the Democratic Party is hoping to replicate the success it had in 2020, when Biden narrowly won the state. Harris has made several trips to Georgia in the closing weeks of her campaign, highlighting the importance of voting rights and economic recovery. Trump’s campaign, meanwhile, is counting on a strong turnout from his supporters in rural areas of the state, where his message of economic revival and conservative values resonates deeply.

In Wisconsin and Michigan, Harris’s slim leads are bolstered by the active support of Democratic governors who are popular in their respective states. Both Tony Evers of Wisconsin and Gretchen Whitmer of Michigan have campaigned alongside Harris, emphasizing her commitment to expanding healthcare access, protecting workers’ rights, and addressing climate change.

Trump, however, remains a formidable opponent in these states, particularly in areas that have experienced economic hardship in recent years. His message of bringing back manufacturing jobs and revitalizing the economy has found a receptive audience among many voters in the industrial Midwest, where economic concerns often take precedence over social issues.

The race in Pennsylvania is perhaps the most closely watched, given its significant electoral vote count and its history as a swing state that can determine the outcome of national elections. Harris’s narrow lead in the state reflects the importance of voter turnout in urban areas like Philadelphia, as well as the support she has garnered from labor unions and progressive groups. Trump, meanwhile, has focused on rural and suburban voters, where his message of economic revival and his tough stance on crime and immigration have resonated strongly.

As Election Day approaches, both campaigns are preparing for a final push to win over undecided voters in these battleground states. With just two weeks left, the outcome of the election remains highly uncertain, and it is clear that every vote will count in determining the next president of the United States.

India’s Commitment to BRICS: A Platform for Global Dialogue and Development

Staff ReporterWorld 0

India places great importance on its cooperation within BRICS, a significant platform for addressing key global developmental issues, Prime Minister Narendra Modi stated on Tuesday. The Prime Minister made these remarks before embarking on a two-day visit to Kazan, Russia, for the 16th BRICS summit.

“The expansion of BRICS with the addition of new members last year has added to its inclusivity and agenda for the global good,” PM Modi emphasized. His statement reflected India’s commitment to the group’s growth and its role in shaping the global discourse.

The BRICS summit, hosted by Russia this year, is being viewed as an effort by non-Western nations to strengthen their global influence, especially in light of ongoing global conflicts such as the war in Ukraine and the escalating situation in West Asia. The meeting provides an opportunity for member countries to discuss pressing international concerns and further their shared interests.

During his visit, PM Modi is set to hold several bilateral meetings, including discussions with Russian President Vladimir Putin and Chinese President Xi Jinping. These meetings are expected to take place on the sidelines of the summit. This year’s summit is of particular significance as it will be the first one after BRICS expanded its membership in Johannesburg in 2023.

“India values the close cooperation within BRICS which has emerged as an important platform for dialogue and discussion on issues concerning the global developmental agenda, reformed multilateralism, climate change, economic cooperation, building resilient supply chains, and promoting cultural and people-to-people connectivity, among others,” said PM Modi in his departure statement. This highlights India’s multifaceted engagement with BRICS and its interest in addressing a broad range of issues that are crucial to global stability and progress.

Modi’s visit to Kazan is expected to further strengthen the ‘Special and Privileged Strategic Partnership’ between India and Russia. He reiterated the importance of this partnership by recalling his previous visit to Moscow in July 2024, where he held discussions with President Putin. The ongoing dialogue between the two countries underlines the deep historical and strategic ties they share.

“Building upon the annual summit held in July 2024 in Moscow, my visit to Kazan will further reinforce the Special and Privileged Strategic Partnership between India and Russia,” Modi said. His words suggest that the Kazan visit will serve as a continuation of the strong bilateral relationship that India and Russia have cultivated over the years.

Aside from reinforcing ties with Russia, Modi expressed his anticipation of meeting with other BRICS leaders. “I look forward to meeting other leaders from BRICS as well,” he said. His statement reflects India’s eagerness to strengthen relationships within the group, particularly as it plays a pivotal role in promoting a more balanced global order.

In a post on ‘X’ (formerly known as Twitter), PM Modi mentioned that he was looking forward to engaging in wide-ranging discussions at the summit. The summit’s agenda is expected to cover various important topics, including global economic trends, regional security, and the expansion of BRICS’ role on the world stage. India’s active participation in these discussions underscores its aspiration to influence global policies through multilateral platforms like BRICS.

The BRICS grouping, which originally consisted of Brazil, Russia, India, and China, was formally established after a meeting of these countries’ leaders in St. Petersburg in 2006. South Africa joined the group in 2010, transforming BRIC into BRICS and further diversifying the group’s representation.

Last year, BRICS underwent its first membership expansion since South Africa’s inclusion. The expansion added four new members: Egypt, Ethiopia, Iran, and the United Arab Emirates. “The expansion of BRICS with the addition of new members last year has added to its inclusivity and agenda for the global good,” Modi highlighted, indicating how the growth of the group enhances its influence and scope in addressing global challenges.

This expansion has been widely regarded as a strategic move by BRICS, enabling it to bring in diverse perspectives from countries across different regions. It also signals the growing importance of BRICS as a counterbalance to Western-led multilateral organizations, particularly at a time when global tensions are on the rise. With the inclusion of new members, BRICS is positioned to have a broader impact on world affairs, and India’s role within the group continues to be crucial in shaping its direction.

India’s commitment to the BRICS framework stems from its belief in a multipolar world where emerging economies can have a greater say in global governance. The platform allows member nations to collaborate on critical issues such as economic growth, sustainable development, and political cooperation, giving them the opportunity to contribute to the global order more effectively. As Modi mentioned, BRICS is instrumental in advancing discussions on issues like reformed multilateralism, climate change, and economic partnerships.

Moreover, India sees BRICS as a key platform for promoting inclusive growth and development across the Global South. The addition of new members from Africa and the Middle East further amplifies this mission. Egypt, Ethiopia, Iran, and the UAE bring unique geopolitical perspectives and economic potential to the group, further enhancing its ability to address the diverse challenges faced by emerging economies.

BRICS’ focus on fostering resilient supply chains and enhancing economic cooperation is particularly important in the current global context. With supply chains severely disrupted due to the COVID-19 pandemic and subsequent geopolitical tensions, the group’s emphasis on this issue aligns with India’s efforts to strengthen its own supply chains and promote economic resilience. Additionally, BRICS offers an important platform for member countries to share knowledge and collaborate on innovations in areas like climate change and digital infrastructure.

PM Modi’s remarks underscore the strategic importance of BRICS for India’s foreign policy. The platform not only offers India an opportunity to engage with other major economies, but also provides a space for it to champion the causes of developing nations. As global dynamics shift, BRICS continues to evolve as a crucial player in the international system, and India’s leadership within the group will be instrumental in shaping its future.

India remains deeply committed to BRICS as a key multilateral platform for global dialogue and cooperation. PM Modi’s participation in the 16th BRICS summit in Kazan reaffirms India’s belief in the group’s potential to drive positive change on a global scale. Through bilateral meetings and multilateral discussions, India is poised to continue playing a vital role in BRICS, advocating for inclusive development, economic cooperation, and a more equitable world order. As the group grows with the inclusion of new members, its impact on global governance is set to expand, with India at the forefront of this transformation.

Aamir Khan in Talks for Kishore Kumar Biopic Directed by Anurag Basu

Staff ReporterCinema 0

Bollywood superstar Aamir Khan has been approached for a highly anticipated biopic on the legendary singer and actor Kishore Kumar. According to a report by Pinkvilla, discussions about the project have taken place between Aamir and filmmaker Anurag Basu. The biopic is being developed for producer Bhushan Kumar, and Aamir has already participated in several meetings to consider the role.

Reports suggest that Aamir Khan and Anurag Basu have had four to five meetings regarding the Kishore Kumar biopic. A source revealed to Pinkvilla that “the Kishore Kumar biopic is a subject close to the heart of Anurag Basu and Bhushan Kumar, and they are looking to bring it to the spectacle in the best possible way. Aamir Khan is also a big admirer of Kishore Kumar and loved the vision that Basu has to bring the life of legend to the spectacle. The filmmaker has treated it very differently, and that’s what has fascinated Aamir the most.”

Aamir Khan’s Film Choices

Currently, Aamir Khan is weighing his options among six different film projects, and the Kishore Kumar biopic is one of them. The Pinkvilla report mentions that Aamir is being highly selective about his next project and is still in the process of choosing. The source said, “Aamir has taken as many as 6 films in consideration, and every film is in different stages of development. While the script of Kishore Kumar Biopic, Ujjwal Nikam Biopic, and Rajkumar Santoshi’s comedy is locked, Ghajini 2, Lokesh Kanagaraj’s next, and Zoya Akhtar’s next are in the development stage.”

The decision process is not an easy one for the actor, as all six films seem to interest him. According to the source, Aamir “has liked all the films, and will take a call on his immediate next by the end of this year. Of the 6 films, he will do three for sure in different timelines and might let go of the other three.”

Aamir’s commitment to choosing the right project shows how carefully he approaches his career decisions. With a reputation for being selective about the roles he takes on, Aamir is known for delivering powerful performances in each of his films. Fans and industry insiders alike are eagerly awaiting his decision on his next big role.

Kishore Kumar’s Legacy

Kishore Kumar is remembered as one of the most versatile and talented artists in Indian cinema. Not only was he a renowned playback singer, but he was also a skilled actor and music composer. His contributions to Hindi cinema are legendary, and his voice continues to resonate with audiences even today.

Kumar’s voice was not limited to Hindi films. He was equally adept at singing in multiple languages, including Bengali, Marathi, Assamese, Gujarati, Kannada, Bhojpuri, Malayalam, Odia, and Urdu. His music spanned generations and continues to be beloved by fans of all ages. Some of his most iconic songs include “Ye Raatein Ye Mausam,” “Hum Toh Mohabbat Karega,” “Ae Haseeno Nazneeno,” “Zaroorat Hai Zaroorat Hai,” “Khoobsurat Haseena,” and “Gaata Rahe Mera Dil.”

A biopic about such a multifaceted personality requires immense dedication, and Anurag Basu’s involvement as the director is a strong indication of the project’s potential. Basu, known for his unique style of storytelling, has likely envisioned a distinct approach to telling the story of Kishore Kumar’s life, which has reportedly attracted Aamir Khan to the project.

Aamir Khan’s Current and Upcoming Films

While the Kishore Kumar biopic remains a strong contender for Aamir’s next role, the actor is already busy with other projects. Aamir is currently preparing for the release of his upcoming film, Sitaare Zameen Par. This film, where he stars alongside Genelia D’Souza, is being produced under his own production company, Aamir Khan Productions. The movie is set to hit theaters in the coming months, and fans are eagerly awaiting its release.

In addition to Sitaare Zameen Par, Aamir is also involved in another project as a producer. He is working on Lahore 1947, which boasts an impressive ensemble cast that includes Sunny Deol, Preity Zinta, Shabana Azmi, Karan Deol, and Ali Fazal. This film is being directed by acclaimed filmmaker Rajkumar Santoshi and promises to be another major release. Aamir’s involvement in both of these films highlights his multi-faceted role in the industry, not only as an actor but also as a producer who plays an instrumental role in bringing powerful stories to the screen.

A Thoughtful Approach to Career Choices

Aamir Khan’s decision-making process regarding his next project shows his characteristic thoroughness and attention to detail. Each of the six films he is considering represents a distinct genre or subject, allowing him to explore different dimensions of storytelling. The Kishore Kumar biopic is one of the more personal and potentially challenging projects, given the iconic status of Kumar in Indian cinema. If Aamir chooses to take on the role, it would require an extraordinary performance to do justice to the beloved legend.

On the other hand, Aamir is also considering a biopic on Ujjwal Nikam, a high-profile public prosecutor in India, and a comedy directed by Rajkumar Santoshi. Each of these projects offers something unique, and it is no surprise that Aamir is taking his time to make the right decision.

The possibility of working on sequels and new projects by renowned directors also adds to the excitement surrounding Aamir’s upcoming choices. Ghajini 2, a sequel to his 2008 blockbuster Ghajini, would be an action-packed role, while working with directors like Lokesh Kanagaraj and Zoya Akhtar on their respective projects would allow Aamir to explore different storytelling techniques.

What Lies Ahead for Aamir?

While fans eagerly await Aamir’s decision, his focus on choosing the right project is evident. The Kishore Kumar biopic is just one of several exciting options on his table, and the fact that he has already had multiple meetings with Anurag Basu indicates that the project is a serious contender.

Regardless of which films Aamir ultimately selects, his choices will undoubtedly continue to shape his career in new and exciting ways. His careful approach to filmmaking ensures that each role he takes on is meaningful, challenging, and impactful.

For now, audiences can look forward to the release of Sitaare Zameen Par and Lahore 1947, two films that promise to deliver memorable performances and strong storytelling. Whether Aamir chooses the Kishore Kumar biopic or one of the other five films in consideration, it’s clear that the actor has plenty of exciting projects in store.

THE World University Rankings 2025 Released Ahead of Time for Strategic Planning

Staff ReporterEducation 0

The Times Higher Education (THE) has released its World University Rankings for 2025 earlier than expected, continuing a practice aimed at providing forward-looking analysis for universities, students, and researchers. This early release, which is based on data from the previous academic year, offers crucial insights for those involved in higher education, ensuring they can plan for the future effectively.

The decision to publish the rankings ahead of time is rooted in THE’s goal of presenting the most up-to-date and comprehensive data available. These rankings are typically released in advance to help guide students, researchers, and institutions in their decision-making processes. For the 2025 rankings, THE collected and analyzed data from the 2023-2024 academic year, and their early release allows these key stakeholders to prepare for the upcoming academic cycle.

By making the rankings public ahead of time, THE provides a valuable tool for students who are preparing their university applications. Having access to such detailed and forward-thinking data helps them make more informed decisions regarding which institutions to apply to, based on their interests and academic goals. For universities and colleges, these rankings serve as an important benchmark to measure their own performance relative to their peers around the globe.

Releasing the rankings early also helps academic institutions in their planning efforts, enabling them to set strategic goals for the next academic year and beyond. “The data collected helps not only prospective students but also the universities themselves,” THE noted, adding that “early access to such information gives everyone a head start in planning for the future.”

This practice aligns with THE’s commitment to providing transparency and critical data to the global academic community.

India and China Agree to Border Patrolling Arrangements to De-escalate Tensions

Staff ReporterWorld 0

India and China have reached an understanding regarding patrolling along their disputed Himalayan border, a step aimed at reducing the rising tensions that have persisted for several years. This region has seen violent clashes in the past, including deadly confrontations that escalated in recent years. India’s top diplomat, Vikram Misri, made the announcement on Monday, stating that both countries have agreed on “disengagement and resolution of issues in these [border] areas that had arisen in 2020.”

Misri’s statement refers to the tensions stemming from the deadly Galwan Valley clashes, which occurred in 2020. This confrontation marked the first fatal conflict between Indian and Chinese forces since 1975, leading to significant casualties on both sides. The border clashes have severely strained the relations between the two neighboring nations, and efforts to resolve the issues have been ongoing since then.

In his remarks, Misri highlighted, “An agreement has been arrived at on patrolling arrangements along the Line of Actual Control (LAC) in the India-China border areas, leading to disengagement and a resolution of the issues that had arisen in these areas in 2020.” This announcement comes as a significant breakthrough after several rounds of discussions between both nations’ diplomats and military leaders, although details of the specific disengagement process remain unclear.

Despite the announcement, Misri did not elaborate on the scope of the disengagement process, nor did he specify whether it would cover all the conflict zones along the contested border. The Indian foreign secretary’s statement came just a day before Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s scheduled visit to Russia for a BRICS summit. This event includes representatives from Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa. However, Misri did not confirm whether a separate bilateral meeting between Prime Minister Modi and Chinese President Xi Jinping would take place on the sidelines of the summit.

Misri’s remarks mark a critical moment for India-China relations since the Galwan clashes, a brutal hand-to-hand conflict that took place in the summer of 2020. During this incident, soldiers from both sides engaged in a violent struggle using clubs and sticks, as per a 1996 agreement that prohibited the use of firearms and explosives near the disputed border. The deadly brawl resulted in casualties on both sides, further straining already tense relations.

The Galwan Valley confrontation shocked many, as the border between the two nuclear-armed neighbors had not witnessed such a violent episode in decades. Misri’s latest statement may signal progress in cooling tensions, but the broader challenges along the border remain unresolved. The incident triggered a series of military and diplomatic talks over the following years, but these discussions had, until now, failed to yield a substantial breakthrough.

In addition to the Galwan clashes, further skirmishes have taken place along the India-China border. Troops from both countries clashed again in the northern Sikkim region in 2021, and another confrontation occurred in the Tawang sector of the border in 2022. These incidents, along with the Galwan conflict, underscore the ongoing volatility along the Himalayan frontier.

The India-China border dispute has cast a long and persistent shadow over the bilateral relationship between the two countries. Their hostilities date back decades, most notably to the 1962 Sino-Indian War, in which India suffered a heavy defeat. The war, which was fought over the same disputed border, left deep scars that continue to shape India’s approach to China.

Economic relations between the two Asian giants have also taken a hit due to the ongoing border tensions. While China and India are two of the world’s largest economies, their border disputes have hindered cooperation and stunted potential business opportunities. Trade relations have suffered, as both countries have prioritized security concerns over expanding economic ties.

The root cause of the ongoing tension lies in the undefined nature of the 3,440-kilometer (2,100-mile) border between India and China. The Line of Actual Control, or LAC, is a poorly demarcated boundary that stretches across difficult terrain, including rivers, lakes, and snow-covered mountains. This dynamic and shifting frontier often leads to soldiers from both sides coming into direct contact with each other at various points, which, in turn, sparks confrontations.

In recent years, both India and China have embarked on ambitious infrastructure projects along their respective sides of the border. The two nations have been competing to build roads, military outposts, and other facilities, leading to further tensions. Each side views the other’s infrastructure development as a potential threat, contributing to a cycle of suspicion and escalation.

The clashes in the Galwan Valley and other border areas have been the most significant flashpoints between India and China in recent memory. The hand-to-hand combat in Galwan was particularly unusual because of the absence of firearms. Both countries had agreed in 1996 to refrain from using guns and explosives in the sensitive border region, hoping to reduce the risk of an all-out war. However, the lack of conventional weapons did not prevent the deadly outcome of the 2020 skirmish, and the situation has remained tense ever since.

The disengagement agreement announced by Misri represents a possible turning point in the fraught relationship between India and China, though the path to a lasting peace remains uncertain. Both countries have demonstrated a willingness to engage in dialogue, but the deep-rooted issues along the border, including territorial claims and the infrastructure race, are unlikely to be resolved quickly.

For decades, India and China have been locked in a complex and contentious relationship, with the unresolved border dispute being one of the most critical factors shaping their interactions. Both nations have risen as regional powers in Asia, and their ability to manage this dispute will have a significant impact not only on their bilateral relations but also on the broader geopolitical landscape in the region.

The latest agreement on patrolling arrangements between India and China offers hope for de-escalation and the resolution of some of the most pressing issues along the Line of Actual Control. However, without further clarity on the specifics of the disengagement process and whether it covers all conflict areas, it is too early to predict the long-term success of these efforts. As both countries continue to engage in talks, the broader strategic and territorial challenges will remain at the forefront of India-China relations for the foreseeable future.

Yulia Navalnaya’s Journey: From Tragedy to Aspiring Russian Presidency

Staff ReporterWorld 0

Yulia Navalnaya has her eyes set on the Russian presidency. With a firm and determined gaze, she makes no room for doubt or second thoughts. Much like the decisions made with her husband, Alexei Navalny, she has no uncertainty in her declaration.

Navalnaya is fully aware that returning to Russia while President Vladimir Putin remains in power would likely result in her arrest. Putin’s administration has accused her of involvement in extremist activities, an allegation that carries grave consequences in Russia. For many, such accusations can end in death.

Her husband, Alexei Navalny, Putin’s most outspoken critic, was sentenced to 19 years in prison for extremism, a charge widely viewed as politically driven. His death in a penal colony in the Arctic Circle in February was met with widespread condemnation, including from U.S. President Joe Biden, who unequivocally blamed Putin. Despite denials from the Russian government, many believe that Putin’s regime was behind Navalny’s death.

Seated in a legal library in London, Yulia Navalnaya presents herself as every bit the successor to her husband, the lawyer and politician who envisioned a different future for Russia. As she promotes her late husband’s memoir *Patriot*, which he was working on before his death, she reaffirms her commitment to continuing his mission for democracy in Russia.

“When the time is right, I will participate in the elections as a candidate,” she told the BBC. Navalnaya’s resolve is clear: “My political opponent is Vladimir Putin, and I will do everything I can to see his regime collapse as soon as possible.”

At the moment, this fight has to take place from abroad. Navalnaya acknowledges that as long as Putin holds power, returning to Russia is impossible for her. However, she looks forward to a time when the Putin era comes to an end, a moment she believes will eventually arrive. Like her husband, she is confident that free and fair elections will once again be possible in Russia, and when that day comes, she plans to be there, ready to stand for election.

Despite the personal toll her family has endured in their battle against the Russian regime, Navalnaya remains composed and resolute throughout the interview, especially when discussing Putin. Her grief for her husband is channeled into a strong political message, though she admits to grappling with the impact her and her husband’s political beliefs have had on their two children, Dasha, 23, and Zakhar, 16. “I understand that they didn’t choose this life,” she reflects, though she never asked Alexei to alter his course.

Barred from running for president by Russia’s Central Election Commission, Alexei Navalny had nevertheless remained a thorn in Putin’s side, with his Anti-Corruption Foundation’s investigations drawing millions of views online. One of the most notable was a video released after his last arrest, accusing Putin of constructing a billion-dollar palace on the Black Sea, a claim the president denied.

“When you live this life,” Yulia says, “you understand that Alexei would never give up, and that’s one of the reasons you love him.”

In 2020, Navalny was poisoned with the nerve agent Novichok. He was flown to Germany for treatment, and international pressure, including from the German chancellor, mounted on Putin to provide answers. Navalny, with the help of open-source investigators like Bellingcat, traced the poisoning back to Russia’s FSB security service.

During his recovery, Navalny began writing his memoir. He and Yulia returned to Russia in January 2021, where he was promptly arrested upon arrival. Many questioned why they chose to return, but Yulia insists there was never any doubt. “There couldn’t be any discussion,” she explains. “I knew that he wanted to come back to Russia, to stand by his supporters. He wanted to show people that there was no reason to fear this dictator.”

Yulia admits she never allowed herself to consider the possibility that Alexei might be killed. “You live this life for decades, sharing these difficulties, these beliefs. You support him, no matter what.”

Following his imprisonment, Navalny continued writing his memoir through journal entries, social media posts, and prison diaries, though some of his writings were confiscated by prison authorities. *Patriot* is both revealing and heartbreaking, offering a glimpse into the brutal treatment Navalny endured. His courage in the face of immense adversity shines through the pages.

During his time in solitary confinement, Navalny spent 295 days in isolation, often for minor infractions such as leaving the top button of his fatigues unbuttoned. He was deprived of phone calls and visits. Yulia recalls, “Normally, the most severe punishment is banishment for two weeks, but my husband spent nearly a year there.”

In a prison diary from August 2022, Navalny wrote about the extreme conditions: “It is so hot in my cell you can hardly breathe. You feel like a fish tossed onto the shore, gasping for air. Often, though, it feels like a cold, damp cellar… There’s constant loud music, supposedly to prevent prisoners from communicating with each other, but in reality, it drowns out the screams of those being tortured.”

Yulia was barred from visiting or speaking with her husband for two years before his death. She believes that Alexei was tortured, starved, and held in inhumane conditions.

After his death, the international response was swift, with the U.S., EU, and UK imposing new sanctions on Russia. These included freezing the assets of prison officials overseeing the Arctic Circle penal colony and sanctions on judges involved in Navalny’s prosecution. However, Yulia dismisses the global response as “a joke” and urges world leaders to show less fear of Putin. “I want him imprisoned, but not in a comfortable foreign prison. I want him in a Russian prison, enduring the same conditions Alexei faced,” she says.

Russian officials claim Navalny died of natural causes, but Yulia believes otherwise. “Putin is responsible for my husband’s death.”

Navalnaya now leads the Anti-Corruption Foundation, gathering evidence to hold Putin accountable, evidence she plans to release when the complete picture is in view.

The book *Patriot* is more than a memoir; it is a political manifesto, a call to all who believe in a free Russia. While it is being published in Russian as an ebook and audiobook, hard copies won’t be distributed to Russia or Belarus, due to concerns they wouldn’t pass customs. It remains uncertain how many Russians will dare to read it, even in electronic form, and what impact it could have.

Alexei Navalny’s humor permeates his writing, even in the darkest moments. Reflecting on his time in solitary confinement, he notes, “I’m getting for free what rich people suffering from midlife crises pay for—silence, a minimalist diet, and an escape from the outside world.”

His one moment of vulnerability came during a 2021 hunger strike. “For the first time, I feel emotionally and morally down,” he admitted.

Despite the immense pressure, Yulia never doubted that he would resist the regime. “I’m convinced that’s why they decided to kill him. They knew he would never surrender.”

Even on the day before his death, Navalny joked with the judge in court, an act of defiance Yulia describes as his “superpower.” She believes that it was his laughter that Putin hated most.

In the end, *Patriot* is also a love story, chronicling the unwavering bond between two people fighting for a shared cause. Alexei’s final words to Yulia, whispered during her last visit, reflected their deep connection: “I don’t want to sound dramatic, but I think there’s a good chance I won’t leave here alive. They will poison me.”

Yulia’s calm response? “I know.”

In that moment, it was clear—they were meant to face this battle together.

Femina Miss India 2024 Crowns Shimmer with Narayan Jewellers’ Exquisite Craftsmanship

Staff ReporterFashion 0

The Femina Miss India 2024 pageant dazzled audiences with its blend of elegance and grandeur, featuring Narayan Jewellers as the official crown and jewels partner. Narayan Jewellers, known for their luxury designer pieces, brought their celebrated craftsmanship to the event, creating stunning crowns for the top three winners. The Vadodara-based jewellers have a nearly century-long legacy and are renowned internationally for their “one-in-a-million” designs, having graced prestigious platforms such as New York Fashion Week and The Oscars. Their role at this event cemented their place as one of the leaders in fine jewellery.

Narayan Jewellers designed three magnificent crowns for the event’s winners: Nikita Porwal, the Femina Miss India 2024 winner, Rekha Panday, the first runner-up, and Aayushi Dholakia, the second runner-up. Each crown, crafted with attention to both cultural heritage and modern design, was a testament to the artistry and craftsmanship for which Narayan Jewellers is celebrated.

A Legacy of Timeless Craftsmanship

Narayan Jewellers is managed by Dr. Ketan Chokshi and Jatin Chokshi, two visionaries who have carried on the family tradition of creating exquisite jewellery. Their designs masterfully blend traditional Indian artistry with contemporary aesthetics, appealing to both connoisseurs of heritage pieces and modern fashion lovers.

The crowns for Femina Miss India 2024 reflected this unique combination of old and new, offering intricate details and luxurious design. “Each crown is not just a symbol of victory,” said Dr. Ketan Chokshi, “but a representation of India’s vibrant culture and heritage.” The Chokshi brothers’ vision was brought to life in the crowns that captured the essence of elegance and artistic brilliance.

The Crown for Femina Miss India World 2024

The crown for Femina Miss India World 2024 was a standout, representing “unity in diversity” through its intricate design and craftsmanship. Dr. Ketan Chokshi’s vision for this crown was to create a symbol of grace and beauty. The design drew inspiration from various Indian art forms, such as Gujarat’s Bandhani, Rajasthan’s Kuchi embroidery, Punjab’s Phulkari, and Assam’s Dugdugi motifs. Each element reflected India’s rich cultural diversity.

Made from 18kt gold, the crown was adorned with both natural white diamonds and rare yellow diamonds, lending it an air of regal sophistication. The addition of mother-of-pearl accents elevated the design, while the hand-set stones were a testament to the jewellers’ commitment to exceptional craftsmanship. This crown stood as a powerful blend of tradition and innovation, representing the elegance and victory of the winner.

First Runner-Up Crown: A Tribute to Artistic Heritage

The crown for the first runner-up, Rekha Panday, paid homage to India’s unparalleled artistic heritage. The design incorporated elements from Odisha’s Patta Chitra paintings, Maharashtra’s Bidriware, and the resplendent Kanchipuram sarees from Tamil Nadu. This fusion of various art forms created a stunning visual tribute to India’s artistic diversity.

Crafted in 18kt gold, this crown was embellished with radiant white diamonds and Mozambique rubies, which symbolized passion and strength. The design underscored Narayan Jewellers’ dedication to preserving Indian craftsmanship while embracing modernity. “Each facet of the crown reflects our commitment to honoring Indian art while offering modern elegance,” explained Jatin Chokshi. The gemstones were set with extreme precision, resulting in a true masterpiece.

Second Runner-Up Crown: A Blend of Tradition and Modernity

The second runner-up, Aayushi Dholakia, was crowned with a piece that symbolized the harmonious blend of traditional artistry from both South and North India. Narayan Jewellers incorporated influences from Karnataka’s Mango Mala designs, Uttar Pradesh’s Kasumala, Kashmir’s Pashmina, and Bengal’s Kantha embroidery. The result was a crown that celebrated the craftsmanship of Indian artisans across the country.

This crown, also crafted in 18kt gold, featured white diamonds, Colombian and Zambian emeralds, creating a vibrant interplay of color and refinement. The emeralds represented growth and renewal, while the hand-set gemstones showcased Narayan Jewellers’ commitment to balancing tradition with contemporary design. The second runner-up’s crown was a perfect blend of vibrant colors and refined design.

Narayan Jewellers: A Brand Rooted in Heritage

Narayan Jewellers has a rich history dating back to 1940, when it was founded by Ambalal Chaturbhai Chokshi in Vadodara. Over the decades, the brand has grown into a symbol of excellence in craftsmanship. Initially named M/S Ambalal Chaturbhai Chokshi, the company expanded significantly under the leadership of Narendra A. Chokshi, the founder’s eldest son, who joined in 1969.

By the 1970s, Narayan Jewellers had expanded its offerings to include Jadau and diamond jewellery, alongside its renowned gold pieces. In 1984, the company rebranded itself as Narayan Jewellers, reflecting its evolving identity. Narendra Chokshi’s contributions to the industry were significant, including his role in shaping national jewellery standards and his work with the BIS Hallmark ACT regulations.

Leadership by Dr. Ketan and Jatin Chokshi

In 1997, Narendra’s son, Dr. Ketan Chokshi, joined the family business, bringing with him years of global experience in diamonds, jewellery manufacturing, and retail. With a PhD in Fashion and Luxury from Switzerland, and as a graduate from the Gemological Institute of America, Dr. Ketan has combined his expertise with artistic vision to create unique masterpieces. “We aim to create innovative pieces of high aesthetic value,” said Dr. Ketan, adding that the brand focuses on rare materials and exceptional craftsmanship.

Jatin Chokshi, the younger brother, joined the business in 1999, specializing in diamonds and management. Under his leadership, Narayan Jewellers has grown its international presence, with a focus on research-driven innovation and design. Jatin’s strategic vision has propelled the brand forward, ensuring its success both nationally and internationally.

Narayan Jewellers: A Symbol of Luxury

Narayan Jewellers has remained a beacon of luxury and excellence under the leadership of the Chokshi brothers. Their designs, which blend tradition with innovation, have earned the brand accolades on both national and international platforms. Their collaboration with the Femina Miss India 2024 pageant further solidified their reputation as one of India’s leading jewellery houses.

As Dr. Ketan Chokshi noted, “Our mission is to create masterpieces that reflect a rare blend of art, technology, and expertise.” With over 40 accolades to their name, Narayan Jewellers continues to stand out as a leader in the world of fine jewellery, and their role in the Miss India 2024 pageant only serves to reinforce this status.

India Strengthens Nuclear Deterrence with Launch of Fourth SSBN Submarine Amid Diplomatic Tensions

Staff ReporterIndia 0

Amid escalating tensions with Canada, India has taken a significant step to bolster its nuclear deterrence by quietly launching its fourth nuclear-powered ballistic missile submarine (SSBN) this week. The submarine, constructed at the Ship Building Center (SBC) in Visakhapatnam, further enhances India’s defense capabilities against its regional adversaries, particularly in the Indo-Pacific.

India’s submarine fleet is steadily growing, with the country commissioning its second SSBN, INS Arighaat, on August 29, 2024. This milestone was marked by Defence Minister Rajnath Singh. The third SSBN in the series, INS Aridhaman, is scheduled to be commissioned next year. As India moves ahead with its naval defense strategy, the Cabinet Committee on Security (CCS) has also approved plans for the Indian Navy to construct two additional nuclear-powered attack submarines, further strengthening its deterrence capabilities in the strategically significant Indo-Pacific region.

Although the Indian government, particularly under Prime Minister Narendra Modi, has maintained a tight-lipped approach regarding the country’s nuclear deterrence strategies, the launch of the fourth SSBN, code-named S4*, took place on October 16, 2024. This came a day after the inauguration of a Very Low Frequency Naval Station by Defence Minister Rajnath Singh in the Damagundam forest area of Telangana’s Vikarabad district. The station is critical for communication, command, and control of the Indian Navy’s strategic assets, reflecting India’s continuing focus on enhancing its maritime defense infrastructure.

The newly launched S4* submarine features about 75% indigenous content, a testament to India’s growing self-reliance in defense manufacturing. The SSBN is equipped with the K-4 ballistic missile system, which has a range of 3,500 kilometers. These missiles are fired using vertical launch systems, adding a significant strategic advantage. Earlier SSBN models, such as the INS Arihant, carried the shorter-range K-15 nuclear missiles, which had a range of only 750 kilometers. The successors to the Arihant, however, represent significant upgrades in terms of missile capacity and overall capabilities, ensuring they carry only K-4 ballistic missiles.

The SSBN’s operational endurance is virtually unlimited due to its nuclear power, with constraints only imposed by food supplies, crew fatigue, and maintenance. Currently, both INS Arihant and INS Arighaat are on deep-sea patrols, enhancing India’s nuclear deterrence capabilities. In a further boost to the Indian Navy’s nuclear assets, a Russian Akula-class nuclear-powered attack submarine is expected to join the fleet in 2028, on lease from Russia.

India’s strategic planners have adhered to a specific naming convention for its SSBN fleet. The first leased nuclear submarine, INS Chakra, was designated S1. This led to the first indigenous SSBN, INS Arihant, being named S2, followed by INS Arighaat as S3, and INS Aridhaman as S4. The newly launched SSBN, S4*, marks the final vessel in the current class of submarines, though a formal name has yet to be assigned. Future SSBNs from India are anticipated to be even more advanced, with double the displacement of the Arihant class at 6,000 tons and capable of carrying nuclear missiles with ranges exceeding 5,000 kilometers.

The Modi government’s emphasis on enhancing sea-based deterrence stems from the belief that submarine-based assets are crucial in countering potential threats from China and other adversaries. One of the primary concerns driving this focus is the vulnerability of aircraft carriers to long-range missiles such as China’s Dong Feng-21 and Dong Feng-26, which are capable of targeting large, visible assets like aircraft carriers. According to defense analysts, in worst-case scenarios, aircraft carriers could become easy targets for these long-range missiles. Consequently, the government has prioritized the construction of nuclear attack and ballistic missile submarines over a third aircraft carrier for the Indian Navy.

To supplement its nuclear submarine fleet, India has also stepped up its conventional submarine capabilities. By December 2024, India is expected to commission the sixth diesel-powered attack submarine of the Kalvari class, INS Vagsheer. This addition will further bolster the Navy’s conventional defense capabilities, complementing the strategic role played by its nuclear-powered vessels.

Looking ahead, India is set to approve the construction of three more advanced diesel attack submarines at Mazagon Dockyards, in collaboration with the French Naval Group. These submarines will add further depth to India’s conventional submarine fleet, ensuring the Navy is well-prepared for potential conflicts in the Indian Ocean Region (IOR). In recent years, China’s presence in the IOR has grown, with approximately 10 to 11 Chinese People’s Liberation Army (PLA) warships operating in the region each month since 2023. Moreover, China’s carrier-based long-range patrols are expected to begin by 2025-2026, underscoring the need for India to strengthen its maritime defense posture.

With China’s increased naval activity, India’s focus on submarines — both nuclear and conventional — positions it to maintain a strong defensive and offensive capability in the region. By prioritizing sea-based deterrence, particularly with its submarine fleet, India aims to safeguard its maritime interests and ensure dominance in the IOR. The role of strategic submarines in India’s naval defense strategy is set to become even more critical as the country continues to modernize and expand its fleet.

India’s decision to launch its fourth SSBN during a time of heightened diplomatic tensions with Canada underscores the country’s commitment to reinforcing its national security and nuclear deterrence capabilities. With the commissioning of multiple SSBNs and the construction of additional nuclear attack submarines, India is positioning itself as a formidable maritime power, ready to counter threats in the Indo-Pacific and beyond. The addition of the S4* submarine to its fleet marks a significant milestone in this journey, highlighting the country’s growing self-sufficiency in defense manufacturing and its strategic focus on submarines over traditional surface fleets like aircraft carriers.

Air India Set to Rebrand Loyalty Program as Maharaja Club

Staff ReporterTravel 0

In recent years, Air India has undergone significant changes following its privatization, with its new owners striving to restore the airline to its former prestige. As part of the airline’s reinvention, a notable milestone on the horizon is the integration of Vistara into Air India. This merger will bring together two of India’s largest airlines under one umbrella, leading to several shifts in operations and branding.

One of the significant changes in the wake of this merger is the rebranding of Air India’s loyalty program. Presently, Air India operates its loyalty scheme under the name “Flying Returns,” while Vistara offers its program as “Club Vistara.” However, the airlines have announced that these two programs will soon merge into a single unified loyalty program, which will be renamed “Maharaja Club.”

While there is no definitive timeline for when this rebranding will take place, the change is set to align with the full integration of Vistara into Air India. This transition is expected to highlight the combined airline’s new direction and brand identity.

The Flying Returns program already saw a comprehensive overhaul several months ago, leading many to believe that the shift to Maharaja Club might focus more on a branding update rather than a complete rework of how the loyalty program functions. However, there is a possibility that certain elements from Vistara’s program could be incorporated into the new Maharaja Club structure, enhancing the overall experience for loyal customers.

From a marketing standpoint, this rebranding is viewed positively by many. The name “Flying Returns,” while functional, lacks a strong connection to India’s cultural identity. It could easily be a loyalty program for any generic airline, with nothing that distinctly ties it to India.

As part of its overall transformation, Air India has made it clear that it intends to emphasize its Indian heritage. This is evident in other aspects of the airline’s marketing and branding efforts. For instance, the airline recently introduced a new boarding track, which is uniquely Indian in both sound and spirit. Titled “India Takes Flight,” this track reflects Air India’s renewed focus on celebrating its cultural roots and standing out in a competitive global market.

The choice to rename the loyalty program “Maharaja Club” is in line with this broader strategy. The maharaja has long been a symbol of Air India, serving as the airline’s mascot for decades. Over time, this iconic figure has been modernized, but it still retains the essence of India’s rich history and royal heritage. The new name, Maharaja Club, not only preserves this connection but also elevates it, making the loyalty program distinctly Indian and unmistakably tied to the Air India brand.

In conclusion, Air India is preparing to rebrand its loyalty program from Flying Returns to Maharaja Club, a move set to coincide with the integration of Vistara into Air India. Although the exact timeline for the change has yet to be announced, it is expected to occur in the near future. Given the recent updates to the Flying Returns program, it’s unlikely that there will be significant changes to member benefits. Instead, this shift is viewed as a strategic branding decision, positioning Air India’s loyalty program as a more culturally resonant and distinctive offering.

As the airline continues to revamp its image, the introduction of Maharaja Club reflects its commitment to embracing its Indian heritage and creating a strong brand identity in the global aviation industry. This new loyalty program name feels more aligned with the airline’s legacy and future goals, and overall, it seems to be a change that both customers and marketing experts are enthusiastic about.

H1B Visa Issue No Longer a Concern: Piyush Goyal Declares Shift in Focus

Staff ReporterImmigration 0

Union Minister of Commerce and Industry, Piyush Goyal, announced that the H1B visa issue has been resolved and is no longer a topic of international concern. Speaking at Vanijya Bhavan in New Delhi, Goyal stated that this matter would no longer dominate discussions in international talks, signaling a significant shift in the focus of India’s diplomatic and economic relations. The minister emphasized that India would now concentrate on other key areas of economic and strategic partnerships instead of the long-debated H1B visa issue.

Minister Goyal’s declaration came after his recent two-day visit to the United States, where he held meetings in New York with CEOs of leading companies. During these discussions, the focus was on reforms introduced by the Modi government aimed at attracting foreign investments in various sectors, particularly pharmaceuticals and diamonds. Goyal highlighted these reforms as a major factor in drawing increased interest from global corporations, particularly from the U.S. This visit marked a continued effort by India to strengthen its economic ties with the U.S., while the H1B visa issue, which had been a prominent topic for many years, was notably absent from the agenda.

The H1B visa program has long been a critical avenue for U.S. companies to hire foreign professionals, particularly in specialized fields requiring advanced education or knowledge. The visa allows employers to hire workers for positions that require theoretical and practical expertise in specialized areas. To qualify for the H1B visa, workers typically need at least a bachelor’s degree or equivalent qualifications in the relevant field.

According to a report published by Intead and the job search platform F1 Hire, titled “Connecting Dots: How International Students Are Finding US Jobs,” certain states in the U.S. have the highest concentration of H1B visa applicants per employer sponsor. The report found that Washington, North Carolina, Texas, and Michigan lead in the number of H1B applications, with companies in these states heavily relying on the program to source foreign talent. The report also shed light on the growing diversity of foreign workers in the U.S. While Indian nationals continue to dominate the H1B visa landscape, representing 28% of the applicants, the study also highlighted a rise in applicants from countries like Brazil and the Philippines, particularly those seeking permanent labor certification (PERM).

The PERM process, overseen by the U.S. Department of Labor, is a crucial mechanism through which employers can sponsor foreign workers for permanent positions in the U.S. Notably, nine out of the top ten companies sponsoring PERM applications in 2023 were in the technology sector. This underscores the critical role of foreign talent in driving innovation and growth in the tech industry. PERM certification has become an increasingly popular route for foreign workers, as it provides a pathway to long-term employment and residency in the U.S.

However, the H1B visa program has also been the subject of scrutiny and legal challenges in recent years. A U.S. district court recently ruled against Cognizant Technology Solutions, one of the largest users of the H1B program, in a discrimination lawsuit. The court found that Cognizant had engaged in discriminatory practices against non-Indian employees, awarding punitive damages as a result. The lawsuit also accused the company of misusing the H1B visa process to favor Indian workers over other nationalities. The ruling highlights ongoing concerns about the equitable use of the visa program, particularly in industries like information technology, where a large proportion of H1B visas are granted to Indian nationals.

In response to the growing demand for skilled labor, U.S. lawmakers have introduced new legislative measures to retain international talent, particularly in the fields of science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM). In July 2023, Congressman Shri Thanedar, an Indian-American representing Michigan’s 13th Congressional District, introduced the “Keep STEM Graduates in America Act.” This legislation is aimed at making it easier for international STEM students to stay in the U.S. after completing their studies. The bill seeks to streamline the visa application process for STEM graduates, encouraging them to contribute to the U.S. economy by filling critical jobs in the science and tech sectors.

The Keep STEM Graduates in America Act represents a broader effort to reform the U.S. visa system, with a particular focus on addressing the needs of highly skilled international students. STEM fields are among the most popular areas of study for foreign students in U.S. universities, and the proposed legislation seeks to make it easier for these graduates to remain in the U.S. after completing their education. By simplifying the visa process, the bill aims to boost H1B visa issuances for STEM graduates, ensuring that the U.S. retains top talent in key industries.

In addition to legislative changes, the U.S. government has also implemented new rules governing the H1B visa program. Starting from April 1, 2024, the U.S. will introduce an increased visa fee for H1B applicants. This move is part of a broader effort to reform the visa system and address concerns about the fairness and efficiency of the H1B program. The fee hike is expected to have a significant impact on companies that rely heavily on the visa to hire foreign workers, particularly in sectors like technology and healthcare.

Meanwhile, Indian investors are increasingly turning to alternative visa options to secure long-term residency in the U.S. One such option is the EB5 visa program, which has seen a surge in applications from India in recent years. The EB5 program offers a pathway to permanent residency in the U.S. for foreign investors who make significant contributions to the U.S. economy by creating at least 10 permanent jobs. According to recent data, the number of EB5 visa applications from India has skyrocketed, rising from approximately 750 applications in 2019 to over 10,000 applications in 2022.

The EB5 visa has become an attractive alternative for Indian nationals who may face challenges in securing H1B visas or student visas. By investing in the U.S. economy, applicants can gain a pathway to permanent residency, bypassing the competitive and often restrictive H1B visa process. This trend reflects a growing interest among Indian investors in securing long-term residency in the U.S. through investment-based immigration programs.

Piyush Goyal’s remarks mark a pivotal moment in India’s approach to international relations, as the H1B visa issue is now considered resolved. With the focus shifting to economic and strategic partnerships, both the U.S. and India are exploring new avenues for collaboration. As the U.S. introduces reforms to its visa system and India’s investors increasingly turn to programs like the EB5 visa, the landscape of U.S.-India relations is evolving, with both nations seeking to strengthen their economic ties in the years to come.

The Path to Canada: How Indian Students and Professionals Navigate Immigration Amid Changing Visa Rules

Staff ReporterImmigration 0

Over the past ten years, the desire for international education and better migration opportunities has driven a significant increase in the number of Indian students heading abroad, with figures reaching nearly 1.5 million. However, recent changes in visa regulations in popular destinations such as Canada, Australia, and New Zealand have prompted Indian students and migrants to explore alternative options.

Despite the tightening of visa rules in these countries, Canada continues to be a top choice for Indian students, thanks to its favorable educational and migration policies. Even with stricter student visa requirements, Canada has made provisions for master’s program students, allowing them to apply for a three-year work permit upon completing their courses. Additionally, Canada’s welcoming stance towards individuals seeking Permanent Residency (PR) has garnered considerable interest.

Canada is projected to welcome 485,000 new Permanent Residents in 2024 and aims to increase that number to 500,000 by 2025. This offers a significant opportunity for international students, especially those from India, who seek to transition from temporary student visas to PR status. Compared to temporary visas, PR offers more security and stability, reducing the anxiety around visa renewals and policy shifts. PR status also removes the pressure to leave the country after completing studies, offering a long-term settlement solution.

PR is not only appealing due to the security it provides but also because it offers broader prospects for immigrants. These include access to social benefits, healthcare, and the ability to sponsor family members, making Canada an attractive destination for long-term integration. The option to apply for PR after studying has made Canada a promising place for students looking to secure their future beyond just education.

Canada’s Express Entry System, particularly the Federal Skilled Worker Program (FSWP), remains a popular choice for skilled Indian professionals. The system evaluates applicants based on factors like age, education, work experience, language proficiency, and adaptability, using the Comprehensive Ranking System (CRS) to score candidates. Those who score high enough on the CRS are given Invitations to Apply (ITAs) for PR, turning what might have seemed like a dream into a concrete possibility.

Additionally, Provincial Nominee Programs (PNPs) provide tailored opportunities for Indian immigrants, aligning with specific labor market needs in various Canadian provinces. Programs such as the Ontario Immigrant Nominee Program (OINP), Saskatchewan Immigrant Nominee Program (SINP), and British Columbia Provincial Nominee Program (BC PNP) offer not only faster processing times but also lower CRS score requirements, making them even more appealing to Indian candidates.

For Indian students who aspire to make Canada their permanent home, the Study Permit to PR Pathway serves as a smooth transition. The process starts with acquiring a study permit to pursue higher education. Upon graduation, students can apply for Post-Graduation Work Permits (PGWPs), which enable them to gain valuable Canadian work experience. This work experience can then be used to qualify for PR through pathways such as the Canadian Experience Class (CEC).

Another attractive option for Indian citizens is family sponsorship. Programs such as Spousal Sponsorship, Parent and Grandparent Sponsorship, and Dependent Child Sponsorship allow for family reunification in Canada. Through these programs, families can come together and secure PR status, offering a comforting solution for those wishing to join their loved ones abroad.

Entrepreneurship also presents an avenue for Indian innovators looking to establish themselves in Canada. Programs such as the Start-Up Visa Program and various Provincial Entrepreneur Streams offer opportunities for Indian entrepreneurs to set up and run businesses in Canada, ultimately leading to PR acquisition. This creates a path for ambitious individuals eager to contribute to Canada’s business environment while securing their residency.

Indian skilled workers looking for less conventional options can explore programs such as the Atlantic Immigration Pilot Program (AIPP) and the Rural and Northern Immigration Pilot (RNIP). These programs cater to individuals willing to settle in lesser-known regions of Canada. By securing job offers from designated employers, Indian applicants can pursue PR through these specialized routes. However, it is important to note that the RNIP was recently closed by the Canadian government, limiting this specific option moving forward.

Quebec, with its unique immigration system, offers additional pathways for Indian immigrants. The Quebec Skilled Worker Program (QSWP) and the Quebec Experience Program (PEQ) present tailored immigration opportunities for those who wish to settle in the French-speaking province.

As Indian students and professionals navigate the complex landscape of Canadian immigration, making informed decisions is crucial. With numerous options available, choosing the right pathway depends on an individual’s qualifications, experience, and long-term goals. Those who are well-prepared and equipped with the necessary knowledge can find the path that aligns best with their aspirations for a new life in Canada.

As Canada continues to open its doors to immigrants, it remains a land of opportunity for Indian students and professionals alike. Whether through education, work experience, family sponsorship, or entrepreneurship, there are numerous pathways to PR, each offering a unique route to settlement in one of the world’s most welcoming countries. As Indian immigrants pursue their dreams, Canada is ready to offer them a bright future filled with possibilities.

New Satellite Cities: The Answer to India’s Urban Congestion?

Staff ReporterBusiness 0

The Union government recently provided six concept notes to state governments, aimed at tackling unemployment and underemployment in rural regions and resolving obstacles that hinder job creation in non-metro cities. The states’ feedback on these proposals will be discussed in the upcoming National Conference of Chief Secretaries, chaired by the prime minister in November. One of the key issues likely to be addressed is the emergence of satellite cities, a growing trend in India that is expected to reshape the country’s urban landscape.

These satellite cities include Sri City in Andhra Pradesh, Hosur in Tamil Nadu, Dahej and Dholera in Gujarat, Manesar in Haryana, Greater Noida in Uttar Pradesh, and Shendra-Bidkin and Navi Mumbai in Maharashtra. They are becoming major industrial and population centers, offering relief to overcrowded megacities like New Delhi, Mumbai, Bengaluru, Chennai, and Ahmedabad. Urban development experts believe these new cities, which absorb the overflow from larger cities, may hold the solution to India’s urban challenges.

A Unique Private Township

Sri City, located in Andhra Pradesh but with close ties to Chennai, brings a distinctive corporate-driven model to the satellite city concept. This 40 square kilometer township, just 55 kilometers from Chennai, is privately owned. With 220 companies, mostly multinational corporations, operating there, it’s home to well-known brands like Kellogg’s, Alstom, Colgate-Palmolive, and PepsiCo.

Launched during the Special Economic Zone (SEZ) boom in 2008, Sri City has become a hub for global industries, housing Asia’s largest chocolate factory. Mondelez, the maker of Cadbury chocolates, set up a plant worth Rs 1,250 crore in 2016, further establishing Sri City’s industrial significance. Its proximity to four seaports and two airports, Tirupati and Chennai, has made it an attractive destination for investors.

Ravindra Sannareddy, founder and managing director of Sri City Pvt Ltd, highlights their future plans: “We are expanding residential options to create a ‘walk-to-work’ environment.” He adds that the workforce, which currently numbers 62,000, is expected to reach nearly 100,000, with another 200,000 indirect jobs being created. Sri City also hosts Krea University, which aspires to international recognition, with a governing council that includes prominent figures like former RBI governor Raghuram Rajan and Nobel laureate Esther Duflo.

The Silent Rise of Satellite Cities

Amitabh Kant, India’s G20 Sherpa, notes that Shendra-Bidkin in Maharashtra and Dholera in Gujarat have the potential to become major hubs similar to Sri City. Shendra-Bidkin, near Aurangabad, is being developed for export-oriented businesses, while Dholera is envisioned as a smart industrial city. Tata Electronics has already established a semiconductor fabrication unit in Dholera, signaling its importance in India’s industrial future.

Dholera, located around 100 kilometers from Ahmedabad, and Dahej, known for its chemical industries, have capitalized on their proximity to the coast to attract businesses. Manesar, on the other hand, has benefited from its close connection to Delhi, driving growth in both industrial sectors and real estate. Kant, who was CEO of the Delhi-Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development Corporation (DMICDC), emphasizes the importance of these new cities: “The Noida-Greater Noida region continues to thrive as a technology and manufacturing hub,” he says, citing the area’s strategic location near Delhi and strong infrastructure.

Kant also points out the development of Navi Mumbai, which is set to benefit from an upcoming international airport. These satellite cities, he believes, are crucial not only for reducing the pressure on larger cities but also for promoting balanced regional development.

The Impact of GST and Urban Growth

The introduction of the Goods and Services Tax (GST) in 2017 has made interstate trade more efficient, benefiting places like Hosur, a city in Tamil Nadu that has seen rapid development due to its proximity to Bengaluru. Cities like these occupy only 3% of India’s landmass but generate around 60% of the country’s GDP. According to UN data, India’s urban population increased from 109 million in 1970 to 460 million in 2018, with projections showing another 416 million people moving to urban areas by 2050.

OP Agarwal, a former urban transport specialist at the World Bank, explains that satellite cities can be situated close to a major city or up to 100 miles away, as long as there’s strong transport connectivity. “What defines a satellite city is its strong connection to the main city, thanks to a robust transport network,” he says, giving the example of Gurgaon, which draws from Delhi’s infrastructure and resources.

Agarwal believes the focus of policymakers should shift towards developing satellite cities and city clusters, as much of India’s goal of reaching a $30 trillion GDP by 2047 will come from urban areas, particularly tier-2 and -3 cities. “To attract investments, especially from manufacturing firms, satellite cities need to ensure essentials like power, water, and road connectivity are in place,” he adds.

Challenges and Opportunities

Economist Rumki Majumdar of Deloitte India stresses the importance of smart urban planning and investment in connectivity for these satellite cities to thrive. “India will need smart urban planning and investment in connectivity so that satellite cities can become key engines for industrial expansion, innovation, and job creation,” she says. Decongesting major urban centers will allow for a more equitable distribution of economic opportunities, lower living costs, and improved infrastructure, she adds.

Urban planners and policymakers face increasing pressure to develop vertical cities with high-rise apartment buildings. Vinayak Chatterjee, an infrastructure expert, notes that public transit systems like metro rails depend on population density, which in turn relies on vertical growth. “For vertical growth to be sustainable, it must be matched with essential civic amenities like water and sewerage systems,” he says.

Cities like Meerut, which is 80 kilometers from Delhi, have already benefited from improved transport links, leading to a real estate boom. The planned Mumbai-Ahmedabad bullet train, expected to be completed by 2028, is also set to boost cities along its route, such as Bharuch.

Planning for the Future

India’s rapid urbanization has created challenges, especially in the management of areas between major cities and their satellite cities. According to former housing secretary M Ramachandran, many growing areas lack cohesive policies to integrate them into broader urban strategies. “We still lack a cohesive policy to address areas adjacent to larger cities,” he says, noting that the National Capital Region is an exception.

Ramachandran warns that the rapid, unplanned construction of new cities may lead to future problems. Despite Gurgaon’s economic success, for instance, property prices there remain 60% lower than in Delhi. The success of satellite cities like Greater Noida, Navi Mumbai, and Sohna over the past two decades offers hope, but careful planning is crucial.

According to real estate expert Anuj Puri, the new satellite cities are seeing substantial real estate growth and price appreciation. However, urban planners must ensure that these cities offer better quality of life and smarter designs than older metros to truly succeed.

As the National Conference of Chief Secretaries approaches, the future of India’s satellite cities will likely be a major topic of discussion. These cities hold the potential to address India’s growing urban challenges—if developed with careful planning and vision.

Understanding the U.S. Employment-Based Visa Categories and Challenges for Indian Applicants

Staff ReporterImmigration 0

The U.S. employment-based (EB) visa system offers various pathways for professionals seeking opportunities in the country, but the process can be daunting, particularly for Indian applicants. Divided into several categories – EB1, EB2, EB3, and EB5 – these visas cater to different types of employment and skill levels, each with specific requirements and challenges.

The EB1 visa is designed for individuals with extraordinary abilities, such as highly accomplished professionals in fields like science, arts, or business, as well as outstanding professors, researchers, and multinational executives. To qualify, applicants typically need to demonstrate significant achievements, such as receiving prestigious awards or gaining widespread recognition in their field. This category is particularly suited for individuals with national or international acclaim.

The EB2 visa is intended for professionals who hold advanced degrees or possess exceptional abilities in areas such as science, business, or the arts. Typically, applicants must have a job offer and secure labor certification. However, some may bypass this requirement by applying for a National Interest Waiver (NIW), which exempts individuals from needing a job offer if their work is deemed to significantly benefit the U.S. economy or the public.

In contrast, the EB3 visa caters to skilled workers, professionals, and other workers. This category includes individuals with at least a bachelor’s degree or its equivalent, as well as those in occupations that require a minimum of two years of experience or training.

Lastly, the EB5 visa is designed for immigrant investors who make substantial financial contributions, either by creating new businesses or supporting struggling enterprises, to help preserve or create jobs in the U.S. The required investment amount typically ranges from $900,000 to $1,050,000, which can be a significant hurdle for many applicants.

Despite the variety of pathways available, Indian applicants often face considerable challenges, particularly due to the high demand for these visas, which leads to long waiting times. This is especially problematic for EB2 and EB3 categories, where the backlog can span several years, if not decades. Choosing the right visa category is crucial, as each comes with its own set of eligibility requirements and application complexities.

Navigating the U.S. Visa Application Process

The visa application process for Indian professionals can be complex and time-consuming. One of the primary obstacles is the extensive backlog for EB2 and EB3 visas, which often results in wait times stretching over a decade. This issue stems from the overwhelming number of applications from India and the annual visa quotas that limit the number of visas available. Consequently, many Indian applicants find themselves in prolonged periods of uncertainty as they wait for their priority dates to become current.

The eligibility requirements for EB visas can also be stringent. For instance, EB1 and EB2 applicants must demonstrate exceptional abilities or advanced academic qualifications. While many Indian professionals are highly skilled, translating their achievements to meet U.S. standards can be a challenge. Recognition of awards or professional accomplishments in India may not always carry the same weight in the U.S., complicating the process of proving extraordinary ability or exceptional qualifications.

For those seeking an EB5 visa, the high financial threshold poses an additional challenge. The significant investment requirements can be prohibitive, making this pathway less accessible to a broad range of applicants.

Moreover, U.S. immigration policies are continually evolving, adding another layer of complexity. Recent changes have led to increased scrutiny of visa applications, with U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) frequently issuing requests for additional documentation, known as Requests for Evidence (RFEs). These requests can slow down the process even further and often require applicants to provide more detailed and specific evidence to support their claims.

Strategies to Overcome Visa Challenges

Given the complexities of the U.S. employment-based visa process, there are strategies that can help applicants navigate the system more efficiently. For instance, premium processing is a service offered by USCIS that can expedite the review of certain visa petitions. Available for categories like EB1 and EB2, premium processing ensures that applications are reviewed within 15 days, making it an attractive option for those seeking quicker decisions.

Regardless of the visa category, it is essential for applicants to thoroughly prepare their documentation. This includes providing clear and comprehensive evidence of qualifications, achievements, and, for EB5 applicants, proof of investment funds. Well-organized and robust documentation can prevent common issues, such as RFEs, which can delay the process or even lead to visa denials.

In cases where applicants face long delays due to backlogs, exploring alternative visa pathways may be beneficial. For instance, L1 visas, which are for intra-company transfers, or H1B transfers, which allow professionals to work in the U.S. temporarily, can provide a way to start working in the country while waiting for the final approval of an employment-based visa.

For EB5 applicants, proper management of investment funds and compliance with all documentation requirements is crucial. Consulting with experienced immigration attorneys can help ensure that the application process goes smoothly and reduce the likelihood of encountering issues that could delay or jeopardize approval.

The Importance of Legal and Professional Assistance

For many applicants, navigating the complex U.S. immigration system without professional assistance can be overwhelming. Immigration consultants who specialize in employment-based visas can offer invaluable support. These professionals provide tailored advice depending on the visa category, whether it’s EB1, EB2, EB3, or EB5, and help applicants understand specific requirements, such as eligibility criteria and documentation standards.

Consultants can also be instrumental in addressing RFEs. When USCIS requests additional information, a consultant can help applicants craft detailed, organized responses that effectively address the concerns raised. This can be crucial in preventing further delays or potential denials.

Additionally, consultants can offer guidance on exploring alternative visa options. For applicants facing extended backlogs in the EB categories, switching to an L1 or H1B visa may provide more immediate work authorization, allowing them to continue their careers in the U.S. while waiting for their employment-based visa to be processed.

Upcoming Changes to U.S. Immigration Policies

Changes to U.S. immigration policies are on the horizon, and they could impact employment-based visa categories like EB1, EB2, EB3, and EB5. Proposed reforms aim to address issues such as backlogs and streamline the application process. For instance, there are discussions about removing per-country caps, which currently limit the number of visas available to applicants from countries like India. If implemented, this reform could reduce wait times for Indian professionals, particularly in the EB2 and EB3 categories.

However, even with these potential changes, backlogs for Indian applicants are likely to persist for the foreseeable future. Therefore, it is crucial for professionals to stay informed about upcoming policy shifts and explore all available options. Whether it’s taking advantage of premium processing, seeking alternative visa pathways, or consulting with immigration experts, preparation and adaptability will be key in navigating the U.S. visa system and maximizing opportunities for success.

J&K Cabinet Passes Resolution to Restore Statehood, Omar Abdullah Set to Meet PM

Staff ReporterIndia 0

The Jammu and Kashmir (J&K) Cabinet has passed a resolution urging the Union Government to restore statehood to the region. The resolution, backed by the entire Cabinet, has received the necessary clearance from Lieutenant Governor (L-G) Manoj Sinha. With this approval, Chief Minister Omar Abdullah is expected to visit New Delhi soon to meet with Prime Minister Narendra Modi and other Union Ministers to press the issue.

On Saturday, L-G Sinha also administered the oath of office to National Conference leader Mubarak Gul as the pro-tem Speaker of the J&K Legislative Assembly. The oath ceremony took place at Raj Bhawan, with several prominent figures in attendance, including Chief Minister Omar Abdullah, Deputy Chief Minister Surinder Choudhary, Cabinet ministers, Chief Secretary Atal Dulloo, and the Chief Minister’s Advisor, Nasir Aslam Wani.

Mubarak Gul, who won the recent Assembly elections from the Eidgah constituency in Srinagar, will have the important responsibility of administering the oath to the newly-elected Members of the Legislative Assembly (MLAs) on October 21. This marks a significant step in the ongoing political process in Jammu and Kashmir after the recent elections.

The resolution to restore statehood to Jammu and Kashmir was the top agenda item in the J&K Cabinet meeting chaired by Omar Abdullah on Thursday. The Cabinet unanimously passed the resolution, signaling a strong push for the restoration of statehood “in its original form.” After the Cabinet’s approval, the resolution was sent to L-G Sinha for his endorsement, as required under the transaction of business rules. According to these rules, all proposals for discussion by the Cabinet must be sent to the L-G at least two days before the meeting.

In a government statement issued on Saturday, the restoration of statehood was described as the beginning of a “healing process” for the people of Jammu and Kashmir. “The restoration of statehood will be a beginning of a healing process, reclaiming the constitutional rights and protecting identity of people of Jammu and Kashmir,” the statement said.

The J&K Cabinet also empowered Chief Minister Omar Abdullah to take up the matter of statehood restoration with the Prime Minister and the Union Government. This move aligns with the new government’s policy focus on protecting the unique identity and constitutional rights of the people of Jammu and Kashmir. “Protection of J&K’s unique identity and constitutional rights of people remains the cornerstone of the newly elected government’s policy,” the government added in its statement.

Despite the significant step taken by the government in pushing for statehood, the Omar Abdullah administration has faced criticism from opposition parties for focusing on statehood rather than advocating for the revocation of Article 370, which was revoked by the Indian government in 2019. Some opposition members have questioned why the statehood resolution was routed through the Cabinet rather than tackling the issue of Article 370 directly.

In response to these criticisms, government officials clarified that the matters of statehood and Article 370 fall under different jurisdictions. According to sources, “Article 370 is the purview of the legislature while statehood is the purview of the government. Hence, the statehood resolution has come first.” Chief Minister Omar Abdullah reiterated this point in a tweet on the social media platform X, formerly known as Twitter, on Saturday morning, making it clear that the restoration of statehood is the first step in addressing the broader political situation in J&K.

Additionally, the J&K Cabinet made an important decision regarding the scheduling of the Legislative Assembly’s next session. It was decided that the Assembly will be summoned in Srinagar on November 4. The Cabinet also advised the Lieutenant Governor to address the Legislative Assembly at the start of this session, as is customary. The draft address for the L-G’s speech to the Assembly was presented to the Council of Ministers, who agreed that it would require further consideration and discussion before being finalized.

Mubarak Gul’s new role as pro-tem Speaker and his responsibility in swearing in the newly elected MLAs signifies another important development in the region’s political timeline. Gul, a prominent leader in the National Conference party, will oversee the ceremonial beginning of the Assembly’s work, marking a new phase in the political activities of Jammu and Kashmir post-election.

This move towards restoring statehood comes amid rising political expectations in the region following the elections, and it is a significant political statement from the newly elected government. The resolution signals the Abdullah administration’s intention to restore Jammu and Kashmir’s autonomy, which had been downgraded to a Union Territory following the revocation of Article 370 in August 2019. While the revocation of Article 370 remains a contentious issue, the restoration of statehood is seen as a crucial first step in addressing the aspirations of the people in Jammu and Kashmir.

For Chief Minister Omar Abdullah and his government, the next steps will be crucial. The upcoming meeting with Prime Minister Modi and other senior members of the Union Government will be vital in determining the course of action for the restoration of statehood. The resolution reflects the collective will of the J&K Cabinet, and now the Abdullah government must navigate the complexities of national politics to see this resolution through.

As the political situation unfolds, it remains to be seen how the Union Government will respond to the statehood resolution. The restoration of statehood to Jammu and Kashmir would be a significant shift in the region’s political status and could pave the way for further discussions on other pressing issues, including Article 370.

In the meantime, the focus will remain on the developments in Srinagar, where the newly elected MLAs are set to take their oaths and begin their legislative duties. The political landscape of Jammu and Kashmir continues to evolve, with the resolution for statehood standing as a testament to the region’s desire for greater autonomy and constitutional rights. Whether this resolution leads to tangible changes in the region’s status remains to be seen, but it is undoubtedly a crucial step in the ongoing efforts to address the complex political and constitutional issues surrounding Jammu and Kashmir.

This political process, marked by the push for statehood restoration and the ceremonial beginning of the new Assembly, symbolizes a new chapter for Jammu and Kashmir as it continues to seek its place within the broader framework of Indian democracy. The Abdullah government’s efforts will be closely watched, both within the region and across the country, as they seek to bring about lasting change for the people of Jammu and Kashmir.

US Passport Processing Now Fastest in Years: Here’s Why Now Is the Best Time to Apply

Staff ReporterImmigration 0

The long delays and bureaucratic hurdles that have troubled U.S. passport renewals and new applications since the pandemic are finally over. The U.S. Department of State has successfully brought passport processing times back to pre-pandemic levels, and they are now the quickest they’ve been in recent history.

On October 3, 2024, the U.S. State Department announced that the Bureau of Consular Affairs had managed to reduce passport processing times to just 4-6 weeks. This improvement is a reduction from the prior commitment of 6-8 weeks and is currently the standard for both paper and online applications. Expedited service remains faster, taking only two to three weeks.

This milestone reflects ongoing efforts by the State Department to accelerate passport processing. Since early 2023, the department had been issuing passports under the six-to-eight-week timeframe it initially set to meet pre-pandemic standards. With the holiday travel season approaching, this faster processing time couldn’t come at a better moment for those needing to renew or apply for a U.S. passport. Here are four reasons why now is one of the best times to apply.

  1. The New Online Renewal System

As of September 18, 2024, U.S. citizens have a new option for renewing their passports: an online renewal system that allows eligible individuals to complete the entire process digitally. This option was introduced after years of development and trials aimed at simplifying the passport renewal process.

Although first-time passport applicants must still apply in person, online renewals are now available for eligible adults. To qualify, you must be at least 25 years old, have had your passport issued between 2009 and 2015, and your passport should not be more than five years expired. Additionally, you cannot change any personal information, such as your name or gender, during the renewal process. The State Department has provided the most up-to-date information on its website to guide applicants through this process.

The introduction of online renewals adds a layer of convenience that eliminates the need to mail documents or visit a passport agency. For frequent travelers or those planning a last-minute trip, this system can be a game-changer.

  1. The Slow Season for Passports Has Arrived

Timing is everything when it comes to passport applications, and autumn is one of the slowest seasons for passport demand. According to the Bureau of Consular Affairs, demand for passports typically spikes during the late winter and summer months, which coincides with school breaks and peak travel seasons. However, during the fall—specifically between October and December—the number of passport applications tends to drop, making it an ideal time to submit or renew a passport with less chance of delays.

The department advises applicants to take advantage of this slow period to avoid the rush. Applying during the quieter months can potentially lead to even quicker processing times, as fewer requests are being handled compared to the busier times of year.

  1. Staffing Increases Have Boosted Processing Speeds

One of the key reasons for the significant reduction in passport processing times is the increase in staffing at the Bureau of Consular Affairs. In 2023, the department made a concerted effort to address the backlog that built up during the pandemic.

On June 7, 2023, Rena Bitter, the Assistant Secretary of State for Consular Affairs, provided an update on these efforts in testimony before Congress. She reported that 177 new passport adjudicators were hired in 2023, increasing the number of staff by 10%. This hiring surge has been crucial in reducing wait times and addressing the overwhelming demand for passport services since the pandemic.

“It takes time to onboard and train new staff for these national security positions,” Bitter explained, “but we are leveraging those authorities to increase substantially the number of consular adjudicator positions filled in 2023 and to continue that trend into 2024, budget permitting.”

The effects of these staffing improvements were felt almost immediately. By the first five months of 2023, the department processed 5.4% more passport applications than in the same period of 2022, which had previously been a record-breaking year. With the increase in personnel, the State Department has managed to catch up with the overwhelming demand while maintaining the security protocols necessary for such critical documents.

  1. The Pandemic Backlog Has Cleared

One of the major reasons for the delays over the past few years was the backlog of applications that accumulated during the COVID-19 pandemic. From 2020 to 2023, stay-at-home orders, travel restrictions, and airline service reductions made it difficult for people to apply for or renew their passports. However, as these restrictions eased, there was a surge in passport applications.

In 2023, the State Department faced a significant challenge in meeting this demand. During a House Appropriations subcommittee hearing on March 23, 2023, Secretary of State Antony Blinken highlighted the scale of the problem, noting that the department was receiving “500,000 applications a week for passports.” This represented a 30 to 40% increase from 2022, and processing times reached as long as 10 to 13 weeks.

By mid-2023, the State Department was still struggling to reduce the backlog, but by July 2023, processing times had finally started to come down. The department has since managed to significantly reduce the number of pending applications, allowing them to focus on current requests. With the backlog under control, applicants now benefit from faster processing times and fewer delays.

As we approach the busy holiday travel season, the State Department’s success in reducing processing times couldn’t come at a better moment. With an efficient online renewal system, a less busy time of year for applications, increased staffing, and a cleared backlog, this is one of the best times in recent history to apply for or renew a U.S. passport.

While many travelers might not realize it, some countries require passports to be valid for at least six months beyond the start of a trip, meaning that even those with soon-to-expire passports should consider renewing now. Taking advantage of the current streamlined system and faster processing times can save headaches down the line.

For those planning trips abroad, especially with the holidays approaching, now is the perfect time to ensure their passport is up to date and ready for any upcoming travel plans.

Marry the Right Person, Lead by Example: Warren Buffett’s Insights on Success in Life and Business

Staff ReporterLifestyle 0

Warren Buffett, a man with a net worth of $142 billion, offers invaluable advice not only on how to make smart business decisions but also on how to lead a fulfilling life. His fortune, amassed over decades, has only grown more impressive as he has donated approximately $56 billion to various charities. As the saying by Jim Rohn goes, “You are the average of the five people you spend the most time with,” Buffett underscores that whom you choose to spend your time with is critical—especially your spouse.

In Buffett’s words:

“You want to associate with people who are the kind of person you’d like to be. You’ll move in that direction. And the most important person by far in that respect is your spouse.”

Buffett strongly believes that marrying the right person will make an enormous difference in one’s life. “I can’t overemphasize how important that is. Marry the right person. I’m serious about that. It will make more difference in your life,” he emphasizes.

Studies back up Buffett’s perspective. A 2021 report from the U.S. Census Bureau reveals that married individuals tend to earn considerably more than their unmarried counterparts, and their net worth is often three times greater. Additionally, the Bureau of Labor Statistics found that married couples spend around $10,000 less per person annually than unmarried individuals.

Beyond financial implications, the choice of a life partner plays a significant role in professional success. Research from Washington University in St. Louis, which has been previously discussed, shows that people with reliable and prudent partners perform better at work, receive more promotions, earn higher salaries, and are generally more satisfied with their careers. This effect is attributed to what the researchers term “partner conscientiousness,” which positively influences job satisfaction, income, and career advancement. The study notes that conscientious partners tend to manage more household tasks, exhibit pragmatic behaviors, and contribute to a more satisfying home environment. This, in turn, allows both partners to focus more effectively on their professional lives.

Buffett’s views, echoed by Rohn’s saying, highlight the influence of those closest to us. Good habits are contagious. If one partner is organized and efficient, the other partner benefits by being able to focus more on work. Furthermore, if the less organized partner adopts these traits, both partners can more effectively manage their business and personal lives, potentially leading to greater wealth accumulation.

However, while marriage may lead to financial prosperity, it doesn’t necessarily guarantee better health. A study published in the Journal of Physical Activity and Health found that individuals in romantic relationships tend to exercise less than their single counterparts. The study notes that moderate to vigorous physical activities, like running or lifting weights, are less common among those in relationships. The researchers found that people in romantic relationships are more likely to engage in activities such as eating or watching TV together, rather than exercising. As they put it, “For those with a partner, current (exercise) levels are substantially lower when the partner is present than when the partner is absent.”

This finding reveals that people in relationships tend to engage in less physical activity when they spend time together. In short, the presence of a partner can significantly reduce the likelihood of exercising, as couples often prioritize spending time together over physical activity.

Another study, published in Health Psychology, found that individuals in stable relationships tend to gain more weight over time, beyond what can be attributed to natural aging. Similarly, research in Social Science & Medicine indicates that people in long-term relationships are more likely to gain weight and less likely to engage in physical activity. Interestingly, the study also points out that when relationships end, individuals tend to lose weight and increase their exercise levels.

These studies suggest that individuals in secure relationships may become less focused on their physical appearance, as they feel less pressure to maintain healthy habits like eating well and exercising regularly. This behavior, while understandable, can lead to a decline in physical health.

On the other hand, maintaining a healthy lifestyle — which includes regular exercise — can have profound benefits, both physically and mentally. Research published in the Journal of Comparative Physiology shows that increased blood flow during exercise improves brain plasticity, which enhances cognitive functions. Additionally, a study in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Science found that exercise can increase the size of the hippocampus, which helps mitigate age-related memory loss, even in individuals in their 60s and 70s.

Moreover, a study from the University of Vermont discovered that moderate aerobic exercise can improve mood for up to 12 hours. Similarly, research published in the International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health found that regular exercise is associated with greater life satisfaction and overall happiness. People who engaged in higher levels of physical activity reported significantly higher happiness compared to those who exercised less.

While it’s clear that exercise has immense benefits, choosing a life partner solely based on their lifestyle habits may not be the best approach. As the Washington University researchers suggest, marrying a conscientious partner might sound like a path to a rigid and unexciting life. However, having a partner who is both conscientious and practical, as well as one who values a healthy lifestyle, can lead to a more successful career and a longer, healthier life.

So, what’s the best course of action? Instead of trying to change your partner’s habits, focus on how you can be more supportive. You could take the lead in managing household finances, performing more household chores, or handling maintenance and schedules. After all, the most effective way to inspire change is by leading through example.

You could also prioritize exercising together or making healthier eating habits a shared goal. Even if you and your partner don’t do the same workout, being in the same space while exercising can help both of you stay on track. My wife and I work out together often; we may not do the same activities, but being in the same room helps us both remain committed to our fitness goals. Implicit peer pressure can go a long way in maintaining good habits, and it still feels like we’re spending time together.

Ultimately, marrying the right person plays a significant role in leading a successful and fulfilling life, but equally important is being the right person. By being supportive, encouraging, and setting a good example, you can strengthen your relationship in both practical and emotional ways.

Nikita Porwal Crowned Femina Miss India World 2024: A Star-Studded Event with Promising Futures

Staff ReporterCinema, Entertainment 0

The 60th edition of Femina Miss India 2024, co-powered by Tops & Rajnigandha Pearls, took place in a glittering event in Mumbai, showcasing young talent from across India. The spotlight shone brightly on three extraordinary women—Nikita Porwal, Rekha Pandey, and Aayushi Dholakia—each of whom captured the judges’ attention through their unique blend of perseverance, talent, and charisma.

Nikita Porwal from Ujjain was crowned Femina Miss India World 2024, while Rekha Pandey and Aayushi Dholakia were named the 1st and 2nd runner-ups, respectively. The selection process involved a distinguished jury evaluating 30 contestants, each representing a different state, and it was clear that these three stood out among the rest. The jury believes these winners have bright futures ahead of them, particularly in Bollywood, which all three women aspire to join.

One of the esteemed jury members, filmmaker Anees Bazmee, known for his hit films such as *Welcome* and *No Entry*, spoke highly of Nikita’s potential. “The minute I entered the stage, I knew it would be difficult to decide among all the talented girls,” Bazmee explained. “But Nikita stood out for me among the lot, even when I had just seen her pictures and hadn’t met any of the girls personally. She had a brilliant smile and attitude, and I had said even then that she is a winner. I think she is very beautiful, and so are the first and second runner ups.”

Nikita’s acting experience, particularly in stage plays where she portrayed mythological characters such as Sita and Mohini, has already garnered her recognition. One of her feature films has even been showcased at international film festivals. Bazmee was impressed by her theatrical background, stating, “I was very impressed when I learnt of her theatre experience, and that she had played Sita on stage as well. I am sure with a more robust training that Times is already working on, Nikita, as well as Aayushi and Rekha, will do well. They have the talent, all they need are acting classes.”

Madhur Bhandarkar, the director behind films like *Fashion* and *Page 3*, also served on the jury and shared Bazmee’s sentiments regarding Nikita’s potential. He praised her for her intelligence and composure during the interview portion of the competition. “I was really surprised with the amazing answers that she gave us. And the questions were very difficult! I think today’s generation has really upgraded itself for this platform. Nikita Porwal, in fact, has done mythology plays and has played Sita as well. She has incredible talent, and especially at such a young age, and I am sure she has the right potential,” Bhandarkar commented. He advised her to focus more on theater, engage in social work, and deepen her understanding of the film industry before fully venturing into Bollywood. “That is my advice for her,” he added.

The transition from beauty pageantry to the silver screen has become a well-trodden path for many Miss India winners. Notable names like Priyanka Chopra, Aishwarya Rai, and Manushi Chhillar have successfully made their mark in Bollywood after winning their titles. Nikita Porwal, according to many on the jury, seems destined to follow in their footsteps.

Bazmee emphasized that all three winners have the potential to break into the film industry. “All the three girls are actor-material. They have a long journey in front of them, but they have the potential. In our industry, there is space for new faces, and we also struggle when we have to choose actors for our projects. These three winners of Femina Miss India could be the next Priyanka, Aishwarya, or Lara, and surprise us with their talent and beauty. I am sure the audience will welcome them,” he stated.

As the winner of Femina Miss India World 2024, Nikita is now set to represent India on the global stage at the Miss World competition. With her extensive theatrical experience and the guidance of industry veterans like Bazmee and Bhandarkar, she has the tools to not only succeed at the global level but also to make a significant impact in Bollywood.

Rekha Pandey, the first runner-up, and Aayushi Dholakia, the second runner-up, are equally poised for success. Both have impressed the jury and the audience with their confidence, charm, and talent. They too are looking at potential careers in the entertainment industry, and with the right training and opportunities, they could follow the path laid out by previous Miss India winners who have transitioned to successful acting careers.

In conclusion, the 60th edition of Femina Miss India 2024 was not just a celebration of beauty but also a testament to the immense talent that these women possess. With promising futures in acting and beyond, Nikita Porwal, Rekha Pandey, and Aayushi Dholakia are ready to make their mark on both the national and international stage. Their journeys, filled with hard work and dedication, have only just begun, and the industry is watching closely to see what these remarkable women will achieve next.

How Deep-Fried, Baked, and Grilled Foods Are Fueling India’s Diabetes Epidemic

Staff ReporterHealth 0

The rapid increase in diabetes cases in India is being directly linked to the widespread consumption of deep-fried, baked, and grilled foods, which have become household staples across the country in recent years. These ultra-processed foods, easily found in every corner of India, are identified as a major cause behind the growing prevalence of diabetes, according to medical experts.

India now has an alarming 101 million people living with diabetes. A report by the Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR) and the National Institute of Nutrition (NIN) reveals that more than 10 percent of the population between the ages of 5 and 19 are pre-diabetic, signaling the beginning stages of the condition.

A new study, published in the *International Journal of Food Sciences and Nutrition*, shows a direct correlation between the consumption of deep-fried, baked, and grilled foods and the onset of diabetes. These foods are rich in harmful compounds known as advanced glycation end products (AGEs), which are linked to inflammation and several chronic diseases, including diabetes.

“When we fry or grill foods, it results in oxidative stress, which promotes inflammation,” explained Dr. V Mohan, a leading diabetologist from the Madras Diabetes Research Foundation (MDRF) in Chennai. “Chronic inflammation is associated with not only diabetes but also hypertension, heart disease, and some types of cancer. Ultra-processed foods, especially those high in trans fats, are particularly damaging to our health,” Mohan added in an interview with IANS.

In addition to poor dietary habits, other factors like stress, lack of sleep, and air pollution are also exacerbating the diabetes crisis in India, according to health experts.

While foods high in dietary AGEs are shown to increase the risk of type 2 diabetes and inflammation, certain foods are classified as low in AGEs and can offer some protection against these conditions. Fruits, vegetables, legumes, oats, dairy products, eggs, fish, and tree nuts like almonds, walnuts, and cashews are considered low-AGE foods, making them beneficial for those looking to reduce their risk of diabetes.

“Our study showed that foods rich in dietary AGEs were closely linked to the development of type 2 diabetes and chronic inflammation,” Mohan said. “On the other hand, foods low in dietary AGEs seemed to offer a protective effect against diabetes.”

AGEs are formed through a process called glycation, where sugar molecules bond with proteins or fats in a non-enzymatic reaction. This process creates compounds that can lead to harmful inflammatory reactions in the body, contributing to the development of chronic diseases like diabetes.

In particular, deep-fried foods, especially popular street food in India, are often prepared with reheated oil. According to Dr. Mohan, this reheating process significantly increases the amount of trans fats in the food. “Reheated oil is loaded with trans fats, which are known to significantly increase the risk of heart disease and certain types of cancer,” Mohan explained.

However, the dangers aren’t limited to deep-fried foods. Even grilled or baked foods, which are often perceived as healthier alternatives, may pose serious health risks. Dr. Mithal, another prominent health expert, explained that grilling foods at high temperatures produces toxic compounds that can have harmful effects on the body.

“Many people believe that grilled food is healthier because it’s not fried, but that’s not always the case,” Mithal said. “Grilling exposes the food to extremely high temperatures, which leads to the formation of toxic aromatic carbons, some of which can be carcinogenic.”

Baked foods, often viewed as a healthier option, also come with potential risks. While baking eliminates the frying process, most baked goods are high in carbohydrates, which can also contribute to the diabetes epidemic. The study conducted by the MDRF found that excessive carbohydrate consumption, especially in the form of white rice or refined wheat (commonly known as maida), is a significant driver of diabetes in India.

“Excessive intake of carbohydrates, particularly from white rice or refined wheat, is a direct cause of the diabetes epidemic in India,” the MDRF study stated.

These findings suggest that common dietary habits in India, especially the reliance on fried, baked, and grilled foods, are contributing significantly to the rising number of diabetes cases in the country. The situation is further worsened by the availability and affordability of these ultra-processed foods, making them a staple in the diets of many Indian families.

As India continues to grapple with this growing diabetes crisis, experts emphasize the importance of dietary changes, including reducing the consumption of fried and ultra-processed foods and opting for healthier alternatives. Foods rich in fiber, low in trans fats, and free from harmful AGEs should be prioritized in daily meals to help combat the prevalence of diabetes.

A Call to Action: Prevent Hypertension — Engage in Salt Reduction

Staff ReporterEducation, Health 0

Hypertension is the leading preventable risk factor for cardiovascular disease (CVD) and all-cause mortality worldwide.  In 2019, 1.72 million deaths and 40.54 million DALYs were caused by CVD due to high dietary sodium globally, representing a 41.08% and 33.06% increase since 1990.  In 2023, this estimate further increased to 1.89 million deaths associated with excess sodium consumption. Both India and the United States of America top the list of most burdened countries.

This data is alarming considering the cause has been well known for decades and can be relatively easily addressed.  These studies do not call for complex medication regimens or treatments.  The totality of the evidence strongly supports a population-wide reduction in salt intake (AHA). Salt reduction causes a dose-dependent reduction in blood pressure: the lower the salt intake, the lower the blood pressure (AHA).

Yet, medical organizations and governments are barely engaged in salt reduction to prevent hypertension. It is reflected in WHO’s cry for help: “massive efforts needed to reduce salt intake and protect lives”. Only nine countries (Brazil, Chile, Czech Republic, Lithuania, Malaysia, Mexico, Saudi Arabia, Spain and Uruguay) have a comprehensive package of recommended policies to reduce sodium intake.  WHO again says: “Reducing sodium intake is one of the most cost-effective measures to improve health and reduce the burden of non-communicable diseases: for every US $1 invested in scaling up sodium reduction interventions, there will be a return of at least US$12.”

In India, of the estimated 220 million people with hypertension, only 12% have their blood pressure under control. Hypertension kills more adults than any other cause and is readily preventable and treatable. The India Hypertension Control Initiative (IHCI) is principally engaged in improving better diagnosis and treatment of hypertension.

But what about prevention? It’s time to look at high blood pressure as a preventable disease. India only received a score of 2 (out of 4) from WHO due to its lack of mandatory sodium declaration policy.  WHO estimates that 7 million lives could be saved worldwide by 2030 if countries can adopt appropriate sodium reduction, however few countries are on track.  To achieve this goal WHO recommends mandatory legislation that includes maximum sodium content limit, marketing restrictions, labelling and fiscal policies.

Global health care agencies must prioritize salt reduction as the critical strategy for the prevention of cardiovascular disease globally.  Adding salt to food confers no known nutritional benefit, while increasing the risk of hypertension and many other deadly or disabling diseases.  It’s time to tackle the root cause.

From Pollution to Prevention: Combating Lung Cancer in India

Staff ReporterCommunity, Health 0

Lung cancer is a silent epidemic in Southeast Asia, claiming 166,260 lives annually and making it the leading cause of cancer mortality in the region, like most of the world. In India alone, there are 72,510 new cases and 66,279 deaths each year, highlighting a growing public health crisis. Unlike in the United States, where lung cancer rates are gradually declining, India has seen a troubling increase in incidence—from 6.62 per 100,000 in 1990 to 7.7 per 100,000 in 2019. This stark contrast underscores the urgent need for targeted interventions to combat this disease.

Lung cancer presents approximately a decade earlier in India as compared to Western countries, with a mean age at diagnosis of 54–70 years. This earlier onset could be attributed to the overall younger population (median age 28.2) and unique risk factors like air pollution.  Several studies have reported between 40 and 50% cases in India are non-smokers.  In addition to air pollution, occupational exposure to chromium, cadmium, arsenic, and coal products increase risk.  Biomass fuel usage is a common risk in rural areas.

Tobacco, however, remains the primary culprit.  India is the second largest consumer and third largest producer of tobacco in the world. Among adults, 42% of men and 14.2% women currently either smoke or use smokeless tobacco; khaini and bidi are the most used smokeless and smoked products, respectively. The mean age of starting daily tobacco use is just 18.7 years, and three out of ten adults working indoors have been exposed to second hand smoke.

Additionally, hookah use, prevalent in the Kashmir region, has also been associated with increased rates of lung cancer.  While tobacco use has decreased significantly from 47% in 2000 to 29% in 2018, it remains the highest globally.  India has been consistently moving forward with tobacco cessation efforts, included the recent launch of a nationwide “Tobacco Quit Line”.

There is limited data about lung cancer screening in India and Southeast Asia. While data shows that low-dose computed tomography can effectively identify potentially malignant lung nodules, the high false-positive rate—due to a significant incidence of granulomatous diseases like TB and histoplasmosis—complicates implementation in India. Further studies are essential to better understand how to effectively utilize screening in this context.

Unfortunately, this high rate of granulomatous disease also leads to significant delays in diagnosis with many cancer patients being initially treated for TB.  Thus, most cases are diagnosed in advanced stages.  In addition, even among early stage patients, a significant proportion do not undergo curative resection or treatment, further exacerbating mortality rates.

Addressing lung cancer in India requires a multifaceted approach, particularly in developing effective screening strategies. While it may take time and resources to develop implement these initiatives, the importance of prevention cannot be overstated.

Given that tobacco use remains the most cause of lung cancer, ongoing efforts to reduce consumption are crucial. In addition, efforts to decrease pollution and workplace exposure should be increased. By prioritizing risk factor reduction while developing early detection methods, India can significantly impact lung cancer mortality rates and ultimately save lives.

Virat Kohli Becomes Fourth Indian to Surpass 9,000 Test Runs

Staff ReporterSports 0

India’s cricket icon Virat Kohli added another impressive milestone to his storied career on Friday when he crossed the 9,000-run mark in Test cricket. Kohli achieved this feat during the second innings of the first Test at the M Chinnaswamy Stadium in Bengaluru. The landmark came after he passed 53 runs, and in doing so, he joined an elite group of Indian cricketers, becoming the fourth from the country to reach this milestone. Only Sunil Gavaskar, Sachin Tendulkar, and Rahul Dravid had accomplished the feat before him.

Kohli, who is known for his dominance across all formats, achieved this landmark in his 197th Test innings, making him the fourth-fastest Indian and the 13th-fastest player overall to reach 9,000 runs in the longest format of the game. He has now played 116 Test matches, accumulating 9,000 runs at a solid average of 48.91. Kohli’s stellar career has seen him notch up 29 centuries and 31 half-centuries.

India’s Test Run-Scoring Legends

The list of Indian cricketers with the highest number of Test runs is topped by Sachin Tendulkar, who scored 15,921 runs, followed by Rahul Dravid with 13,288 runs, and Sunil Gavaskar, who accumulated 10,122 runs during his career. Kohli now stands fourth on this illustrious list with 9,000 runs. His consistency and resilience over the years have placed him among the greats of Indian cricket, and his latest achievement further cements his legacy in the sport.

-Most Test Runs for India

– 15,921 – Sachin Tendulkar

– 13,288 – Rahul Dravid

– 10,122 – Sunil Gavaskar

– 9,000* – Virat Kohli

Speaking about his performance in the ongoing Test match, Kohli’s second-innings effort was a significant improvement over his first. In the first innings, Kohli had been dismissed for a duck, but he made a strong comeback in the second innings, scoring a vital half-century. His partnership with Sarfaraz Khan proved crucial as the two batsmen helped India fight back from a challenging position. Their stand was essential in reducing the deficit left by India’s underwhelming performance in the first innings.

India’s Struggles in the First Innings

India’s performance in the first innings of the Bengaluru Test was nothing short of a disaster. The team was bowled out for a mere 46 runs, setting an unfortunate record as the lowest team total in India and Asia. None of the Indian batsmen, apart from Yashasvi Jaiswal, who scored 13, and Rishabh Pant, who managed 20, could even reach double figures. The New Zealand bowlers, especially their pace attack led by Tim Southee, wreaked havoc on the Indian batting lineup, leaving the home side in disarray.

The early collapse in the first innings placed immense pressure on India, and Kohli’s failure to get off the mark added to their woes. However, the second innings told a different story. Kohli’s return to form and his composed approach helped India rebuild. His partnership with Sarfaraz Khan not only stabilized the innings but also injected much-needed confidence into the team. Together, they aimed to overcome the massive 350-run deficit created by New Zealand’s commanding first-innings performance.

Kohli’s Resilience Shines Through

Kohli’s ability to bounce back after a poor start exemplifies his mental toughness and commitment to the team’s cause. His half-century in the second innings came at a crucial juncture, when India needed stability and leadership. Kohli has built a reputation as a player who thrives under pressure, and his performance in Bengaluru was another example of his ability to turn things around when the team needed it most.

Speaking about his mindset, Kohli has often highlighted the importance of staying calm and focused, particularly after failures. In the past, he has shared, “The key is to not let one bad innings affect your confidence. You have to trust your game and believe that the next opportunity will bring success.” This philosophy has helped him maintain consistency over the years and continues to guide him through tough situations.

Kohli’s partnership with Sarfaraz Khan proved to be the turning point in India’s second innings. Sarfaraz, a promising young player, showed great composure alongside Kohli, and the two batsmen complemented each other well. Their efforts provided India with the stability needed to counter New Zealand’s bowling attack.

New Zealand’s Dominant Start

New Zealand, under the captaincy of Tom Latham, had a firm grip on the match after the first innings. Their disciplined bowling, combined with India’s collapse, gave the visitors a commanding lead. The Kiwis had also performed well with the bat, putting up a solid total in their first innings. Players like Devon Conway and Daryl Mitchell contributed significantly to New Zealand’s strong position in the match.

In their bowling attack, Tim Southee led from the front with a magnificent display of swing and seam bowling. His ability to extract movement off the pitch troubled the Indian batsmen, and his experience proved invaluable. Alongside Southee, Matt Henry and Ajaz Patel also played key roles in dismantling India’s batting lineup in the first innings.

Team Compositions

India fielded a strong playing eleven, led by Rohit Sharma. The team included experienced players like KL Rahul, Ravindra Jadeja, and Rishabh Pant, alongside rising stars such as Yashasvi Jaiswal and Sarfaraz Khan. However, despite the presence of several world-class players, India struggled to put up a competitive total in the first innings.

India Playing 11: Rohit Sharma (c), Yashasvi Jaiswal, Virat Kohli, KL Rahul, Sarfaraz Khan, Rishabh Pant (w), Ravindra Jadeja, Ravichandran Ashwin, Kuldeep Yadav, Jasprit Bumrah, Mohammed Siraj.

New Zealand, led by Tom Latham, also fielded a balanced side. Their lineup included a mix of experienced campaigners and young talent, which proved effective in countering India. Notable names in their squad included Devon Conway, Tim Southee, and Ajaz Patel, all of whom played pivotal roles in the team’s performance.

New Zealand Playing 11: Tom Latham (c), Devon Conway, Will Young, Rachin Ravindra, Daryl Mitchell, Tom Blundell (w), Glenn Phillips, Matt Henry, Tim Southee, Ajaz Patel, William O’Rourke.

India Among Top Five Countries with Highest Poverty Levels, Says UN Report

Staff ReporterIndia 0

India is one of the five countries globally with the highest number of people living in acute poverty, according to a new report by the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) and the Oxford Poverty and Human Development Initiative (OPHI). The report revealed that 1.1 billion people around the world live in severe poverty, with more than half of them being children.

The recently updated Multidimensional Poverty Index (MPI) was published on Thursday by UNDP in collaboration with OPHI, based at the University of Oxford. It highlighted that a staggering 1.1 billion people are experiencing acute poverty across the globe. Around 40 percent of these individuals live in countries that are plagued by war, conflict, or low levels of peace, based on at least one of three commonly used conflict-related datasets.

India, which ranks in the medium category on the Human Development Index (HDI), has 234 million people living in poverty, making it one of the five countries with the largest populations of impoverished individuals. The other countries on this list include Pakistan, where 93 million people live in poverty; Ethiopia, with 86 million; Nigeria, with 74 million; and the Democratic Republic of the Congo, with 66 million. All of these nations, except India, are classified as having low HDI rankings.

Together, these five nations account for nearly half, or 48.1 percent, of the 1.1 billion people who are considered poor worldwide, the report stated.

Additionally, the report emphasized the devastating impact of conflict on poverty levels, stating, “A staggering 455 million of the world’s poor live in countries exposed to violent conflict, which is hindering and even reversing hard-won progress to reduce poverty.”

Achim Steiner, UNDP Administrator, noted that the consequences of conflict have grown worse in recent years. “Conflicts have intensified and multiplied in recent years, reaching new highs in casualties, displacing record millions of people, and causing widespread disruption to lives and livelihoods,” Steiner said. He added, “Our new research shows that of the 1.1 billion people living in multidimensional poverty, almost half a billion live in countries exposed to violent conflict. We must accelerate action to support them.”

Steiner also called for more resources to address the crisis, urging, “We need resources and access for specialized development and early recovery interventions to help break the cycle of poverty and crisis.”

One of the most alarming aspects of the report is that over half of those living in poverty are children. Of the 1.1 billion poor individuals, 584 million are minors, meaning that 27.9 percent of children globally are in poverty, compared to 13.5 percent of adults.

The MPI report provided further insights into the daily struggles of those living in poverty. A significant number of impoverished people lack access to basic necessities such as sanitation, housing, and clean cooking fuel. According to the report, 828 million poor people live without adequate sanitation, 886 million live in inadequate housing, and 998 million lack clean cooking fuel. Additionally, 637 million poor individuals live in households where at least one member is undernourished.

The situation is particularly dire in certain regions. In South Asia, 272 million poor people live in households where at least one person is undernourished. Similarly, in Sub-Saharan Africa, 256 million individuals face this same hardship.

The report also revealed a stark urban-rural divide when it comes to poverty. A vast majority—83.7 percent—of poor individuals live in rural areas, which means that across all regions, people in rural areas are far more likely to live in poverty compared to their urban counterparts. Globally, 28 percent of the rural population is poor, compared to just 6.6 percent of those living in urban areas.

The MPI data also showed that 218 million people, or 19 percent of those in poverty, live in countries that have been affected by war. Nearly 40 percent of poor people worldwide—approximately 455 million—reside in countries experiencing war, fragility, or low levels of peacefulness. The report cited at least one of three widely accepted definitions of conflict to reach these conclusions.

In war-affected countries, poverty rates are much higher compared to those in nations that have not experienced significant conflict. For example, the report noted that the poverty rate in countries affected by conflict is 34.8 percent, which is significantly higher than the 10.9 percent rate found in nations not affected by war or only experiencing minor conflicts. Moreover, in fragile or low-peacefulness nations, the incidence of poverty is more than double that of more stable countries.

The 2024 MPI report stands out for its focus on the relationship between conflict and poverty. It presents original statistical research on poverty in 112 countries, covering 6.3 billion people globally. The report also includes a detailed analysis of how conflict affects poverty and well-being.

It is important to note that due to data limitations, the global MPI was measured over a ten-year period from 2012 to 2023. This extended period was used to ensure the creation of a comparable index for global poverty levels and trends. Despite these limitations, the report provides valuable insights into the ongoing challenge of eradicating poverty worldwide.

The findings of this report come at a critical time, as international efforts to alleviate poverty are facing setbacks due to increasing conflicts, displacement, and economic hardships in many regions. The report’s call for immediate action highlights the urgency of addressing the cycle of poverty, especially in countries most affected by war and conflict.

As the world continues to grapple with multiple crises, including economic instability, the global community will need to focus its efforts on supporting vulnerable populations and providing the resources necessary for sustainable development. Only by addressing the root causes of poverty—such as conflict, inequality, and lack of access to essential services—can progress be made toward reducing poverty and improving the lives of millions of people worldwide.

Global Movement Sparks Change for Healthcare Worker Safety After Tragic Kolkata Incident

Staff ReporterHealth, Women 0

The tragic August 2024 incident at RG Kar Medical College in Kolkata, where a young female doctor was raped and murdered, exposed the serious dangers faced by healthcare professionals in India, especially women. This heartbreaking event ignited widespread protests across the country, highlighting the need for systemic changes in hospital security and the safety of healthcare workers. The Physicians of Indian Origin United for Wellbeing and Safety of Healthcare Workers (PIUWSH), an advocacy group formed in the wake of this tragedy, emerged as a key voice in pushing for reforms and safeguarding the well-being of healthcare workers, not just in India but globally.

On the night of August 9, 2024, a young resident doctor, referred to as “Abhaya” to protect her identity, was working late when she was violently attacked and murdered. This heinous crime occurred within the supposed safety of a major medical institution, sending shockwaves through the medical community. Doctors and healthcare workers in West Bengal and across India expressed outrage and frustration, demanding better protection and justice for the victim. The horrific attack highlighted the vulnerabilities healthcare workers face, particularly female professionals, and sparked a nationwide call for significant reforms.

In response to the crime, protests erupted in Kolkata, with junior doctors leading the charge. While they took to the streets, senior doctors provided support by covering their shifts, ensuring medical services continued. However, peaceful protests soon faced violent opposition as mobs, believed to have been hired to disrupt the movement, attacked demonstrators and vandalized hospital property. Despite police presence, law enforcement failed to act decisively, further infuriating the medical community. The protests were no longer just about justice for Abhaya; they became a broader outcry against the systemic issues endangering healthcare workers.

As the protests gained momentum, the movement expanded beyond the medical community. Many non-medical citizens, seeing Abhaya as a daughter or sister, joined the demonstrations, lending broader public support to the doctors’ demands. The tragedy struck a chord with people from all walks of life, transforming the protests into a powerful societal movement.

Simultaneously, Indian doctors abroad felt compelled to support their colleagues back home. A group of alumni from various Indian medical colleges and associations of Indian-origin physicians formed PIUWSH, initially starting as a WhatsApp group. The group quickly mobilized to send letters to elected representatives in multiple countries, including India, advocating for better protection and systemic changes to ensure the safety of healthcare workers. Over the following months, these letters were sent in waves, demonstrating a unified call for reform.

The Supreme Court of India responded to the outcry, issuing a firm directive that justice for Abhaya must be pursued. In response to the national protests and increasing demand for change, the Court ordered the formation of a National Task Force (NTF) to investigate the incident and evaluate the safety protocols in hospitals across the country. The task force was charged with developing recommendations to improve working conditions and security measures for healthcare professionals.

PIUWSH, although a young organization, quickly became involved in the national effort. Representatives from PIUWSH engaged in discussions with the leadership of the Indian Medical Association (IMA) and a key member of the NTF to explore how best they could contribute to the reform process. Drawing on a detailed analysis of the RG Kar incident, PIUWSH provided the NTF with comprehensive recommendations, including regulating duty hours to prevent exhaustion, enhancing hospital security, and implementing legal protections for healthcare workers.

The advocacy of PIUWSH extended beyond Indian borders. In September 2024, one of its members met with the Prime Minister of India during his visit to the United States to discuss the safety concerns of healthcare workers and deliver the group’s recommendations for reform. Additionally, PIUWSH members engaged with consular officials in various cities, ensuring that the voices of Indian-origin doctors in the U.S. and other countries were heard at the highest levels of government.

Media played a crucial role in keeping the RG Kar tragedy in the public eye. PIUWSH collaborated with both national and international media outlets to maintain focus on the issue. Major Indian news outlets such as the Tribune, Indian Express, and Times of India, along with global media like BBC and The New York Times, provided extensive coverage of the protests and the doctors’ demands. This widespread media attention helped sustain public interest and pressure for change.

Social media platforms also became key tools for PIUWSH to share updates on the protests, mobilize global support, and spread awareness. Hashtags like #JusticeForDoctors and #WorkplaceSafety gained traction, ensuring the issue reached a wide audience across different regions.

Beyond raising awareness, PIUWSH and its allies organized solidarity events, candlelight vigils, and demonstrations in several countries, including the United States. These events drew attention to the challenges healthcare workers face in India and underscored the need for urgent reforms. PIUWSH members participated in major gatherings, such as the New York City India Day Parade and the Global Citizens’ Festival, amplifying their message on a global stage. In hundreds of cities, people gathered with posters calling for justice for Abhaya and advocating for healthcare worker safety, emphasizing the international scope of the issue.

As the movement continues, PIUWSH remains committed to advocating for the safety and well-being of healthcare workers in India and around the world. The RG Kar tragedy exposed deep-rooted issues in India’s healthcare system, from inadequate infrastructure to hostile working conditions. However, these problems are not unique to India. Healthcare workers globally face similar challenges, and PIUWSH aims to address these issues through advocacy and collaboration.

The goals of the ongoing protests in India will only be achieved when concrete measures for justice for Abhaya are implemented, and substantial reforms to prevent future tragedies are executed on the ground. As of the time of writing, doctors in India are entering their second week of a hunger strike, with four already hospitalized in intensive care. The protests, which have lasted over two months, continue as the medical community waits for promises of reform to be translated into real action. PIUWSH’s immediate goal is to ensure that healthcare workers in India feel supported and heard, and that the international spotlight remains on this critical issue.

Looking ahead, PIUWSH aims to build trust with its key stakeholders by collaborating with international medical organizations, continuing to support medical trainees, and contributing to the safety and security of healthcare workers. Through these efforts, PIUWSH hopes to create a safer and more supportive environment for healthcare professionals, both in India and beyond.

Report Reveals Hindu American Foundation’s Ties to Far-Right Extremism

Staff ReporterCulture 0

A recent report published by Political Research Associates (PRA) and the Savera: United Against Supremacy coalition exposes the Hindu American Foundation’s (HAF) connections to far-right groups and its role in promoting a divisive agenda. The report highlights HAF’s strategy of using civil rights language to disguise its alliances with Hindu supremacists and other far-right entities, raising concerns about its influence on Indian American communities and broader civil society in the U.S.

On October 16, 2024, PRA and the Savera coalition jointly released the report, “HAF Way to Supremacy: How the Hindu American Foundation Rebrands Bigotry as Minority Rights.” The findings outline how HAF has aligned itself with far-right actors, spreading harmful narratives such as Islamophobia and casteism within the Indian American community. The report suggests that HAF’s ultimate goal is to undermine solidarity among communities of color, steering Hindu Americans toward an increasingly multiracial far-right in the United States.

The document emphasizes that HAF’s agenda is based on a zero-sum approach to civil rights, where the rights of Hindu Americans are portrayed as being in opposition to other minority groups. “The civil rights and religious freedoms of Hindus are framed in opposition to, and at the expense of, those of other communities,” the report states. By attacking the extension of civil rights protections to caste-oppressed groups, spreading negative stereotypes about Muslims, and shielding the Indian government under Prime Minister Narendra Modi from international scrutiny, HAF has found common ground with other far-right elements.

Far from being a recent development, HAF’s far-right affiliations date back to its origins. The organization was founded by a younger generation of Hindutva activists who had previously been involved with overtly bigoted Hindu supremacist groups. HAF was designed to provide a more acceptable face for Hindutva ideology, enabling it to gain legitimacy in mainstream American discourse. However, its deep-rooted connections with extremist organizations like the Hindu Swayamsevak Sangh (HSS) and the Vishwa Hindu Parishad of America (VHP-A) have remained largely hidden from public view.

HAF has sought to exploit the general lack of understanding about Hindu nationalism and far-right Hindu movements in the Indian diaspora, positioning itself as a representative of Hindu American civil rights. This strategy allowed the organization to gain acceptance in American civil society, where it became involved in interfaith and multicultural coalitions. These groups welcomed HAF, assuming it represented the views of Hindu Americans. However, as its far-right associations have become more apparent, HAF has distanced itself from these inclusive spaces, focusing instead on exclusionary tactics and lobbying efforts. The report underscores that HAF’s growing influence poses a serious threat to the creation of a genuinely multiracial democracy in the U.S.

HAF’s Role in Far-Right Movements

The report highlights how HAF has consistently worked to propagate far-right ideology under the guise of defending Hindu rights. It details how HAF has blocked efforts to extend civil rights protections to caste-oppressed groups, thus maintaining the status quo of caste-based discrimination within the Hindu community. Furthermore, HAF has played a significant role in spreading Islamophobic narratives, positioning Hindus as victims in a supposed civilizational clash with Muslims, a view promoted by Hindu supremacists in India.

This alignment with far-right ideology is also evident in HAF’s attempts to shield India’s Modi-led government from international criticism. Modi’s government has faced widespread allegations of promoting policies that target religious minorities, particularly Muslims. HAF’s defense of these policies aligns it with the far-right globally, not just in the U.S., creating transnational connections between Hindu supremacists and other far-right movements.

Expert Reactions

Tarso Luís Ramos, Executive Director of Political Research Associates, noted that the report unveils the role HAF plays in promoting Hindutva in the U.S. under the banner of civil rights. “The Hindu supremacist movement is a dangerous and increasingly influential force within an emergent multiracial Far Right in the United States,” he said. Ramos further highlighted how HAF has capitalized on the lack of awareness about Hindu supremacism in America to present itself as a legitimate civil rights organization. “This report sets the record straight: HAF is a stalking horse for Hindutva and must be understood as an extension of the Indian Far Right,” Ramos added.

Sunita Viswanath, Cofounder and Executive Director of Hindus for Human Rights, emphasized the importance of the report in exposing the far-reaching impact of HAF’s activities. “With this report, our third on the Hindu supremacist ecosystem in the United States, we have presented the most comprehensive treatment of how diasporic far-right networks are also a key part of the authoritarian movement in the U.S. This report is essential reading for anyone seeking to understand what the far-right is shaping up to be,” she said. Viswanath’s statement underscores the report’s broader relevance to understanding the development of far-right alliances, particularly as they relate to minority communities.

Chaitanya Diwadkar, representing the Ambedkar King Study Circle, pointed out that HAF’s efforts to deny caste discrimination in the U.S. form part of its broader supremacist agenda. “The report clearly illustrates how HAF has facilitated hate-mongering and supremacist politics,” Diwadkar stated. He warned of the danger posed by Hindu supremacist movements to democracy, both in India and the U.S., emphasizing the need for immediate action to address the issue.

Rasheed Ahmed, Executive Director of the Indian American Muslim Council, provided additional insights into HAF’s involvement in xenophobic campaigns. He criticized HAF for rejecting protections for caste-oppressed groups and supporting efforts by the Modi government to target Sikh minorities. “Savera’s new report compiles evidence of what many South Asian and Muslim civil rights groups have known for a long time: that HAF rejects protections for caste-oppressed groups, aligns with a foreign regime’s efforts to target our Sikh siblings, and joins in the xenophobic demonization of Muslims,” Ahmed said. His remarks reflect the growing concerns of civil rights groups over HAF’s role in spreading hateful ideologies within Indian American communities.

A Call to Action

The report concludes by urging U.S. civil society to recognize the danger posed by HAF’s far-right connections. As the multiracial far-right continues to grow in the U.S., it is critical to understand how organizations like HAF contribute to this movement, using minority rights language as a cover for advancing supremacist goals. The authors argue that HAF’s far-right record must be confronted if a truly inclusive and multiracial democracy is to be built.

By exposing the depth of HAF’s alliances with Hindu supremacists and its broader impact on civil rights in the U.S., the report serves as a wake-up call for policymakers, activists, and civil society groups. The challenge lies in dismantling the deceptive narratives promoted by HAF and ensuring that the fight for civil rights includes all marginalized communities, particularly those affected by casteism, Islamophobia, and other forms of bigotry.

Al-Khoei Foundation Condemns Defamatory Remarks Against Grand Ayatollah Al-Sistani

Staff ReporterCulture 0

The Al-Khoei Benevolent Foundation has issued a stern condemnation following derogatory comments and assassination threats directed at Grand Ayatollah Sayyid Ali Al-Sistani, one of the most esteemed Shi’a Muslim spiritual leaders. These remarks were aired on the Israeli television show *The Patriots*, broadcast by Channel 14 earlier this week. Although the show is characterized as satirical, a particular segment suggested that Ayatollah Al-Sistani should be assassinated, sparking widespread outrage. The Foundation described the remarks as both propagandist and a dangerous threat.

Grand Ayatollah Al-Sistani commands widespread respect across different faiths due to his unwavering advocacy for peace, moderation, and tolerance. The Al-Khoei Foundation stressed the seriousness of the assassination suggestion, particularly in the context of Channel 14’s previous statements, which have often been criticized for promoting violence and even war crimes. This recent threat, made against the backdrop of an ongoing war in Gaza and Lebanon, has only amplified concerns about the incendiary nature of the broadcast.

In its statement, the Foundation highlighted the increasing violence in the region and referenced remarks made by Israeli military officials targeting Shi’a Muslim communities. According to the Foundation, these incidents reflect broader attempts to create division within the region. They underscored that any threat to Ayatollah Al-Sistani, even if veiled within satire, should be taken seriously as it has the potential to exacerbate an already tense situation.

The Al-Khoei Foundation is widely recognized for its humanitarian, educational, and civil society initiatives. It strongly condemned the inflammatory rhetoric broadcast on *The Patriots*, warning that such speech could lead to further violence. The Foundation called attention to the devastating toll of the ongoing conflict, which has led to the loss of thousands of lives and the displacement of countless individuals. They criticized the content of the broadcast for undermining peace talks and ceasefire efforts, arguing that this type of rhetoric only hampers attempts to find a peaceful resolution to the conflict.

The Foundation urged the international community to take a firm stance against such provocations. Specifically, they called upon the United Nations, religious and political leaders, and individuals of conscience around the world to denounce these harmful remarks. The Foundation emphasized the importance of holding accountable those who incite violence, arguing that failure to do so could destabilize ongoing efforts towards peace.

Reaffirming its commitment to peace and justice, the Al-Khoei Foundation reiterated that it stands by the principles of Grand Ayatollah Al-Sistani, who has always advocated for the rights of all people, particularly those facing oppression. The Foundation expressed its unwavering support for the Palestinian people’s right to self-determination. They concluded their statement with a call for unity in protecting the values of peace, security, and universal human rights amidst the continued conflict.

The inflammatory nature of the remarks made on Channel 14 has only deepened the divide between opposing sides in the conflict. The Al-Khoei Foundation highlighted the potential consequences of such rhetoric, especially during a time when diplomatic channels should be open for dialogue and peace negotiations. Their concern is that divisive speech, particularly when broadcast on a public platform, can have a ripple effect, leading to more violence and less opportunity for peace.

The Foundation’s call to action resonates not only with the Muslim community but also with people of all faiths who value peace and human dignity. By raising awareness of the dangerous consequences of such defamatory remarks, the Foundation hopes to encourage global solidarity in the face of incitement. They stressed the need for the international community to remain vigilant against any attempts to inflame tensions further, particularly in a region already suffering from severe instability.

In the same statement, the Foundation reflected on Grand Ayatollah Al-Sistani’s profound influence in fostering dialogue and reconciliation across sectarian divides. His role as a mediator in conflict situations has earned him respect from not only his followers but also from leaders around the world. The Foundation pointed out that such leadership, which is centered on compassion and understanding, should be celebrated rather than targeted with hateful rhetoric.

Moreover, the Foundation reminded the public of the broader context in which these remarks were made. With the ongoing conflict in Gaza and Lebanon causing immense suffering, they argued that now is the time for voices advocating peace and diplomacy, not for those promoting further division and violence. The Al-Khoei Foundation urged media outlets to consider the impact of their broadcasts, particularly when discussing sensitive issues related to the conflict, warning that irresponsible reporting can contribute to the cycle of violence.

In response to the threatening remarks, the Foundation called for renewed efforts to safeguard figures like Ayatollah Al-Sistani, whose message of peace is crucial during this period of heightened tensions. They emphasized the need for protection, not only for the Grand Ayatollah but also for other religious and political figures working towards peace in the region.

The Al-Khoei Foundation’s condemnation of the remarks broadcast on *The Patriots* aligns with its broader mission to promote tolerance, mutual respect, and understanding. As a charitable organization committed to serving humanity, the Foundation views this kind of rhetoric as an obstacle to the realization of these values. They believe that through solidarity, dialogue, and a shared commitment to justice, the international community can work together to overcome such challenges.

The statement concluded with a message of hope, despite the ongoing violence. The Foundation reiterated its commitment to peace and expressed its belief that, through collective efforts, a peaceful resolution to the conflict can be achieved. They called upon individuals, governments, and organizations worldwide to unite in rejecting violence and working towards a more just and peaceful future for all people, regardless of their religious or ethnic background.

As the situation in the Middle East continues to evolve, the Al-Khoei Foundation remains steadfast in its advocacy for peace, moderation, and dialogue. Their strong response to the defamatory remarks against Grand Ayatollah Al-Sistani serves as a reminder of the importance of responsible speech in times of conflict. The Foundation’s message is clear: there can be no place for threats or incitement in the pursuit of peace and justice.

In their final remarks, the Foundation expressed a deep sense of solidarity with all those affected by the ongoing violence, particularly the Palestinian people, and urged continued international efforts to bring about an end to the suffering. They reaffirmed their belief in the power of peaceful solutions and called for renewed commitments to protect human rights and dignity in the face of adversity.

The 10 Oldest Countries in the World

Staff ReporterCulture 0

Human history has spanned countless generations and seen the rise and fall of civilizations, shaping the world we live in today. Ancient cultures, traditions, and beliefs have evolved over millennia, and some countries have histories that stretch back thousands of years. Here’s a look at the ten oldest countries in the world, as ranked by the World Population Review.

  1. Iran – 3200 BCE

Iran’s history dates back tens of thousands of years, with its first major city, Susa, built around 3200 BCE. The Iranian empire began during the Iron Age, and the Achaemenid Empire, founded by Cyrus the Great, became the largest empire in the world at the time. Spanning from the Balkans to Central Asia and North Africa, the Achaemenid Empire was a key player in global history. Cyrus is celebrated for his military conquests, but also for his relatively progressive policies, including respect for the customs and religions of the lands he conquered. Iran’s rich and ancient culture continues to influence its identity today.

  1. Egypt – 3100 BCE

The Egyptian civilization dates back to around 3150 BCE when Upper and Lower Egypt were unified by King Narmer, the first king of the First Dynasty. This early period marked the start of one of the longest-lasting civilizations in history, lasting nearly 3000 years. Ancient Egypt became known for its impressive monuments, like the pyramids and the Sphinx, and for its complex society, which was deeply connected to the Nile River. Though Alexander the Great conquered Egypt in 332 BCE, its legacy endures, and its influence on the Mediterranean and beyond is undeniable.

  1. Vietnam – 2879 BCE

The history of Vietnam stretches back 20,000 years, with early settlers, the Hoabinhians, occupying the area. The first legendary state of Vietnam was established around 2879 BCE, with the people in the region forming a government. The primary motivation for this was to manage the recurring floods from the Red River, protect the area from invaders, and encourage trade. Vietnam’s long history of resisting invaders, from the Chinese to the French and the Americans, has played a central role in shaping its modern identity. The Vietnamese people’s resilience is a recurring theme throughout their history.

  1. Armenia – 2492 BCE

Armenia’s historical roots go deep, with evidence of human presence in the region dating back to the Lower Paleolithic period, around a million years ago. The earliest widely accepted reference to the Armenian people comes from the Behistun Inscription, a 6th-century BCE source. Armenia is a country steeped in history, and its role as one of the earliest adopters of Christianity in the 4th century remains a defining feature of its identity. While its ancient kingdom has long since faded, Armenia’s cultural and historical significance endures.

  1. North Korea – 2333 BCE

According to legend, the first Korean kingdom, Gojoseon, was founded in 2333 BCE by the semi-divine figure Tangun. This date is commemorated as National Foundation Day, or Gaecheonjeol, in South Korea. While North Korea does not celebrate the day as a public holiday, a ceremony is held annually at the Mausoleum of Tangun. Korea’s long history of dynasties and external influence, particularly from China and Japan, has helped shape the distinct identities of the two Koreas today. The legend of Tangun continues to play a central role in North Korean mythology and identity.

  1. China – 2070 BCE

China’s civilization is among the world’s oldest, with continuous history spanning around 4000 years, though some evidence suggests signs of civilization as far back as 5800 years ago. China’s pre-imperial history includes key dynasties such as Xia, Shang, and Zhou, which shaped the foundation of Chinese culture, government, and philosophy. The Xia Dynasty, traditionally considered the first, began around 2070 BCE. Following this, various imperial dynasties rose and fell, but China remained a dominant force in the region. Today, China stands as one of the oldest continuous civilizations, its historical influence undeniable.

  1. India – 2000 BCE

India’s rich history stretches back over 5000 years, with the Indus Valley Civilization being one of the earliest advanced societies, emerging around 3000 BCE. The first humans arrived in India between 70,000 and 50,000 BCE, marking the beginning of continuous settlement. The Indus Valley Civilization, with cities like Harappa, thrived from 3300 to 1600 BCE. India also witnessed the rise of powerful empires, such as the Maurya and Gupta dynasties, which contributed significantly to mathematics, science, art, and philosophy. India’s long history of cultural diversity and exchange continues to shape its modern identity.

  1. Georgia – 1300 BCE

Georgia’s history dates back much further than 1300 BCE, though this is the date commonly cited as the formation of its earliest government. Evidence of human occupation in Georgia goes back 1.8 million years, with the discovery of the Dmanisi Hominins, a subspecies of Homo erectus. This ancient country has been at the crossroads of many empires, including the Roman, Persian, and Ottoman empires. Georgia’s location in the Caucasus has made it a key strategic and cultural region throughout history, and it remains a unique blend of East and West.

  1. Israel – 1300 BCE

The earliest recorded evidence of the Israelites dates to around 1200 BCE, as seen in the Merneptah Stele from ancient Egypt. These early Israelites were nomadic and tribal, eventually settling in Canaan. Over time, they established a more formal kingdom, with key figures like King David and King Solomon playing significant roles in uniting the tribes and building Jerusalem as a cultural and religious center. The historical importance of Israel, both as an ancient kingdom and as a modern nation, remains deeply significant, especially in religious and cultural contexts.

  1. Sudan – 1070 BCE

The region now known as Sudan has a long history of human settlement, with evidence of habitation dating back to the Mesolithic era (30,000 to 20,000 BCE). However, Sudan’s more formal history begins around 1070 BCE, when the Kingdom of Kush rose to prominence. Kushite rulers even ruled over Egypt during the 25th Dynasty, known as the “Kushite Dynasty.” Sudan’s history is closely intertwined with that of Egypt and other neighboring regions, and it has long played an important role in the history of the African continent.

These countries, with histories dating back thousands of years, continue to influence the world today. Their ancient cultures and legacies live on in modern societies, offering insight into humanity’s shared past and the development of civilizations over time.

SCREEN Magazine Makes a Grand Comeback with Shraddha Kapoor on Digital Cover

Staff ReporterEnvironment 0

The Indian Express is set to bring back its renowned SCREEN magazine after an 11-year hiatus. The highly anticipated relaunch will take place in Mumbai on Friday, with a dazzling event that marks SCREEN’s first-ever digital cover, featuring Shraddha Kapoor, the star of the hit film Stree 2. This grand return of SCREEN will not only celebrate its illustrious history but also introduce a contemporary flair that resonates with today’s entertainment landscape.

SCREEN, a well-known name in Indian cinema journalism, has been a prominent voice in the entertainment industry since its inception in 1951. Over the decades, it has chronicled the ups and downs, trends, and transitions of the Indian film industry, making it a go-to publication for both fans and professionals. Now, after more than a decade, SCREEN is returning in a new and vibrant digital form.

The highlight of the event will be the unveiling of the digital cover, graced by Shraddha Kapoor, whose career has skyrocketed following her performance in Stree 2, a horror-comedy that achieved massive success at the box office. Kapoor’s presence is set to be a significant draw for the event, not just because of her star power, but also for her wide appeal across audiences.

The digital cover launch will be followed by a series of engaging and insightful panel discussions. The first major session, titled ‘SCREEN Live,’ will spotlight Shraddha Kapoor as she opens up about her career, personal life, and the immense fame she has garnered, especially after the success of Stree 2. She will share the stage with Jyoti Sharma Bawa, Entertainment Editor of The Indian Express, in a conversation that promises to give fans a deeper look into the life of one of Bollywood’s brightest stars. The session will also feature a special segment led by Anant Goenka, Executive Director of The Indian Express Group, and will conclude with a Q&A session, giving the audience a chance to interact directly with the actress.

In addition to the focus on Kapoor, the event will include a dynamic conversation between acclaimed director Rajkumar Hirani and talented actor Vijay Varma. Hirani is known for his work on some of Bollywood’s most beloved films, including *Munnabhai MBBS*, *3 Idiots*, and Dunki, starring Shah Rukh Khan. His films are not just box office hits but have also garnered critical acclaim for their storytelling, humor, and social relevance. Meanwhile, Vijay Varma, who has been making waves with his powerful performances, was recently seen in Netflix’s IC 814.

The discussion between Hirani and Varma, moderated by Shubhra Gupta, Film Critic for The Indian Express, is expected to delve deep into their artistic processes, personal philosophies, and the challenges and triumphs they’ve experienced in their respective careers. This session, titled ‘Creator x Creator,’ is poised to be a highlight of the event, offering a rare glimpse into the minds of two highly respected figures in the film industry. Fans of both cinema and storytelling are sure to appreciate the insights shared during this conversation.

The relaunch of SCREEN magazine is part of a broader rebranding of The Indian Express’s entertainment section, which has already established a substantial online presence. Attracting between 20 million and 45 million unique users monthly, the entertainment coverage by The Indian Express has been a trusted source for news, interviews, reviews, and insights from the world of cinema and television. With the relaunch of SCREEN, the section is expected to become even more dynamic, continuing to offer cutting-edge content about the Indian film industry.

The event is supported by various partners, including Ixigo, the official presenter, and e-Tail as the e-commerce partner. Other contributors include Smaaash as the entertainment partner, HEXO as the AI partner, Innate Essentials as the beauty partner, Pack TEK as the packaging partner, Stranger & Sons as the liquor partner, and Stehlen utensils for life as the dining partner. The wide array of sponsorships underscores the significance of SCREEN’s relaunch and its impact on the entertainment industry.

As SCREEN re-enters the media landscape, it is clear that its influence and legacy are still very much alive. Fans of Indian cinema, as well as industry insiders, are eagerly awaiting the magazine’s return and the fresh content it will offer in its new digital format. For decades, SCREEN has been synonymous with high-quality journalism in entertainment, and its relaunch marks a new chapter that blends the rich history of Indian cinema with the evolving digital age.

Shraddha Kapoor’s presence on the first digital cover represents both the magazine’s past and future—a nod to the golden era of Indian cinema while embracing the future of entertainment. Kapoor’s role in Stree 2 is a perfect reflection of this balance, as the film itself is a blend of traditional Bollywood storytelling with modern, genre-blending elements that appeal to today’s audiences.

As Stree 2 continues to break records and Shraddha Kapoor solidifies her place among Bollywood’s elite, the conversation at the SCREEN relaunch event is expected to offer fans a chance to hear directly from the star about her experience, her approach to acting, and the future of her career.

Meanwhile, the discussion between Rajkumar Hirani and Vijay Varma will bring together two distinct yet complementary voices from Indian cinema. Hirani’s thoughtful, socially conscious films and Varma’s edgy, diverse roles offer different perspectives on what it means to be a creator in today’s entertainment world.

The relaunch of SCREEN, with its combination of insightful discussions, star-studded appearances, and exciting digital content, is shaping up to be one of the most significant media events of the year. By embracing its rich heritage while also looking forward to the future of entertainment, SCREEN is poised to reclaim its place as a leading voice in Indian cinema journalism.

Global Coral Reef Bleaching Reaches Record Levels as Oceans Heat Up

Staff ReporterEnvironment 0

The mass bleaching of coral reefs that began in February 2023 has now become the most widespread on record, according to the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA). As of now, 77% of the world’s coral reef areas, spanning the Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans, have been subjected to bleaching-level heat stress. This alarming trend is driven by climate change, which has caused ocean temperatures to soar to record and near-record levels worldwide.

“This event is still increasing in spatial extent and we’ve broken the previous record by more than 11% in about half the amount of time,” NOAA Coral Reef Watch coordinator Derek Manzello told Reuters. “This could potentially have serious ramifications for the ultimate response of these reefs to these bleaching events.”

The NOAA officially declared the global bleaching event in April 2024, marking the fourth such occurrence since 1998. The last record-breaking bleaching event, which occurred from 2014 to 2017, affected nearly 66% of the world’s reef areas. However, this latest event has already surpassed that figure.

Coral bleaching is triggered by the heat stress of warm ocean waters. When exposed to excessive heat, corals expel the algae living in their tissues, which are responsible for their vibrant colors. Without these algae, corals lose their color, becoming pale and vulnerable to starvation and disease. Though bleached corals are not immediately dead, they require cooler ocean temperatures for any chance of recovery.

Previous bleaching events have had devastating consequences. It is estimated that at least 14% of the world’s remaining corals died during the last two global bleaching events. Despite this current mass bleaching being the most widespread on record, affecting reefs in 74 countries and territories, NOAA has not yet declared it the “worst” event in terms of overall impact. The full extent of the damage will not be known until scientists conduct underwater assessments in the coming months and years to count the number of dead corals.

“It seems likely that it is going to be record-breaking in terms of impacts,” said Manzello. “We’ve never had a coral bleaching event this big before.”

The effects of this bleaching event have already been confirmed in several regions over the past six weeks, including Palau, Guam, and Israel. Heat stress also remains dangerously high in the Caribbean and South China Sea. As ocean temperatures remain elevated, there are concerns about the future of the world’s coral reefs.

In response to the growing crisis, scientists have organized a special emergency session on coral reefs. The meeting will be held at the United Nations Convention on Biological Diversity (COP16) summit in Colombia later this month. During this session, world leaders and scientists will discuss strategies to prevent the functional extinction of corals. These discussions will include potential new protections and increased funding for coral conservation efforts.

“The meeting will bring together the global funding community to say we’re still in the fourth bleaching event, these are happening back to back …. What are we going to do about it?” said Emily Darling, who leads the Wildlife Conservation Society’s global coral reef conservation program.

In the past, scientists have projected that coral reefs would be in danger once global warming reached 1.5 degrees Celsius above pre-industrial levels. At this point, they predicted that up to 90% of reefs could be lost. However, the latest bleaching records suggest that coral reefs may have already passed this tipping point, even though the planet has only warmed by 1.3 degrees Celsius so far. If true, this could have severe consequences for ocean ecosystems, subsistence fisheries, and tourism, as coral reefs play a vital role in the global economy.

According to a 2020 estimate by the Global Coral Reef Monitoring Network, coral reefs contribute approximately $2.7 trillion in goods and services each year. This includes their role in protecting coastlines from storms, supporting marine biodiversity, and sustaining fisheries that millions of people rely on for food.

The current bleaching event has been exacerbated by El Niño, a natural climate pattern that can temporarily increase ocean temperatures. El Niño officially ended in May, but its effects have lingered, adding to the heat stress that coral reefs are enduring. Scientists are now watching for the potential onset of La Niña, a climate pattern that typically brings cooler ocean temperatures. Many hope that La Niña could provide a temporary reprieve for coral reefs, allowing them a chance to recover.

However, there are concerns that even La Niña may not be enough to reverse the damage. The year 2024 is on track to be the warmest year ever recorded, and some experts fear that high ocean temperatures may now be the new normal. If this is the case, coral reefs could be facing a future where they are in a near-constant state of bleaching.

Derek Manzello expressed this concern, warning that the world might be entering a period “where we’re more or less in a state of chronic global bleaching.”

As the world grapples with the consequences of climate change, coral reefs are emerging as one of the ecosystems most vulnerable to its effects. The unprecedented scale of this bleaching event highlights the urgent need for action to protect these critical ecosystems. The upcoming emergency session at COP16 will provide an opportunity for world leaders to address the crisis and take concrete steps to prevent further damage to coral reefs. Whether through increased funding, stronger protections, or global cooperation, the future of the world’s coral reefs may depend on the decisions made in the coming months.

In the meantime, scientists will continue to monitor the situation closely, gathering data and assessing the damage caused by the ongoing bleaching. As more regions report the effects of heat stress on their coral reefs, the scale of this crisis is becoming increasingly clear. It is now up to the global community to respond and work together to ensure that coral reefs do not disappear altogether from our oceans.

Zelensky Unveils “Victory Plan” Aimed at Ending War with Russia

Staff ReporterWorld 0

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky has unveiled a much-anticipated “victory plan” to the members of parliament, designed to bolster Ukraine’s position and ultimately bring an end to the ongoing conflict with Russia.

In his address to the Ukrainian parliament in Kyiv, Zelensky stated that the plan has the potential to conclude the war, which began with Russia’s large-scale invasion of Ukraine in February 2022, by next year.

Key components of the strategy include a formal request for NATO membership, lifting restrictions imposed by allies on the use of long-range Western-supplied weaponry against targets deep within Russia, a steadfast commitment to preserving Ukraine’s territorial integrity, and the continuation of military operations into Russia’s western Kursk region.

The Kremlin dismissed Zelensky’s initiative, with a spokesperson suggesting that Kyiv needed to “sober up.”

During his address, Zelensky also condemned China, Iran, and North Korea for their support of Russia, labeling them a “coalition of criminals.” He went further to assert that Russian President Vladimir Putin had “gone mad,” emphasizing Putin’s intent to wage wars.

Zelensky indicated that he would be presenting this victory plan at an EU summit scheduled for Thursday. “We are at war with Russia on the battlefield, in international relations, in the economy, in the information sphere, and in people’s hearts,” he stated in parliament.

The plan consists of five essential points:

  1. An invitation for Ukraine to join NATO.
  2. Enhancing Ukraine’s defense capabilities against Russian forces, which includes seeking permission from allies to deploy their long-range weapons on Russian territory and continuing military operations within Russia to prevent the establishment of “buffer zones” in Ukraine.
  3. The implementation of a non-nuclear strategic deterrent package on Ukrainian soil to contain Russia.
  4. Joint protection of Ukraine’s vital natural resources by the United States and the European Union, along with collaborative economic initiatives.
  5. For the post-war period, a proposal to replace some US troops stationed in Europe with Ukrainian soldiers.

Zelensky also mentioned that three “addendums” related to the plan would remain confidential and only be disclosed to Ukraine’s partners.

In Kyiv, residents expressed their views to the BBC, with many showing support for Zelensky’s initiative. “We should not give up territory,” said Anatoly, who added that he hoped for Ukraine’s NATO membership and increased support from its allies. Nadia emphasized that the effectiveness of the plan hinged on the security guarantees Ukraine could secure. Another resident, Maria, highlighted the urgent desire for a swift conclusion to the war, stating, “people want to end the war as soon as possible.”

Zelensky’s proposal was shared with US President Joe Biden, as well as presidential candidates Kamala Harris and Donald Trump, in September. Key allies, including Britain, France, Italy, and Germany, have also reportedly been briefed on the plan. On Wednesday evening, Zelensky updated Biden on the “victory plan.”

He expressed gratitude for a new $425 million defense assistance package from the United States, which includes air defense systems and long-range weaponry. The White House characterized the package as encompassing “a range of additional capabilities,” including air defense and artillery systems, along with ammunition and hundreds of armored vehicles. In response to Zelensky’s “victory plan,” the White House noted that “the two leaders tasked their teams to engage in further consultations on next steps.”

Last month, officials from the Biden administration expressed concern that the plan lacked a comprehensive strategy, suggesting it was merely a reiteration of requests for additional weaponry and the removal of restrictions on the use of long-range missiles, as reported by the Wall Street Journal. Analysts in both Ukraine and the West speculate that the White House is keen to avoid escalating tensions with Russia in light of the upcoming US presidential election.

However, Oleksandr Merezhko, a member of Zelensky’s Servant of the People party, downplayed concerns regarding the implications of a potential Trump presidency on the war. He told BBC Newshour that “no matter who becomes the next American president, he or she will have to follow American interests and it is in the best American interest to support Ukraine.”

Zelensky’s conditions for peace appear increasingly at odds with the surrounding circumstances. In his speech before parliament, he acknowledged the rising fatigue within the nation. His own weariness was evident as he remarked, “victory has become for some an uncomfortable word and it’s not easy to achieve.”

National morale is waning under the strain of a mounting death toll, a contentious mobilization law, and persistent Russian assaults on Ukrainian territory. It is increasingly believed that any peace agreement would necessitate Ukraine conceding territory in exchange for security guarantees. Nevertheless, Zelensky showed no signs of yielding to compromise that could bring the war to a close. Instead, he reaffirmed his commitment to compelling Russia to negotiate without ceding any Ukrainian territory, aiming to bolster Ukraine’s military capabilities.

Merezhko asserted that Zelensky’s address did not imply any territorial concessions, categorizing such ideas as “out of the question.” He contended that the comprehensive plan could be realized with the consent of Ukraine’s allies rather than involving Russia.

In public statements, Zelensky continues to portray the war as existential, cautioning that Putin is intensifying his position. He framed his vision as a prospective investment opportunity for Western allies concerning natural resources and economic potential.

Zelensky is determined that his beleaguered troops continue to fight. However, with the Ukrainian military heavily dependent on Western support, the success of his “victory plan” will hinge on the endorsement of the next US president.

NATO’s new Secretary-General, Mark Rutte, responded to Zelensky’s proposal by calling it a “strong signal” from Kyiv. “That doesn’t mean that I here can say I support the whole plan – that would be a bit difficult because there are many issues that we have to understand better,” he added. Rutte expressed confidence that “in the future, Ukraine will join us [NATO].”

Immediately following Zelensky’s address, the Kremlin dismissed the plan as an “ephemeral peace plan,” insisting that Ukraine must “sober up.” Kremlin spokesman Dmitry Peskov remarked that the only path to ending the war was for Ukraine to “realise the futility of the policy it is pursuing.”

USCIS Updates EB-1 Visa Guidelines, Easing Path for Applicants with Team-Based Achievements

Staff ReporterImmigration 0

The US Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) has recently revised its guidelines for the EB-1 visa category, which allows individuals with extraordinary abilities to permanently live and work in the US. The updated policy, which took effect last week, broadens the criteria for demonstrating exceptional talent, making it easier for applicants to qualify by recognizing achievements in team-based settings across various fields, including science, arts, education, business, and sports. This change is expected to benefit many professionals who work in collaborative environments. However, experts caution that the update may not provide significant advantages for those applying under the EB-2 or EB-3 visa categories.

“This policy update is good news for Indians looking beyond the EB-2 and EB-3 routes to the green card,” said Vivek Tandon, founder and CEO of EB 5 BRICS, in a conversation with Business Standard. “But it’s unlikely to benefit EB-2 and EB-3 visa applicants unless they can demonstrate extraordinary ability under EB-1.”

Understanding the EB-1 Visa

The EB-1 visa is an employment-based visa designed for foreign nationals who can demonstrate extraordinary ability in their field. This visa, also called the Extraordinary Ability Permanent Residence visa, allows the visa holder, along with their spouse and children, to apply for green cards, providing a pathway to permanent residency in the US. Many Indian professionals, particularly those in STEM fields, are increasingly turning to the EB-1A subcategory, which covers applicants with extraordinary ability, due to long wait times for the EB-2 and EB-3 visa categories.

The backlog for green cards has been a major issue. According to the National Foundation for American Policy, as of November 2023, 140,000 Indian nationals are in line for EB-1 green cards, while more than one million are waiting for EB-2 and EB-3 green cards combined. These delays have motivated many to explore alternative routes such as the EB-1A visa.

Key Benefits of the Updated Guidelines for Indian Professionals

The most significant update in the guidelines is the recognition of team-based awards as valid evidence of extraordinary ability. This change is particularly beneficial for Indian professionals who work in sectors where collaborative success is common, such as technology and research.

Varun Singh, MD of XIPHIAS Immigration, pointed out that Indian professionals working in fields that emphasize teamwork, such as engineering, sports, and academia, stand to benefit greatly. He outlined key areas where the new rules could help Indian applicants:

  1. Recognition of Team Achievements: The revised policy acknowledges contributions to team-based awards, such as joint research projects or technological innovations. This opens a wider path for Indian professionals in STEM fields and other sectors to qualify for the EB-1 visa.
  2. Impacted Sectors:

– Technology: Indian engineers involved in award-winning software development or AI projects can now use team recognitions to meet EB-1 criteria.

– Sports: Indian athletes who are part of internationally recognized sports teams, such as cricket teams that have won major tournaments, can use their team’s accolades as evidence of extraordinary ability.

– Academia: Researchers contributing to groundbreaking scientific discoveries that have been recognized internationally can find it easier to qualify under the EB-1A category.

The update highlights the increasing recognition of team-based success in fields where collaborative efforts drive innovation. Professionals working in technology, research, and sports, in particular, will find the updated guidelines more accommodating of their achievements. For example, Indian engineers working in multinational companies on AI or biotech projects now have a clearer path to qualifying for the EB-1 visa. Similarly, Indian athletes who compete in global sports competitions, such as representing India in international events, can also benefit from this recognition.

Scientific researchers from Indian institutions collaborating on internationally recognized projects, such as those involving climate studies or medical advancements, can also leverage the new guidelines to apply for the EB-1A visa. These updates also allow individuals to self-sponsor under the EB-1A category without the need for employer sponsorship, which is a significant shift in the process.

“This shift dispels the belief that EB-1A is only for academicians,” said Tandon, “making it more accessible to tech workers and business professionals.”

Clarifications on Evidence Requirements by USCIS

Along with recognizing team-based achievements, USCIS has also provided further clarification on the types of evidence required to demonstrate extraordinary ability, particularly in fields such as science, engineering, and business. This added clarity helps applicants prepare a stronger case for their EB-1A visa applications by documenting their contributions and achievements more effectively.

Tandon advises prospective applicants to carefully plan and document their achievements to maximize their chances of success under the EB-1A route. “Preparing early and documenting your achievements is key to demonstrating extraordinary ability,” he said.

Limited Benefits for EB-2 and EB-3 Applicants

Despite the positive changes, experts agree that the new guidelines are unlikely to offer much help to those applying under the EB-2 and EB-3 categories. While applicants facing backlogs in these categories might explore the possibility of transitioning to EB-1 using the new team-based recognition rules, they would still need to demonstrate extraordinary ability to qualify.

Tandon emphasized the difficulty of making this transition, noting, “Unless they have extraordinary achievements that can now be leveraged for an EB-1A application, it’s unlikely to make a huge difference. While the EB-1 route offers a faster path to a green card than EB-2 or EB-3, the program is backlogged as well.”

Strategies for Indian Professionals Pursuing the EB-1A Visa

For Indian professionals considering the EB-1A option, Varun Singh suggests focusing on building a strong case with clear, documented evidence of their contributions. Singh advises potential applicants to focus on the following aspects:

  1. Team Contributions: Clearly outline one’s role in team-based achievements, detailing how individual contributions led to the team’s success.
  2. Objective Impact: Provide evidence of contributions such as patents, research publications, leadership roles, and other measurable outcomes.
  3. Documenting Achievements: Applicants should gather letters of recommendation, media coverage, and other supporting documents to strengthen their case.

Filing Fees for the EB-1 Visa

For those pursuing the EB-1 visa, the filing fee for Form I-140 Immigrant Petition for Alien Worker is $700, approximately Rs 58,779. This fee is typically paid by the sponsoring employer. However, if an applicant is self-petitioning under the extraordinary ability subcategory (EB-1A), they would need to cover this fee on their own.

The recent changes in USCIS guidelines for the EB-1 visa category offer significant opportunities for Indian professionals with extraordinary abilities, particularly in fields driven by collaboration and teamwork. While the new guidelines are a welcome development, applicants from the EB-2 and EB-3 categories will need to meet the high standards of extraordinary ability to benefit from these updates.

Israel Confirms Killing of Hamas Leader Yahya Sinwar Amid Gaza Conflict

Staff ReporterWorld 0

Hours after Israel confirmed the death of Yahya Sinwar, the Hamas chief responsible for orchestrating the October 7 attacks, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu addressed the people of Gaza with a pointed message. He emphasized that the war could be over swiftly if Hamas agreed to surrender and release the hostages they are holding. Netanyahu made these remarks following Sinwar’s death, which was announced by the Israel Defense Forces (IDF).

In a video posted on social media platform X, Netanyahu declared, “Yahya Sinwar is dead. He was killed in Rafah by the brave soldiers of the Israeli defense forces. While this is not the end of the war in Gaza, it’s the beginning of the end.” He continued by addressing the people of Gaza, saying, “This war can end tomorrow. It can end if Hamas lays down its arms and returns our hostages.”

The IDF revealed that Sinwar had been killed alongside two other high-ranking Hamas militants in a targeted operation in Rafah. This development marks a significant blow to Hamas leadership, although Netanyahu was clear that the war itself is far from over.

Netanyahu disclosed that Hamas is currently holding 101 hostages in Gaza, including citizens from 23 different countries, as well as Israelis. “Hamas is holding 101 hostages in Gaza who are citizens of 23 countries, citizens of Israel, but citizens of many other countries. Israel is committed to doing everything in our power to bring all of them home. Israel will guarantee the safety of all those who return our hostages,” the Israeli leader stated.

In his address, Netanyahu issued a stern warning to Hamas and any others holding Israeli hostages, vowing that Israel will not stop until justice is served. “To those who would harm our hostages, I have another message—Israel will hunt you down and bring you to justice,” he warned, emphasizing the country’s commitment to protecting its citizens and those of other nations.

Netanyahu’s message also touched on broader regional dynamics, particularly the role of Iran in supporting groups like Hamas and Hezbollah. He noted the growing instability within this network of terror, stating, “The axis of terror that was built by Iran is collapsing before our eyes.” In addition to Sinwar’s death, Netanyahu mentioned the elimination of several key figures in Hezbollah, including its leader Hassan Nasrallah.

“Nasrallah is gone, his deputy Mohsen is gone, Haniyeh is gone, Deif is gone, Sinwar is gone. The reign of terror that the Iranian regime has imposed on its own people and on the peoples of Iraq, Syria, Lebanon, and Yemen, too will come to an end,” he asserted. He reiterated that this ongoing dismantling of Iran’s influence will ultimately lead to peace and prosperity in the Middle East, adding, “All those who seek a future of prosperity and peace in the Middle East should unite to build a better future. Together, we can push back the forces of darkness and create a future of light and hope for all of us.”

The conflict in Gaza stems from a massive and brutal attack by Hamas on October 7, 2023. During the attack, around 2,500 Hamas militants infiltrated Israel from Gaza, resulting in the deaths of over 1,200 people, including citizens from more than 30 countries. Additionally, over 250 individuals were taken hostage by the militant group.

Israel’s response to the attack was swift and decisive. The IDF launched a large-scale counteroffensive aimed at eliminating Hamas entirely, a promise made by Israeli officials in the wake of the October 7 assault. The death of Sinwar, seen as one of Hamas’ top leaders and the mastermind behind the attack, is viewed as a major victory in Israel’s efforts to dismantle the group.

Despite these military achievements, the conflict has led to significant civilian casualties in Gaza, raising international concerns over the humanitarian situation in the region. Various global organizations, including the United Nations, have called for a ceasefire, urging Israel and Hamas to halt the fighting. The international community has also pressed for the immediate return of hostages and the provision of aid to the civilian population in Gaza, which has been severely impacted by the ongoing conflict.

As the war continues, the death toll and destruction in Gaza have prompted widespread debates about the conduct of both sides in the conflict. Many countries have expressed concern over Israel’s aggressive military tactics, which have resulted in the deaths of numerous civilians, while also condemning Hamas for its initial attack and the taking of hostages.

Netanyahu’s address, delivered in the context of Sinwar’s death, was both a statement of Israel’s military success and a message of hope for a possible resolution to the conflict. However, as he made clear, that resolution will only come if Hamas agrees to disarm and release the remaining hostages.

Israel has faced mounting pressure from the international community to ensure the safety of civilians in Gaza. Humanitarian organizations have repeatedly stressed the importance of protecting non-combatants and have urged both sides to allow for humanitarian corridors that would facilitate the delivery of essential supplies like food, water, and medical aid to the people of Gaza.

The elimination of Hamas leaders like Sinwar has strengthened Israel’s position, but the broader geopolitical landscape remains complex. Iran’s involvement in supporting militant groups in the region, including both Hamas and Hezbollah, continues to be a central issue in the conflict. Israel’s relationship with neighboring countries, particularly Lebanon and Syria, could also be affected by the ongoing hostilities.

For now, the future of Gaza and the broader Middle East remains uncertain. Israel’s military operations show no signs of slowing down, even as diplomatic efforts to broker a ceasefire continue. Netanyahu’s government remains steadfast in its objective to neutralize Hamas, while also navigating the delicate balance of responding to international criticism over the humanitarian impact of the conflict.

Netanyahu’s address to Gaza highlights the potential for an end to the fighting, but that outcome depends largely on whether Hamas is willing to negotiate. As of now, no such resolution appears imminent, and the war continues to exact a heavy toll on both sides.

Clarification on Overseas Citizen of India (OCI) Card: Understanding the Rights, Regulations, and Recent Changes

Staff ReporterImmigration 0

In September, after concerns arose among Overseas Citizen of India (OCI) cardholders about being potentially reclassified as ‘foreigners,’ the Ministry of External Affairs stepped in to address the issue. They clarified that no alterations had been made to OCI regulations. Despite this assurance, many individuals remained confused about the privileges, rights, and flexibility the OCI card offers to foreign nationals of Indian origin. Here’s a detailed breakdown of what the OCI card entails and what recent amendments mean for cardholders.

Overview of the OCI Card

Introduced in 2005, the OCI card is a scheme designed to allow people of Indian origin, who were citizens of India as of or after January 26, 1950, to register as Overseas Citizens of India. This initiative was initially proposed by Home Minister LK Advani, with the aim of creating a form of dual citizenship for the Indian diaspora. The primary intention behind the OCI card was to strengthen the bond between India and its expatriates while offering them a range of privileges.

One of the most significant benefits of the OCI card is the grant of a lifetime, multiple-entry visa to India. With this, OCI cardholders no longer have to go through the hassle of repeatedly applying for a visa to enter the country. Additionally, unlike other foreign nationals, OCI cardholders are exempt from registering with the local police, regardless of how long they stay in India. This privilege significantly simplifies travel and residency in India for the cardholders.

Reports suggest that currently, there are over 4.5 million registered OCI cardholders worldwide, with a considerable number residing in countries such as the United States, United Kingdom, Australia, and Canada.

The 2021 Amendments to OCI Regulations

In 2021, several changes were introduced to the rules governing OCI cardholders, which had a significant impact on travel and specific activities within India. One of the key modifications was that OCI cardholders, like foreign nationals, are now required to obtain special permission before entering certain protected areas within India. These regions include Jammu & Kashmir and Arunachal Pradesh, which have long been subject to special security considerations due to their sensitive geopolitical importance.

Moreover, the updated rules also specify that OCI cardholders must secure permits for engaging in certain activities within India. For instance, any work related to research, missionary activities, journalism, or travel to restricted areas requires prior approval. This means that while the OCI card provides several benefits, it also imposes some limitations, particularly concerning activities that require governmental oversight.

Additionally, the 2021 amendments aligned OCI cardholders and foreign nationals with the financial and economic rules set out in the Foreign Exchange Management Act (FEMA) of 2003. Prior to this, OCI cardholders enjoyed similar privileges as non-resident Indians (NRIs), particularly in terms of financial investments and education opportunities. However, with the new regulations, OCI holders are subject to stricter scrutiny, especially in sectors that are vital to India’s economic interests. This shift marked a notable change, bringing OCI cardholders under a more regulated framework, though they still retain certain key advantages.

Maintaining Flexibility for Foreign Nationals of Indian Origin

Despite these changes, the OCI card continues to offer considerable flexibility to foreign nationals of Indian origin. In fact, several regulatory updates introduced in 2007 and 2009 enhanced the rights and privileges available to OCI cardholders, eventually replacing the initial guidelines from 2005. These changes were designed to strike a balance between the rights enjoyed by OCI cardholders and those granted to NRIs. The goal was to ensure that while OCI cardholders did not have the same status as Indian citizens, they still retained sufficient privileges to maintain close ties with India.

An interesting feature of the OCI card is its extension to spouses of Indian citizens or other OCI cardholders. According to the regulations, after two years of marriage, foreign nationals who are married to Indian citizens or to OCI cardholders are eligible to apply for OCI status themselves. This provision offers greater flexibility to couples, allowing them to more easily manage travel and residency in India.

However, it’s worth noting that OCI status is not available to all foreign nationals of Indian origin. Specifically, individuals who have served in a foreign military are not eligible for OCI. This exclusion is in line with India’s security policies, as the government remains cautious about granting privileges to individuals with ties to foreign military establishments. Furthermore, those with ancestral connections to Pakistan or Bangladesh are also excluded from OCI eligibility. This particular restriction has been in place since the program’s inception and reflects the complex historical and political dynamics between India and these neighboring countries.

Conclusion

The OCI card offers a unique opportunity for individuals of Indian origin to maintain close connections with India while enjoying the privileges of foreign citizenship. Over the years, the scheme has been refined through various amendments aimed at striking a balance between the rights of OCI cardholders and the need for regulatory oversight. While recent changes have introduced certain restrictions on travel and specific activities, the card continues to provide significant advantages, particularly in terms of travel, residency, and investment opportunities in India.

As the number of OCI cardholders grows globally, the government’s ongoing commitment to refining and clarifying regulations will be crucial in ensuring that the program continues to serve the needs of the Indian diaspora. With millions of individuals benefiting from the scheme, it is clear that the OCI card plays a vital role in maintaining India’s relationship with its expatriate communities.

Despite occasional concerns or misunderstandings about the program, the core privileges of the OCI card remain intact. As stated by the Ministry of External Affairs, “There have been no changes to the OCI regulations,” affirming that the government remains committed to supporting the Indian diaspora. However, individuals who hold an OCI card must stay informed about any future regulatory changes to ensure they continue to benefit from the advantages the program offers.

Mukesh Ambani Faces New Challenge as Elon Musk’s Starlink Eyes India’s Broadband Market

Staff ReporterBusiness 0

Asia’s richest man, Mukesh Ambani, recently lost a battle over how India’s satellite spectrum would be awarded. The Indian government decided not to auction the spectrum, which could pose a bigger threat to Ambani’s Reliance Jio if Elon Musk’s Starlink launches in India. As both billionaires prepare for a potential price war, the stakes in India’s broadband market are higher than ever.

On Tuesday, India’s government announced that satellite broadband spectrum would be allocated administratively, rejecting the auction route favored by Ambani. This decision came shortly after Musk criticized the auction idea as “unprecedented.” Musk’s Starlink, a division of SpaceX with 6,400 satellites currently orbiting the Earth, offers low-latency broadband to around four million customers worldwide. The company has been interested in entering India, but regulatory obstacles have delayed its launch.

Ambani, who leads India’s largest telecom provider, Reliance Jio, has been pushing for what he calls a “balanced competitive landscape” since last year. His efforts have been aimed at keeping Musk out of the Indian market, as some industry analysts believe that holding an auction would have forced much larger investments, which might have discouraged foreign competition.

Reliance has spent $19 billion in airwave auctions over the years to maintain its dominance in the Indian telecom market. The company is now worried that Starlink’s entry into the market could result in Reliance losing broadband customers, and eventually even its data and voice customers, as technological advancements evolve. A source with direct knowledge of the situation explained that Reliance is deeply concerned about the risk of customer loss.

The government’s decision to allocate the spectrum without an auction is in line with global practices, officials argue. Although no specific timeline for when the allocation process will begin has been provided, Musk’s Starlink has already applied for the necessary permits to operate in India. Once Starlink enters the market, pricing is expected to become a major battleground between the two business giants.

While Ambani’s Reliance has partnered with SES Astra, a Luxembourg-based satellite company with 38 satellites, Starlink’s advantage lies in the thousands of operational satellites it already has in space. Tim Farrar, an analyst with U.S.-based TMF Associates, said, “Starlink can price aggressively because it doesn’t need to add more satellites.”

Reliance Jio has a history of disrupting the Indian telecom market by offering free data on its mobile plans to attract customers. However, Musk is also known for aggressive pricing strategies. In Kenya, Starlink’s service costs $10 per month, significantly lower than the $120 charged in the United States. This lower price led Kenya’s Safaricom to complain to local regulators, asking that companies like Starlink be required to partner with local mobile networks rather than operate independently.

In India, Reliance Jio offers fibre-based high-speed broadband at the same price point of $10 per month. The plan comes with a free router on long-term subscriptions, and Reliance holds about 30% of the wired broadband market in India. Starlink, meanwhile, is planning to introduce an unlimited internet data plan in India, initially targeting corporate clients, according to a source familiar with the company’s strategy.

Neither Reliance nor Starlink responded to requests for comment from Reuters on the matter.

India represents a massive potential market for both companies. With 42 million wired broadband users and 904 million telecom users across networks like 4G and 5G, it’s the world’s second-largest telecom market, after China. DataReportal estimates that India’s internet penetration was 52.4% as of early 2024, meaning a significant portion of the population remains offline. There are still 25,000 villages in India that do not have internet access, and even in some urban areas, fibre-based fast internet is not widely available.

Musk has previously indicated that Starlink could play an important role in bringing internet to underserved parts of India. Last year, he remarked that Starlink “can be incredibly helpful” in connecting remote Indian villages, and in 2022, Starlink’s former head in India had set a target of 200,000 customers within the first eight months of launching in the country.

In addition to providing broadband services, Starlink has also revealed plans to launch a constellation of hundreds of satellites worldwide, which would enable “direct to cell” voice and data services in the coming years. This could further heighten competition between Starlink and Reliance in the future.

However, some experts believe that the fears surrounding Musk’s potential disruption of the Indian telecom market might be overstated. Gareth Owen, associate director at Counterpoint Research, said that “terrestrial networks will always be less expensive, and businesses will never switch completely to satellite.”

While the competition has not yet materialized on the ground, the rivalry between Musk and Ambani is already becoming more public. This week, a Reuters report revealed that Ambani was once again lobbying the Indian government to auction satellite spectrum, arguing for a “level playing field” in the market. When a social media user questioned whether Ambani was afraid of Musk entering the Indian market, Musk responded with a quip on X (formerly Twitter). “I will call [Ambani] and ask if it would not be too much trouble to allow Starlink to compete to provide internet services to the people of India,” Musk joked.

As Starlink moves closer to launching its services in India, Ambani’s Reliance Jio could face its biggest competitive threat in years. The outcome of this impending showdown between two of the world’s most prominent billionaires will likely reshape the future of India’s broadband and telecom industries.

UAE Introduces Visa-on-Arrival for Indian Nationals: Expanding Travel Opportunities

Staff ReporterBusiness 0

The United Arab Emirates (UAE) has implemented a significant policy change, now offering visa-on-arrival to all Indian nationals who possess ordinary passports. This new arrangement, which marks a shift in UAE’s visa policies, is designed to facilitate easier travel for Indians, making entry into the country more accessible and streamlined.

In addition to Indian nationals with ordinary passports, the UAE has also extended this policy to individuals who hold permanent residency or green cards, as well as those possessing valid visas issued by the United States, the United Kingdom, or any member nation of the European Union. This broad extension aims to enhance travel options for many Indians who have ties to these regions, further easing their ability to visit the UAE.

Under this policy, eligible travelers have two main options for their visa-on-arrival. They can choose a visa valid for 14 days, which can be extended for an additional 14 days, or they can opt for a 60-day visa that is non-extendable. In both cases, the visa is granted upon payment of the prescribed fees, which are determined based on the UAE’s current visa regulations. This flexibility provides visitors with the opportunity to stay in the country for either short-term or moderately long-term visits, depending on their travel needs. However, travelers must ensure that their passports are valid for at least six months from the date of entry, as stipulated by the Indian mission in the UAE, which confirmed the details of the new policy via social media on October 17.

Earlier in 2023, the Emirates airline had introduced a similar initiative aimed at streamlining the visa process for Indian passport holders. In February, the airline announced its partnership with VFS Global, a well-known visa outsourcing and technology services provider, to introduce a pre-approved visa-on-arrival facility for Indian travelers flying into Dubai. The initiative was designed to eliminate the need for long waits upon arrival, providing travelers with a quicker, more efficient entry process.

“We’ve partnered with VFS Global to introduce a pre-approved visa-on-arrival facility for Indian passport holders who have booked their travel with us. The new process will help customers skip queues when arriving in Dubai,” Emirates had stated in a social media post at the time.

This collaboration between Emirates and VFS Global highlights the growing focus on simplifying travel for Indian citizens. By offering pre-approved visas, the airline aimed to provide Indian travelers with a hassle-free experience, ensuring they could bypass the traditionally lengthy visa queues upon arrival at Dubai’s airports.

Dubai, a popular destination for Indian tourists and business travelers, has made several efforts in recent years to attract more visitors from India. Also, in February of this year, Dubai launched a five-year multiple-entry visa for Indian nationals. This new visa offering was specifically designed to promote stronger economic, tourism, and business ties between India and Dubai. The introduction of the multiple-entry visa is expected to further deepen the connections between the two regions, encouraging more frequent visits from Indian travelers, whether for business or leisure.

India has long been one of Dubai’s key tourism markets, and the city’s efforts to foster closer ties have clearly paid off. In 2023, Dubai saw a remarkable surge in Indian visitors, further cementing India’s status as a critical market for the UAE. According to Dubai’s Department of Economy and Tourism, the city-state welcomed 2.46 million overnight visitors from India in 2023. This figure represents a 25 percent increase compared to the pre-pandemic period, a clear indication of India’s growing importance to Dubai’s tourism industry.

Dubai’s success in attracting Indian visitors can be attributed to several factors, including the city’s world-class infrastructure, vibrant cultural scene, and reputation as a hub for business and investment. Furthermore, the city’s government has made a concerted effort to develop visa policies that make it easier for Indian nationals to travel to Dubai, either for short trips or extended stays. The introduction of the visa-on-arrival policy and the five-year multiple-entry visa are just two examples of the UAE’s proactive approach to fostering closer economic and cultural ties with India.

The introduction of visa-on-arrival for Indian nationals is expected to have a significant positive impact on travel between India and the UAE. With millions of Indians traveling to the UAE each year, the new visa policy is likely to further increase the number of visitors from India, benefiting both nations economically and culturally. For Indian travelers, the ease of access to the UAE will provide greater flexibility and convenience, whether they are visiting for business, tourism, or personal reasons.

This policy change is part of the UAE’s broader strategy to position itself as a global hub for tourism and business. The UAE government has been working to diversify its economy and reduce its dependence on oil revenues, and tourism is a critical component of this strategy. By making it easier for Indian nationals to visit the UAE, the government hopes to attract more tourists, business professionals, and investors from India, all of whom can contribute to the country’s economic growth.

For Indians, this policy opens new doors for travel, allowing for spontaneous trips to the UAE, whether for leisure or business. The option to obtain a visa upon arrival eliminates the need for prior visa applications, which can sometimes be time-consuming or complicated, thus making the UAE an even more attractive destination for Indian travelers. Whether visiting for a short getaway or an extended business trip, Indian nationals can now enjoy greater ease and flexibility when planning their travels to the UAE.

The UAE’s decision to grant visa-on-arrival privileges to Indian nationals represents a significant development in the travel relationship between the two countries. With India already being the top source market for visitors to Dubai, this new policy is expected to strengthen that connection further, driving increased tourism, economic ties, and cultural exchange. As the UAE continues to diversify its economy and position itself as a global destination, policies like this one will play an important role in attracting visitors and fostering international cooperation.

Juhi Chawla Ranks as India’s Wealthiest Actress, Outshining Industry Peers

Staff ReporterWomen, Cinema 0

In the 1990s, Indian actors reached a new milestone by earning over Rs 1 crore per film. This change not only altered their financial standing but also opened doors to lucrative endorsement deals and business opportunities. Many actors became millionaires, branching into various industries to create wealth beyond just cinema. Therefore, it’s not surprising that India’s richest actress today ranks among the top 10 wealthiest actresses globally, despite not delivering a box office hit in the last decade.

Juhi Chawla holds the title of India’s richest actress. The Hurun Rich List of 2024 reveals that her net worth positions her just behind Shah Rukh Khan, her friend and business partner, in terms of wealth among Indian actors. Juhi’s fortune is estimated at a staggering Rs 4,600 crore, placing her far ahead of her peers and younger colleagues. To put it into perspective, if you were to add the combined net worth of the next five richest Indian actresses, it would still be less than Juhi’s wealth.

Following Juhi on the list is Aishwarya Rai Bachchan, who holds second place with a net worth of over $100 million, or roughly Rs 850 crore. Aishwarya has built her wealth through a combination of acting, endorsements, and strategic investments. Priyanka Chopra occupies the third spot, with a fortune of Rs 650 crore, driven by her acting career, her film production company, and various projects in Hollywood. Completing the top five are Bollywood’s current stars Alia Bhatt and Deepika Padukone, both of whom have also ventured into business to supplement their acting careers.

While Juhi Chawla’s rise to wealth initially stemmed from her successful film career, that is only a part of the larger picture. She was one of the top actresses in the 1990s, regularly starring in hit films. However, her last significant success at the box office came in 2009 with the movie Luck By Chance. Despite the decline in her acting career over the past decade, Juhi has built an empire through her involvement in business, specifically in the entertainment and sports sectors.

A major source of Juhi’s wealth comes from her role as a co-founder of the Red Chillies Group. Through this partnership, she co-produces films and co-owns several cricket teams, including the Kolkata Knight Riders in the Indian Premier League (IPL). Her investments don’t stop there—Juhi has also built a substantial portfolio in real estate. Her business acumen, along with her marriage to millionaire businessman Jay Mehta, has further boosted her financial standing. Together, they have pursued various ventures that have secured their place as one of the wealthiest power couples in the industry.

In contrast to Juhi, Aishwarya Rai Bachchan, who ranks second, continues to be a significant public figure. Aishwarya’s wealth comes from a variety of sources, including her film career, endorsements, and appearances at international events. Over the years, she has endorsed numerous luxury brands, and her association with beauty products like L’Oréal has contributed to her growing wealth. Additionally, Aishwarya’s smart investment choices, combined with her work in the Indian and international film industries, have made her one of the most recognized faces worldwide.

Third on the list, Priyanka Chopra, has made her mark both in Bollywood and Hollywood. Her wealth, which stands at Rs 650 crore, comes not only from acting but also from her production company, Purple Pebble Pictures. Moreover, her Hollywood projects, which include roles in films and TV shows, have helped expand her brand internationally. Priyanka’s success in crossing over to the Western film industry has set a new benchmark for Indian actresses, making her a global icon.

As for Alia Bhatt and Deepika Padukone, both actresses have been highly successful in recent years, not just on-screen but in the business world as well. Alia, who has gained prominence through her acting, has diversified her portfolio with investments in fashion and start-ups. Deepika, who is widely regarded for her performances, also has a range of business ventures, from fashion labels to fitness brands, which have contributed to her growing wealth.

Despite Juhi Chawla’s absence from the film spotlight in recent years, her financial success story is a testament to her strategic decisions off-screen. Her collaboration with Shah Rukh Khan in the Red Chillies Group has been a major contributor to her wealth. This partnership has allowed her to maintain a significant presence in the film industry as a producer, even as her acting career has taken a back seat. Moreover, her involvement in the IPL’s Kolkata Knight Riders has added another dimension to her business portfolio, as cricket in India is not just a sport but a massive industry.

Juhi’s decision to invest in real estate has also paid off handsomely. Over the years, she has accumulated several high-value properties, further increasing her wealth. Additionally, her marriage to Jay Mehta, a successful businessman in his own right, has expanded their joint investments, making them one of the wealthiest couples in India.

While other actresses like Aishwarya, Priyanka, Alia, and Deepika continue to be in the limelight with films and public appearances, Juhi’s journey reflects a different path to success. Her business ventures and investments have not only kept her relevant but have also made her one of the richest actresses in the world. Her ability to transition from a film star to a successful entrepreneur showcases her versatility and business acumen.

The 90s era of Indian cinema laid the foundation for many actors to transition into millionaires. Juhi Chawla stands out as a prime example of someone who leveraged her fame and business skills to build a fortune that surpasses even the current stars of Bollywood. Despite not having had a major hit film in over a decade, Juhi’s wealth, primarily driven by her business ventures, places her among the world’s top 10 wealthiest actresses. Meanwhile, her peers like Aishwarya Rai Bachchan, Priyanka Chopra, Alia Bhatt, and Deepika Padukone have continued to build their fortunes through a mix of acting and entrepreneurship, further cementing their status as leading figures in both Bollywood and the global entertainment industry.

Scientists Achieve First Two-Way Communication in Lucid Dreaming

Staff ReporterScience 0

Have you ever wondered about conversing with someone while dreaming? Scientists in California are making strides toward that reality, having achieved the first successful two-way communication between individuals through lucid dreaming.

According to a report by Dailymail.com, REMspace, a startup focused on enhancing sleep and lucid dreaming, conducted an experiment where two participants exchanged a message while asleep on September 24.

The individuals involved were seasoned lucid dreamers, having developed the ability to recognize that they were dreaming while still asleep. Lucid dreaming occurs during the REM (Rapid Eye Movement) phase of sleep, which is characterized by heightened brain activity and vivid dreams.

As the participants prepared for bed, they were fitted with specialized devices designed to monitor their brain waves and other polysomnographic data. These tools were connected to a central server, the core of the REMspace system, which tracked their sleep patterns in real-time.

The experiment commenced when one participant entered a lucid dream. The server identified the specific brain wave patterns associated with lucid dreaming and generated a random word from a unique language named ‘Remmyo.’ This word was transmitted to the first participant through earbuds, softly whispering in the darkness of his dream.

In this dream state, the first participant heard the word ‘Zhilak’ and repeated it aloud. His voice was captured by sensors and stored on the server, constituting the first part of the communication—a message sent from one dreamer to another.

After eight minutes, the second participant entered her own lucid dream. The server recognized her dream state and transmitted the word ‘Zhilak’ to her via earbuds. Within her dream, Maya heard the word and echoed it, confirming that the message had been received.

Upon waking, the second participant verified the word she had received in her dream, marking a groundbreaking achievement in communication while dreaming. This exchange represented not merely a simple interaction but a historic breakthrough that connected the conscious and subconscious realms.

While REMspace indicated that it utilized “specially designed equipment” including a server, apparatus, Wi-Fi, and sensors, it did not disclose specific details about the technology employed.

This technology has yet to undergo independent review or replication by other scientists. However, if validated, it could significantly advance sleep research and offer potential applications in mental health treatment, skills training, and more, according to REMspace.

Michael Raduga, CEO and founder of REMspace, stated, “Yesterday, communicating in dreams seemed like science fiction. Tomorrow, it will be so common we won’t be able to imagine our lives without this technology. This opens the door to countless commercial applications, reshaping how we think about communication and interaction in the dream world.”

This pioneering experiment could redefine our understanding of communication and interaction within the dream state, paving the way for future developments in this intriguing field.

Germany Implements New Measures to Attract Skilled Workers from India

Staff ReporterImmigration 0

German Chancellor Olaf Scholz’s Cabinet has recently approved a comprehensive package of 30 initiatives aimed at enhancing immigration from India. These measures, primarily proposed by the Labor and Foreign Ministries, are designed to attract skilled workers to address significant gaps in Germany’s labor market.

Officials, business leaders, and economists have raised alarms about the implications of the skilled labor shortage, claiming it poses a substantial threat to Germany’s innovation and economic development.

German Labor Minister Hubertus Heil, emphasizing the urgency of the situation, remarked, “Germany needs more economic dynamism and that requires qualified skilled labor.” The challenges in Germany’s workforce, especially due to the demographic shifts linked to an aging population, have made it imperative for the nation to seek talent from abroad to maintain its economic vitality.

Germany’s long-standing reliance on international talent is more pressing than ever, given the current demographic trends. The country is experiencing a decrease in its working-age population due to retirements, necessitating the importation of skilled labor from nations with a surplus.

Heil pointed out, “The situation in India is just the opposite,” highlighting the fact that “One million new people enter the labor market each month.” Despite being the world’s fifth-largest economy, India struggles to accommodate the vast number of individuals entering its workforce. This disparity offers a unique opportunity for both Germany and India to collaborate more effectively in addressing labor needs.

India, the most populous country globally, is keen on promoting labor migration as a means to benefit its citizens seeking opportunities abroad. In line with this, Germany’s strategy paper emphasizes, “That is why Germany views India as an especially important partner when it comes to the issue of skilled labor migration.”

The initiatives are particularly aimed at filling vacancies in the healthcare sector, including nursing homes and hospitals, as well as in the IT and construction industries. The demand for skilled labor in the health sector is increasing, driven by the needs of an aging population and rising patient numbers. Among the sectors, the IT industry has been particularly vocal about its urgent need for skilled professionals, warning that it cannot fill numerous vacancies.

Next week, Labor Minister Heil will travel to India alongside Chancellor Scholz and other senior officials to advance these initiatives. During their visit, Heil plans to discuss vocational training and job opportunities at a bakery known for German breads, as well as speak to students about career prospects in Germany.

However, Germany is often seen as having a complex and rigid bureaucracy, which can deter potential migrants. To facilitate the process for skilled workers from India, the German government has announced plans to introduce a new digital visa by the end of 2024. This digital visa aims to streamline the migration process, making it easier for skilled professionals seeking to relocate to Germany.

Moreover, the German government intends to organize job fairs in India to connect prospective workers with German employers actively looking for talent. These fairs will serve as a platform for candidates to explore job opportunities and engage with potential employers directly. In addition, the government plans to provide German language classes for migrants to ensure they possess the necessary skills to integrate into German society.

The Federal Labor Office has also committed to intensifying its efforts to advise Indian students currently studying in Germany, helping them explore career options and connect with potential employers. This proactive approach aligns with the Cabinet’s strategy on skilled labor migration and is part of the Foreign Office’s “Focus on India” initiative aimed at strengthening diplomatic and economic ties.

Labor Minister Heil characterized the influx of skilled Indian workers as “a success story” for Germany, adding that the proposed steps in the skilled labor strategy will further enhance this success. According to statistics from the Federal Labor Ministry, approximately 137,000 Indians were employed in skilled labor positions in February 2024, an increase of about 23,000 from the previous year. This growth illustrates the effectiveness of Germany’s immigration policies in attracting skilled talent.

In 2015, the total number of Indians in skilled jobs was around 23,000. Recent data also shows that the unemployment rate among Indians in Germany is only 3.7%, significantly lower than the overall unemployment rate of 7.1%. This disparity highlights the successful integration of Indian workers into the German labor market, showcasing their contributions to the nation’s economic stability.

As Germany faces the complexities of its labor market challenges, its strategic partnership with India presents promising avenues for addressing skill shortages while fostering economic growth. By focusing on the recruitment of skilled workers from India, Germany aims not only to bolster its workforce but also to solidify its position as an attractive destination for global talent.

The initiatives outlined by the German government represent a proactive and forward-thinking approach to immigration and labor market needs. As both countries seek to navigate the intricacies of the global labor market, this collaboration stands to benefit both German employers and Indian professionals seeking new opportunities abroad.

By prioritizing skilled labor migration from India, Germany is not merely responding to its current workforce needs but is also laying the groundwork for a sustainable and innovative future in its economy. As the global landscape continues to evolve, Germany’s commitment to fostering strong ties with India will be crucial in maintaining its competitive edge in the international arena.

America Continues to Lead as the Premier Choice for International Students Seeking Career Opportunities

Staff ReporterBusiness 0

The United States remains the foremost destination for international students aspiring to establish their careers. A significant factor contributing to this trend is the inclination of international students toward STEM (science, technology, engineering, and mathematics) degrees, primarily due to the 3-year OPT (Optional Practical Training) opportunity available in the US. A prevalent method for securing employment in the United States involves obtaining an H-1B visa. This visa program is designed for US employers wishing to hire foreign workers in specialty occupations.

Navigating the landscape of American employers willing to sponsor H-1B visa applicants can prove to be a daunting task. According to a report from Intead and the job search platform F1 Hire titled ‘Connecting Dots: How International Students Are Finding US Jobs,’ it has been found that states such as Washington, North Carolina, Texas, and Michigan lead in terms of the number of H-1B applications submitted per employer sponsor.

In the year 2023, a substantial proportion of sponsored H-1B applications—39%—came from companies located in California, Texas, and New York. When adding Massachusetts, Virginia, and Michigan into the equation, these states collectively represented 50% of all sponsored H-1B jobs for that year.

Among the international student job market in the US, applicants from India are particularly prominent, comprising 28% of the total. Interestingly, the number of PERM (Permanent Labor Certification) applicants with degrees from Brazil and the Philippines has surged threefold since 2018. The majority of PERM applications in 2023 were sponsored by technology companies, with nine out of the top ten companies involved in this area.

A PERM, which is issued by the Department of Labor (DOL), allows employers to hire foreign workers for permanent positions within the United States. The study further highlights that states such as New Mexico, Nevada, Colorado, Tennessee, and Montana boast the highest ratios of H-1B jobs relative to the number of international students enrolled in their universities. Similarly, North Carolina, Michigan, and Virginia also exhibit a strong presence of employers open to hiring international students.

To assist international students in their pursuit of employment in the US, the report offers several recommendations. It advises students to consider institutions located in states that are known for their H-1B and PERM-friendly employers. Additionally, it suggests investigating schools that maintain robust relationships with these employers, which can enhance job prospects for graduates.

Over the past five years, there has been a notable shift in the demographics of PERM applicants. The proportion of applicants holding degrees from US institutions has increased to 59%. Conversely, the percentage of PERM applicants with degrees from India has declined to 28% as of 2023. Furthermore, between 2018 and 2023, the percentage of PERM applications from individuals with degrees from countries outside the US fell from 48% to 43% for the twelve countries that send the most international students to the US.

This evolving landscape reflects the increasing competitiveness among international students and underscores the necessity for them to strategically select their educational paths and seek institutions that align with their career ambitions in the United States. As the demand for skilled labor continues to grow in the US, international students are encouraged to remain adaptable and proactive in their job search efforts.

List of Most Wanted Indian Gangsters Based Abroad Released by Indian Government

Staff ReporterWorld 0

A new report from the Indian Ministry of Home Affairs has identified the countries where many of India’s most notorious gangsters are hiding, with the United States and Canada at the top of the list. The document, obtained by Hindustan Times, lists 28 individuals, including those involved in the killing of famous Punjabi singer Sidhu Moosewala. Of these 28 criminals, five are believed to be in the United States, and nine are suspected to be hiding in Canada.

The gangster who tops the list is Satinderjit Singh, also known as Goldy Brar. Brar is accused of orchestrating the assassination of Sidhu Moosewala in collaboration with another gangster, Lawrence Bishnoi. According to the list, Brar is currently believed to be living in the United States.

Also on the list is Anmol Bishnoi, also known as Bhanu, who is charged with planning targeted killings of prominent individuals, including religious and social leaders, businesspeople, and entertainers. He is also thought to be hiding in the United States. Authorities believe Bishnoi has connections with pro-Khalistan groups and elements in Pakistan, as well as other countries.

In addition to these two high-profile criminals, the list includes other dangerous gangsters like Sachin Thapan, who is another suspect in the Sidhu Moosewala murder case. Two other men, Gurjant Singh, who is also known as Janta, and Romi Hong Kong, are similarly named. Another individual, Lucky Patyal, had his premises raided by the National Investigation Agency (NIA) last year. Patyal is linked to a broad range of criminal activities, including arms smuggling, narco-terrorism, targeted killings, extortion, and kidnapping.

Below is the complete list of the 28 gangsters and their suspected locations, as published by Hindustan Times.

Gangster and Suspected Locations:

  1. Satinderjit Singh alias Goldy Brar – United States
  2. Anmol Bishnoi – United States
  3. Harjot Singh Gill – United States
  4. Darmanjit Singh alias Darman Kahlon – United States
  5. Amrit Bal – United States
  6. Sukhdoot Singh alias Sukha Duneke – Canada
  7. Gurpinder Singh alias Baba Dalla – Canada
  8. Satveer Singh Warring alias Sam – Canada
  9. Snover Dhillon – Canada
  10. Lakhbir Singh alias Landa – Canada
  11. Arshdeep Singh alias Arsh Dala – Canada
  12. Charnjeet Singh alias Rinku Bihla – Canada
  13. Ramandeep Singh alias Raman Judge – Canada
  14. Gagandeep Singh alias Gagna Hathur – Canada
  15. Vikramjeet Singh Brar alias Vikki – United Arab Emirates
  16. Kuldeep Singh alias Deep Nawansharia – United Arab Emirates
  17. Rohit Godara – Europe
  18. Gaurav Patyal alias Lucky Patyal – Armenia
  19. Sachin Thapan alias Sachin Bishnoi – Azerbaijan
  20. Jagjeet Singh alias Gandhi – Malaysia
  21. Jackpal Singh alias Lali Dhaliwal – Malaysia
  22. Harwinder Singh alias Rinda – Pakistan
  23. Rajesh Kumar alias Sonu Khatri – Brazil
  24. Sandeep Grewal alias Billa alias Sunny Khawajke – Indonesia
  25. Manpreet Singh alias Peeta – Philippines
  26. Supreet Singh alias Harry Chatha – Germany
  27. Gurjant Singh alias Janta – Australia
  28. Ramajit Singh alias Romi Hong Kong – Hong Kong

The release of this list comes a day after Indian Foreign Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar criticized western countries for not providing adequate protection to Indian diplomatic missions abroad. In a strong statement, Jaishankar referred to an incident where the Indian flag was pulled down by Khalistani extremists at the Indian High Commission in London. He made it clear that India would not tolerate such acts of disrespect towards its symbols of sovereignty.

“We’ve seen incidents in London, Canada, San Francisco. There’s a very small minority behind that, but there are many interests involved… If they don’t provide security, then there will be a reaction from India. This is not an India that will accept its national flag being pulled down,” Jaishankar asserted.

The minister’s remarks reflect India’s growing impatience with some foreign governments that have failed to ensure the safety of Indian diplomats and facilities in their countries. His statements also come at a time when tensions are high due to actions by separatist groups, including pro-Khalistan extremists, who have been causing disturbances in several western cities.

In response to these rising concerns, Indian authorities are ramping up their international efforts to bring these criminals back to face justice. The publication of this list serves as part of the government’s broader strategy to seek cooperation from foreign governments in apprehending these fugitives and ensuring they are held accountable for their crimes.

The 28 individuals named in the list have been involved in a wide range of criminal activities, from murder and extortion to narcotics trafficking and arms smuggling. Many of them are connected to organized crime networks that operate across national borders, making it difficult for Indian authorities to track them down and bring them back for prosecution.

The case of Goldy Brar and Lawrence Bishnoi, in particular, has attracted a significant amount of attention, especially following the killing of Sidhu Moosewala, a beloved singer and cultural icon. The Indian government’s decision to release this list is seen as a crucial step toward tightening the net around these fugitives, with the hope that international cooperation will help bring them to justice.

However, the process of extradition is often complicated, particularly in cases involving individuals who have sought refuge in countries with different legal systems and varying attitudes toward extradition. Canada and the United States, for instance, have extradition treaties with India, but the actual process of extraditing individuals can be time-consuming, with legal challenges and diplomatic negotiations often delaying the process.

In recent years, India has made significant efforts to enhance its international cooperation in criminal matters, working closely with INTERPOL and other law enforcement agencies around the world. The release of this list is a continuation of these efforts, signaling India’s determination to bring back its most wanted criminals from abroad.

As India continues to press for the return of these fugitives, it remains to be seen how foreign governments will respond to these requests and whether the diplomatic pressure exerted by India will yield the desired results. In the meantime, the families of victims like Sidhu Moosewala are left waiting for justice to be served, hoping that those responsible for his death and other violent crimes will eventually face trial in India.

The Indian government’s push to locate these criminals abroad is part of a larger effort to combat organized crime and protect Indian citizens from the growing threat posed by these international gangs. Whether or not the release of this list will lead to the capture of these individuals remains to be seen, but it certainly sends a strong message that India is committed to cracking down on gangsters, no matter where they may be hiding.

Action Fraud Issues Urgent Warning on Email and Social Media Security Amid Rising Cyber Threats

Staff ReporterMedia, Technology 0

Recent events have highlighted the growing sophistication of cybercriminals who exploit advanced technologies, such as large language models and AI-generated chat tools, to hack into email and social media accounts. Last week, a story about a security consultant nearly falling victim to a complex AI-driven hacking attempt on his Gmail account gained significant attention. In the latest development, researchers revealed a concerning number of malicious apps that infiltrated the official Google Play Store over the past year. Additionally, the U.K.’s Action Fraud team, a law enforcement initiative, has alerted users across all email and social media platforms about ongoing threats that have led to over 33,000 victims losing more than $1.8 million in total due to hacked accounts. Here’s what you need to know and the immediate steps you should take to safeguard your Gmail, Outlook, Facebook, and X accounts.

Action Fraud Urges Users to Enable Two-Factor Authentication

Action Fraud, the U.K.’s national reporting center for fraud and cybercrime, is a joint effort by the City of London Police and the National Fraud Intelligence Bureau. When this organization issues warnings, it’s essential to heed their advice, no matter where you are located globally. Although the reporting service specifically addresses cybercrime incidents in England, Wales, and Northern Ireland, the recommendations provided hold relevance for users worldwide.

A prime example of this urgency is the recent warning issued during Cybersecurity Awareness Month, urging users of all email and social media platforms to secure their accounts against hackers, scammers, and fraudsters. The reported statistics, including the number of victims and the financial losses, pertain to a single year, ending in August 2024, covering only attacks that were reported to Action Fraud in the aforementioned regions. However, these figures are significant enough, when considered globally, to warrant attention and action. Consequently, Action Fraud is using social media to encourage users to strengthen the security of their Gmail, Outlook, Facebook, and X accounts.

“Cyberattacks and hacking are carried out by faceless cybercriminals who target unsuspecting victims looking to take advantage of unprotected social media and email accounts,” stated Adam Mercer, deputy director of Action Fraud. He emphasized the importance of enabling two-step verification for added security: “If you have the option, enable 2-step verification to ensure you have twice the protection for all your accounts.” Although two-step verification, also known as two-factor authentication (2FA), cannot guarantee complete security, it significantly complicates the process for hackers and scammers attempting to access your accounts.

To activate 2FA, users should check the support pages of their respective email and social media platforms for detailed instructions.

Adopting Passkeys to Enhance Account Security

Since 2012, the Fast Identity Online (FIDO) Alliance has been working to forge partnerships to improve interoperability among various authentication technologies. Their ongoing efforts are beginning to make a noticeable impact on user account security. Recently, a new credential exchange protocol, developed by FIDO and partners such as Apple, Google, Microsoft, Samsung, and password management services like 1Password, Bitwarden, Dashlane, Enpass, NordPass, and Okta, has been published in a working specification format.

This new protocol aims to facilitate secure, end-to-end encrypted passkey transfers among different vendors. Passkeys provide an additional layer of security that surpasses traditional username and password combinations in terms of secure account login and user authentication. Essentially, passkeys combine the benefits of login credentials and two-factor authentication into a single, user-friendly, and more secure solution. According to a FIDO spokesperson, “Sign-ins with passkeys reduce phishing and eliminate credential reuse while making sign-ins up to 75% faster,” and are “20% more successful than passwords or passwords plus a second factor…”

Keep Your Google Chrome Browser Updated with Security Fixes

Recently reported attack campaigns utilizing the new ClickFix methodology employ social engineering tactics and fake Google Meet conference pages to bypass the security measures built into the Google Chrome web browser. While the standard defenses against social engineering attacks, such as enabling two-factor authentication on accounts, remain the most effective way to avoid falling victim to phishing scams, there is an additional straightforward protection measure: ensuring that your Google Chrome browser or any Chromium-based browsers are up to date. Cyber attackers often exploit web browser vulnerabilities to gain access needed to carry out their malicious activities. Therefore, it’s crucial to eliminate this potential security breach, a step that is both practical and easy to implement.

Google has confirmed the latest security patches for desktop versions of Chrome on Linux, Mac, and Windows, along with updates for the Android version used on smartphones. These updates address 17 vulnerabilities, 13 of which were identified and reported by external security researchers. While it is not essential to understand the specifics of these vulnerabilities, it is critical to know how to protect yourself from the repercussions of potential exploitation by malicious actors. Fortunately, ensuring your protection is simple, provided you follow all the necessary steps. However, it is essential to complete the final step of closing and restarting the browser; otherwise, you will not benefit from the latest security fixes.

To update your browser, navigate to the Help|About option in the Chrome menu. If an update is available, it will download automatically. Once the download completes, Chrome will prompt you with a relaunch button. Be sure to save and/or close all open tabs before clicking this button. Following this, Chrome will restart, and your browser will display the current, fully patched version for your operating system.

As cyber threats become more sophisticated, it’s imperative to stay vigilant and take proactive steps to secure your online accounts. Enabling two-factor authentication, adopting passkeys for added security, and keeping your browser updated with the latest security fixes are crucial measures to mitigate the risks posed by cybercriminals. By following these guidelines, you can significantly enhance the protection of your email and social media accounts against potential hacking and fraud attempts.

Trudeau Accuses India of a “Massive Mistake” Over Sikh Leader’s Death, Straining Diplomatic Ties

Staff ReporterWorld 0

Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau has accused India of making a “massive mistake” if it is found responsible for the assassination of Hardeep Singh Nijjar, a Sikh separatist leader, on Canadian soil last year. Trudeau’s statement, made during an inquiry into foreign interference in Canada, followed accusations by Canadian officials that India had been involved in criminal activities such as extortion and murder targeting Indian dissidents within the country.

The escalating tensions have led to both Canada and India expelling each other’s top diplomats, worsening already strained relations. India has flatly denied these accusations, calling them “preposterous” and accusing Trudeau of catering to Canada’s substantial Sikh population for political advantage. On Wednesday, Indian officials responded forcefully, condemning Trudeau’s accusations.

Randhir Jaiswal, a spokesperson for India’s foreign ministry, issued a strong rebuke, stating, “Canada has presented us no evidence whatsoever in support of the serious allegations that it has chosen to level against India and Indian diplomats. The responsibility for the damage caused to India-Canada relations lies with Prime Minister Trudeau alone.” India’s rejection of the allegations underscores the country’s insistence that Trudeau’s accusations are baseless.

Trudeau’s comments came in response to India’s handling of the investigation into the murder of Nijjar, a proponent of the Khalistan movement, which advocates for a separate Sikh state. Nijjar was shot in June 2023 in Surrey, British Columbia. While Trudeau revealed that Canadian intelligence indicated Indian involvement, he noted that the information did not initially amount to hard evidence or proof. Four Indian nationals have since been charged in connection with Nijjar’s murder.

Reflecting on how Canada approached the situation, Trudeau stated that his government sought to manage the sensitive matter without causing further strain on relations with India, a significant trade partner. However, he claimed that Indian authorities rebuffed Canada’s requests for assistance in the probe, choosing instead to question Canada’s motives and criticize the country’s democratic processes. “It was clear that the Indian government’s approach was to criticise us and the integrity of our democracy,” Trudeau said.

In September, Trudeau made public the “credible allegations” linking Indian government agents to Nijjar’s murder, marking a significant turning point in Canada-India relations. The situation has since drawn global attention as diplomatic fallout between the two countries continues to escalate.

This diplomatic crisis was compounded earlier in the week when the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) publicly released details about multiple ongoing investigations into threats to pro-Khalistan figures in Canada. According to the RCMP, there were over a dozen credible and imminent threats to the lives of those associated with the Khalistan movement, prompting the rare disclosure. These investigations, according to the RCMP, revealed criminal activity allegedly orchestrated by Indian government agents. Trudeau echoed these findings, explaining that the force’s decision to go public was an effort to “disrupt the chain of activities that was resulting in drive-by shootings, home invasions, violent extortion and even murder” in Canada’s South Asian community.

Despite the serious allegations, India has maintained its innocence, firmly denying all claims and asserting that Canada has not provided any evidence to substantiate its accusations. In an effort to resolve the growing tensions, RCMP officials and national security advisors traveled to Singapore last weekend to meet with Indian officials. However, these talks were unsuccessful, with the RCMP stating that the meeting yielded no productive outcomes.

The diplomatic fallout has prompted reactions from Canada’s close allies. Both the UK and the US have called on India to cooperate with Canada’s legal process to resolve the matter. The British Foreign Office released a statement saying it is closely following the developments and has full confidence in Canada’s legal and judicial systems. “The Government of India’s co-operation with Canada’s legal process is the right next step,” the statement read. Similarly, the US has expressed concerns about India’s lack of cooperation. Matthew Miller, a spokesperson for the US State Department, noted at a press briefing on Tuesday, “We have made clear that the allegations are extremely serious and they need to be taken seriously, and we want to see the government of India co-operate with Canada in its investigation. Obviously, they have not chosen that path.”

In contrast, India has shown no indication that it intends to cooperate with Canada’s legal proceedings. Officials in Delhi have maintained their stance that the accusations are politically motivated and part of Trudeau’s efforts to appeal to Canada’s large Sikh population, especially as the country heads toward future elections.

Meanwhile, Canada’s Foreign Minister, Melanie Joly, has confirmed that Ottawa remains in close communication with the Five Eyes intelligence alliance, which includes the US, UK, Australia, and New Zealand, regarding the situation. The alliance has been engaged in discussions about the allegations, although the diplomatic and legal fallout is likely to be long-term and complex.

The escalating tensions between Canada and India represent a significant breakdown in relations between two nations that had previously enjoyed relatively stable ties. Both countries share a rich history of economic and cultural exchanges, with a significant Indian diaspora residing in Canada. However, the events surrounding Nijjar’s assassination and the subsequent accusations have thrown these relations into disarray. Trade agreements, partnerships, and diplomatic engagements have been severely affected, with experts predicting that the diplomatic fallout will likely have a lasting impact.

The Canadian government, under Trudeau’s leadership, has taken a strong stance against what it sees as a violation of its sovereignty and the international rule of law. The allegations against India have drawn widespread international attention, with Canada’s allies urging cooperation and transparency. However, India’s firm denial and refusal to engage with Canada’s legal process have only deepened the rift between the two nations, creating a diplomatic impasse that may take years to resolve. The situation has also cast a spotlight on broader issues of foreign interference and the risks faced by dissident communities abroad, particularly those advocating for political movements such as the Khalistan cause. As this diplomatic crisis continues to unfold, the future of Canada-India relations remains uncertain, with the potential for further repercussions on the global stage.

India’s Hunger Crisis: Undernourished Population Could Rank Seventh Largest Globally

Staff ReporterIndia 0

The 2024 Global Hunger Index (GHI) highlights a shocking reality about hunger in India: the country’s undernourished population, which is approximately 200 million people, would be comparable to the population of Brazil, ranking as the seventh largest country in the world. This means that around 14% of India’s total population is undernourished, an alarming statistic that casts doubt on the country’s ability to ensure basic food and nutrition for its people. The GHI, in its 19th edition, uses comprehensive data to determine global hunger levels, and in India’s case, it specifically relies on data from the Sample Registration System (SRS) statistical reports. These reports are published annually by the Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation and include essential information on births, deaths, and both infant and maternal mortality rates. Other contributing data sources are the Ministry of Women and Child Development and NITI Aayog.

The 2024 GHI analyzed 127 countries, with rankings ranging from “low” to “extremely alarming.” India was classified as “serious,” ranking 105th with a score of 27.3. However, some argue that the situation in India could be seen as “extremely alarming” when considering other relevant factors, including the systemic failure to provide adequate food and nutrition. The GHI underscores how critical food security is for realizing the so-called “demographic dividend,” a term frequently used to describe India’s young and rapidly growing population as an economic asset. However, the inability to meet basic nutritional needs severely undermines this potential.

India, which was the fastest-growing economy in 2024, achieved a growth rate of 6.8% with an estimated GDP close to $4 trillion, making it the fifth largest economy globally. Despite this, the country’s per capita income of $2,485 was less than a quarter of the global average of $13,920 as of 2022. This vast income inequality plays a significant role in the varied disposable incomes across the country, which affects access to basic necessities like food. Food inflation, in particular, has surged dramatically between 2022 and 2024, rising from 3.8% to 7.5%. This inflation disproportionately impacts the poor, making it even harder for vulnerable populations to afford nutritious food.

The 2023-24 Economic Survey attributes the rise in food prices to several factors, including extreme weather events, low water reservoir levels, and damaged crops, all of which have negatively affected farm output. However, these challenges have coincided with one of India’s highest levels of food production, reaching 332 million tonnes in the 2023-24 period. The rise in food production was mainly driven by bumper harvests of rice and wheat, though pulses and vegetables were significantly affected by extreme weather conditions.

Despite high food production, India’s alarming infant mortality rate and child malnutrition statistics indicate severe shortcomings in its healthcare and social safety systems. In 2022, India’s infant mortality rate was 26 per 1,000 live births, which is close to the global average of 28 per 1,000. More troubling are the rates of child stunting and wasting, which stand at 35.5% and 18.7%, respectively. These figures reveal the extent to which India’s young children are affected by malnutrition, as stunting refers to children who are too short for their age, while wasting describes children who are too thin for their height.

These health indicators paint a dire picture of India’s food security and public health system, particularly when compared with global benchmarks. India’s struggle with child malnutrition has long been recognized, yet significant progress remains elusive. Experts point to various causes, including inadequate healthcare infrastructure, insufficient access to nutritious food, and systemic poverty, which continues to leave millions of children at risk of malnutrition-related complications.

Adding to the complexity of this crisis is the growing impact of climate change, which has already started to affect India’s food security. Extreme weather events such as floods, droughts, and heatwaves have become more frequent, disrupting crop cycles and threatening future food production. India’s ability to feed its population is becoming increasingly precarious as climate change continues to challenge its agricultural output and disrupt food supply chains.

Though India has seen impressive economic growth, the benefits of this growth have not been distributed equally across its population. Income inequality remains a significant issue, contributing to disparities in access to food and basic services. While the country’s overall wealth has increased, many Indians still struggle to meet their daily nutritional needs. This is especially true for those living in rural areas, where poverty rates are higher, and access to healthcare and nutritious food is more limited.

The rising costs of essential food items, driven by inflation, exacerbate the hunger crisis. With food inflation more than doubling between 2022 and 2024, many families find it increasingly difficult to afford nutritious meals. The Economic Survey’s acknowledgment of food inflation being driven by extreme weather and crop damage highlights the intersection of economic and environmental challenges that India faces in its quest for food security.

Despite the grim statistics, the Indian government has implemented various initiatives to combat hunger and malnutrition. Programs such as the Public Distribution System (PDS), which provides subsidized food to millions of low-income households, and the Midday Meal Scheme, aimed at providing nutritious meals to schoolchildren, are essential components of India’s food security strategy. However, the effectiveness of these programs has been questioned, particularly in reaching the most vulnerable populations and addressing the underlying causes of hunger.

India’s food security is further complicated by its rapid population growth. With a population exceeding 1.4 billion, the country must continuously increase its food production to meet rising demand. Yet, even with record-high food production levels, access to nutritious food remains a challenge for many, particularly those living in poverty. This paradox underscores the complexity of India’s hunger crisis, where the availability of food does not necessarily translate into equitable access.

The 2024 Global Hunger Index serves as a stark reminder of the challenges India faces in ensuring food security for its population. With roughly 200 million undernourished people, the country’s hunger crisis is not only a humanitarian concern but also a threat to its economic future. As income inequality persists, inflation rises, and climate change continues to affect agricultural output, India must address these systemic issues to protect its most vulnerable citizens from hunger and malnutrition. The failure to do so will have far-reaching consequences, not only for the health and well-being of its population but also for its long-term economic growth and stability.

Femina Miss India 2024: Nikita Porwal from Madhya Pradesh Crowned as Winner

Staff ReporterFashion 0

Nikita Porwal, hailing from Madhya Pradesh, has been crowned the winner of Femina Miss India 2024, a prestigious beauty pageant that celebrates talent, grace, and poise. Following closely in second place was Rekha Pandayy, who represented the Union Territories in this fiercely competitive event.

Nikita, who has embarked on her acting journey at the age of 18, has gained a wealth of experience in the entertainment industry. Her initial foray into the spotlight began as a television anchor, where she honed her skills and developed a strong presence. At the crowning ceremony, she was awarded her title by last year’s winner, Nandini Gupta, marking a memorable transition of the crown. In a symbolic gesture, Neha Dhupia, a former Miss India and renowned actress, placed the Miss India sash on Nikita, adding to the significance of the occasion.

The finale of the Miss India pageant took place in Mumbai on a vibrant Wednesday night, showcasing an array of talent and glamour. The event featured a dazzling performance by Sangeeta Bijlani, who graced the ramp with elegance. The red carpet was a star-studded affair, attended by notable personalities including former Miss India Neha Dhupia, actor Raghav Juyal, and several others from the film and entertainment industry. Anusha Dandekar, a prominent figure in entertainment, served as one of the jury members, lending her expertise to the selection process.

This edition of the Femina Miss India pageant initiated a comprehensive nationwide search designed to discover the finest talents from across the country. The pageant’s organizers conducted extensive on-ground auditions, ensuring that participants from every corner of India had the opportunity to showcase their abilities. The rigorous scouting process, coupled with a series of audition rounds, culminated in the selection of 30 state winners. These winners underwent a demanding training regimen and grooming drills during a specialized boot camp facilitated by industry experts, preparing them for the final competition.

During the Grand Finale on Wednesday night, the 30 state winners competed fiercely for the coveted title of Femina Miss India 2024. The winner of this prestigious title, co-powered by Tops and Rajnigandha Pearls, will have the honor of representing India at the Miss World pageant. Achieving the title of Femina Miss India not only brings immense fame but also opens the door for the winner to experience life in Mumbai, famously known as the Maximum City and the heart of India’s entertainment and glamour industry.

This year’s competition continues a rich legacy, as India has produced five remarkable Miss World titleholders who have made significant contributions to the global stage: Aishwarya Rai in 1994, Diana Hayden in 1997, Yukta Mookhey in 1999, Priyanka Chopra in 2000, and Manushi Chhillar in 2017. As such, the nation eagerly awaited the crowning of a new titleholder, highlighting the enduring appeal of the Miss India brand.

In recognition of the milestone 60th anniversary of India’s most iconic beauty pageant, the Miss India Organization has launched a musical anthem to celebrate its storied history and impact. This anthem, titled “Rise of Queen,” pays tribute to the rich legacy of the pageant and is available worldwide across all major streaming platforms. The release of this anthem underscores the event’s significance, aiming to inspire future generations of young women aspiring to make their mark in the world.

The Femina Miss India pageant not only showcases beauty but also emphasizes empowerment, resilience, and the importance of representation. This year’s edition has been a celebration of talent and has served as a platform for young women to express their aspirations and dreams. The event stands as a beacon of hope, encouraging participants to strive for excellence and to break barriers in their respective fields.

With a bright future ahead, Nikita Porwal’s journey in the spotlight is just beginning. As she prepares to take on the responsibilities that come with her new title, she carries the hopes and dreams of many aspiring young women across the nation. The crown is not just a symbol of beauty but a testament to hard work, dedication, and the pursuit of one’s passions. As the new Femina Miss India 2024, Nikita is poised to make her mark, following in the footsteps of previous titleholders who have inspired countless others.

Through events like Femina Miss India, the beauty pageant community continues to evolve, reflecting the changing dynamics of society and the empowerment of women. As the legacy of the pageant continues to thrive, it remains a celebration of diversity, talent, and the unyielding spirit of young women in India.

Nikita Porwal’s victory represents not just personal achievement but also the culmination of a collective effort by all participants, judges, and organizers who contributed to this memorable event. As the nation watches her journey unfold, the excitement surrounding the Femina Miss India pageant and its impact on the lives of young women will undoubtedly continue for years to come.

The excitement surrounding the event serves as a reminder of the positive changes taking place in the world of beauty and pageantry, where the emphasis is increasingly placed on empowering women and promoting their voices. The Femina Miss India pageant stands as a testament to the power of dreams and the relentless pursuit of one’s goals, inspiring future generations to rise and shine in their endeavors.

The crowning of Nikita Porwal as Femina Miss India 2024 not only highlights her individual talent and dedication but also reinforces the pageant’s commitment to celebrating the spirit of womanhood in all its forms. The journey ahead is filled with opportunities for growth, representation, and inspiring change as she takes on her new role on the global stage.

Canada’s Allegations on Khalistani Leader’s Killing Were Based on Intelligence, Not Proof, Says PM Trudeau

Staff ReporterWorld 0

Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau revealed that the conversations held with India surrounding the killing of Khalistani activist Hardeep Singh Nijjar at the 2023 G-20 Summit in New Delhi were based on intelligence, not conclusive evidence. Trudeau shared these insights during a federal commission inquiry into foreign interference in Canada, reiterating his stance on India’s alleged involvement.

On Wednesday, October 16, 2024, Trudeau once again pointed fingers at India, asserting that the country was involved in Nijjar’s assassination. The decision to make such sensitive information public, according to him, was necessary to demonstrate to Canadian citizens that the government was taking their security seriously. “We wanted the public to know that we were taking action…” said Trudeau during the hearing. His statement came in the backdrop of continuing diplomatic tension between the two nations over the incident.

The murder of Hardeep Singh Nijjar, a known Khalistani separatist, has been a contentious issue in India-Canada relations. The Canadian Prime Minister doubled down on his claim, stating that India’s alleged role in the assassination was a “massive mistake if India had done it.” He added, “My government had reasons to believe that India did it.” The inquiry, however, did not delve into any concrete evidence during this session, as the focus quickly shifted to other matters.

Addressing the fallout from the incident, Trudeau explained that the deterioration in diplomatic relations between India and Canada was never the desired outcome. He maintained that Canada’s official stance continues to uphold India’s territorial integrity, emphasizing the country’s “One India” policy. “There are a number of people in Canada who argue otherwise,” Trudeau acknowledged, likely referring to pro-Khalistan groups, “but that does not make it our policy. It is also not something that is illegal in Canada.”

However, he pointed out that India’s reaction to these allegations was disappointing. “India’s response when the concerns were taken up with it was to attack Canada, undermine our government, and the integrity of our democracy,” he said. These remarks shed light on how strained the diplomatic ties between the two nations have become in the aftermath of the Nijjar case.

According to Trudeau, the intelligence-gathering efforts regarding Nijjar’s killing were spurred by concerns raised by South Asian Members of Parliament (MPs) in Canada. The inquiries from these MPs prompted his government to seek more clarity on the potential involvement of foreign actors in Nijjar’s murder.

As soon as Canada gathered intelligence hinting at Indian involvement, Trudeau stated that they immediately reached out to Indian security agencies. “Our immediate response was to communicate with Indian security agencies…” Trudeau emphasized. He further explained that Canada’s initial aim was to ensure that the incident would not destroy bilateral relations. “At the G-20 summit… we did not want to make it uncomfortable for India,” he said, adding that he directly discussed the matter with Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi during the summit.

Despite these attempts at communication, India has remained steadfast in denying the allegations. Additionally, India refused to waive diplomatic immunity for its officials implicated by the Canadian government. Addressing this refusal, Trudeau remarked that it wasn’t unexpected. “It was not surprising that India refused to waive diplomatic immunity for its officials,” he said, adding that even Canada would likely take the same stance if the roles were reversed.

The diplomatic fallout from this incident has continued to unfold, with both nations maintaining hardened stances. On Thursday, October 17, 2024, a spokesperson from India’s Ministry of External Affairs (MEA), Randhir Jaiswal, criticized Trudeau’s comments and reiterated that no evidence had been provided by Canada to back up these serious allegations.

“What we have heard today only confirms what we have been saying consistently all along – Canada has presented us no evidence whatsoever in support of the serious allegations that it has chosen to level against India and Indian diplomats,” said Jaiswal in his response. He placed the blame for the worsening relations squarely on Trudeau’s shoulders. “The responsibility for the damage that this cavalier behaviour has caused to India-Canada relations lies with Prime Minister Trudeau alone.”

Jaiswal’s statement reflects India’s ongoing frustration with the allegations and Canada’s handling of the situation. From India’s perspective, Trudeau’s public accusations have severely damaged what was once a more cooperative and friendly diplomatic relationship between the two nations. The absence of concrete evidence to substantiate these allegations has only deepened India’s discontent.

As tensions persist, the fallout from this case has reverberated beyond the halls of diplomacy. In Canada, the incident has raised concerns about the influence of foreign governments on its political processes, a topic that has increasingly come under scrutiny in recent years. The federal commission inquiry into foreign interference, which provided the platform for Trudeau’s recent testimony, has been tasked with investigating such matters, including the alleged role of India in the Nijjar killing.

Despite the diplomatic deadlock, Trudeau maintained that his government’s actions were necessary to ensure the safety and security of Canadian citizens. “We wanted the public to know that we were taking action…” he reiterated during the commission hearing, defending his administration’s decision to go public with the information, even though it was based on intelligence rather than hard evidence.

Looking ahead, it remains unclear how or if the diplomatic rift between India and Canada can be healed. The Nijjar case has clearly cast a long shadow over the future of India-Canada relations, and with both sides standing firm on their respective positions, a swift resolution seems unlikely.

While Trudeau continues to assert that Canada’s allegations were made in the interest of national security, India remains adamant that it had no involvement in the killing. The accusations have left a significant diplomatic scar, and unless new evidence or diplomatic breakthroughs emerge, the current state of tension between the two countries seems set to endure.

New U.S. Rule to Simplify Subscription Cancellations and Increase Transparency

Staff ReporterBusiness 0

Health clubs demanding in-person or certified mail cancellations and cable subscriptions requiring lengthy customer service calls to cancel have long frustrated consumers. Representatives often use aggressive tactics to discourage cancellations. These types of hurdles are set to change with a new U.S. rule designed to simplify the cancellation process for subscriptions, making it just as easy to cancel as it is to sign up.

Federal regulators report receiving around 70 complaints daily from individuals facing difficulties in canceling subscriptions or being charged for subscriptions they didn’t realize they had signed up for. In response, the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) has implemented a new regulation aimed at tackling these complaints.

The newly introduced rule, dubbed “click to cancel,” mandates that businesses, from retailers to gyms, offer cancellation processes that are as simple as their subscription sign-ups. Specifically, for online subscriptions, canceling should require the same number of clicks as signing up. If a business requires in-person sign-ups, there must be an option to cancel online or over the phone, making the cancellation process more flexible for consumers.

The rule also requires businesses to be more transparent during the sign-up process. This ensures that people fully understand the terms of their subscriptions, avoiding situations where they feel deceived or trapped. FTC Chair Lina Khan emphasized this point in a statement, saying, “Too often, businesses make people jump through endless hoops just to cancel a subscription. Nobody should be stuck paying for a service they no longer want.”

The “click to cancel” rule is part of a broader push by the Biden administration to reduce the burden of so-called junk fees, which are often hidden or unclear charges that consumers face when signing up for services. Vice President Kamala Harris has incorporated the initiative into her economic platform as a presidential candidate. The White House publicly supported the new rules upon their finalization on Wednesday.

Most of the rule’s provisions are set to take effect in about six months. Not only will these changes simplify the cancellation process, but they will also enhance the FTC’s ability to assist consumers in recovering money from companies that violate the rule. However, the final version of the rule does not include a previously proposed requirement that companies periodically remind customers about recurring charges, which was initially considered but later removed from the regulation.

The issue of difficult subscription cancellations is not new, and the FTC has taken action in the past against companies that have made it hard for consumers to cancel services. One of the most prominent cases involved Amazon, which the FTC accused of tricking customers into signing up for Prime memberships that were intentionally difficult to cancel. This lawsuit highlights how widespread the issue of subscription traps has become.

While the new rule has garnered support from the Biden administration and consumer advocates, it has faced strong opposition from business groups and some of the FTC’s Republican commissioners. Critics argue that the FTC is overreaching its authority by imposing new requirements on businesses, particularly so close to the upcoming election.

The U.S. Chamber of Commerce, one of the most vocal opponents of the new rule, labeled it as a “power grab” by the FTC, accusing the agency of trying to micromanage business practices. The Chamber stated, “The regulators made a power grab … to micromanage business decisions,” reflecting their concerns about increased regulatory burdens on companies.

Despite this opposition, the Biden administration remains committed to the initiative, framing it as part of a larger effort to protect consumers from unfair fees and practices. The “click to cancel” rule, along with other measures aimed at addressing junk fees, is seen as a critical part of the administration’s consumer protection agenda.

For consumers, the new rule is a welcome change, as it promises to reduce the frustration of dealing with complex and often deliberately difficult cancellation processes. Whether it’s a gym membership, a streaming service, or a magazine subscription, consumers will now have a much easier time canceling services they no longer want or need.

One key aspect of the rule is its focus on transparency. By requiring businesses to provide clear information about subscription terms before customers sign up, the FTC hopes to prevent situations where people unknowingly commit to long-term services or recurring payments. This level of transparency is expected to reduce complaints from consumers who feel misled or caught off guard by charges they didn’t anticipate.

As FTC Chair Lina Khan noted in her statement to NPR, the rule aims to ensure that consumers don’t feel “tricked or trapped into subscriptions.” By setting a clear standard for subscription sign-ups and cancellations, the FTC is attempting to level the playing field between businesses and consumers, ensuring that both parties have a fair and straightforward understanding of the agreement.

The rule’s requirement for subscription services to have cancellation processes that mirror the ease of sign-up is a significant change. In the past, many businesses made it quick and simple to enroll in a service but then imposed substantial barriers when customers tried to cancel. This new regulation ensures that such practices will no longer be acceptable, as businesses will now be required to offer equally accessible cancellation methods.

The exclusion of the periodic reminder requirement from the final version of the rule, while disappointing to some consumer advocates, means that businesses won’t need to send regular notifications reminding customers of their recurring payments. However, the core of the rule still represents a significant step forward in consumer protection, as it tackles one of the most frustrating aspects of subscription services: the difficulty of canceling.

Ultimately, the success of the “click to cancel” rule will depend on its enforcement. With increased authority to take action against companies that violate the regulation, the FTC is positioned to ensure that businesses comply with the new standards. Consumers who encounter difficulties canceling their subscriptions will now have a stronger recourse to seek refunds or other forms of compensation.

As the rule takes effect in the coming months, it will be interesting to see how businesses adapt to the new requirements. Some may need to overhaul their cancellation processes entirely, while others may already have systems in place that align with the new standards. Regardless, the rule marks a major shift in how subscription services are regulated and sets a precedent for future consumer protection efforts.

In the end, the “click to cancel” rule stands as a victory for consumers who have long been frustrated by confusing and cumbersome subscription practices. As businesses adjust to the new regulation, consumers can look forward to a simpler, more transparent experience when managing their subscriptions.

Omar Abdullah Sworn in as Chief Minister of Jammu and Kashmir with Surinder Kumar Choudhary as Deputy Chief Minister

Staff ReporterIndia 0

On Wednesday, Omar Abdullah, the vice-president of the National Conference (NC), was officially sworn in as the Chief Minister of Jammu and Kashmir, with Surinder Kumar Choudhary, representing the Jammu region, taking the oath as Deputy Chief Minister. The ceremony took place in Srinagar, presided over by Lieutenant Governor Manoj Sinha.

Accompanying Mr. Abdullah were five legislators, consisting of three from the Jammu region and two from the Kashmir Valley, who also took their oaths as Ministers. Mr. Choudhary earned his position by defeating BJP leader Ravinder Raina in the Nowshera constituency of Jammu. Abdullah remarked that the structure of the Council of Ministers was “meant to convey a message” to the Jammu region, which saw the BJP win 29 out of 43 seats in the recent elections.

In his address, Mr. Abdullah stated, “I fulfilled the promise of giving representation to all the regions equally. We made Deputy Chief Minister from Jammu so that they will feel they are equally part of the government. There are three more ministries that will be filled soon. Our endeavour will be to walk together.”

Among those who were sworn in as Ministers were Satish Sharma from Jammu’s Chamb constituency, Sakina Yatoo from south Kashmir’s D.H. Pora constituency, Javid Dar from north Kashmir’s Rafiabad constituency, Mr. Choudhary from Jammu’s Nowshera constituency, and Javid Rana from Jammu’s Mendhar constituency. NC president Farooq Abdullah expressed his optimism about the government’s intentions, stating, “The government will treat both the regions equally and will also end the suffering of people.”

This marks Mr. Abdullah’s second term as Chief Minister, having previously served in the role starting in 2009. He has the distinction of being the first Chief Minister of the Union Territory of Jammu and Kashmir after the Central government revoked the region’s special status in 2019 and conferred greater powers to the Lieutenant Governor.

Addressing the challenges ahead, Mr. Abdullah noted, “I was the last Chief Minister to serve a full six-year term. Now I will be the first Chief Minister of the Union territory of Jammu and Kashmir. I am happy about the last distinction of serving six years. Being a Chief Minister of a Union Territory is a different matter altogether. It has its own challenges. I hope that the status of a Union Territory is a temporary one,” he stated prior to the swearing-in ceremony.

After the ceremony, Mr. Abdullah received a guard of honour at the Civil Secretariat in Srinagar and conducted his initial meeting with senior officials. In his first directive, he instructed the Director General of Police (DGP) to avoid creating a “green corridor” or causing traffic disruptions during his movements. “I have instructed him [the DGP] to minimise public inconvenience and the use of sirens is to be minimal. The use of any stick waving or aggressive gestures is to be totally avoided,” Mr. Abdullah emphasized, urging his fellow Cabinet Ministers to adopt a similar mindset.

In the Union Territory of Jammu and Kashmir, there are only ten ministerial positions available, including the Chief Minister’s role. Notably, none of the six Congress legislators took their oaths, even though they are part of the coalition. Ghulam Ahmad Mir, the leader of the Congress Legislature Party, stated, “None of the elected members took oath before the Lieutenant Governor. It is a mark of our protest against Prime Minister Narendra Modi for not restoring statehood.”

Congress president Mallikarjun Kharge reiterated the party’s commitment to statehood, stating that “statehood remains its first priority.”

The swearing-in ceremony was attended by several leaders from the INDIA bloc, including prominent Congress figures such as Rahul Gandhi, Mallikarjun Kharge, and Priyanka Vadra. The event also saw participation from other political leaders, including former Uttar Pradesh Chief Minister Akhilesh Yadav of the Samajwadi Party, CPI(M) leaders Prakash Karat and D. Raja, and Members of Parliament Kanimozhi and Supriya Sule. Former Chief Minister Mehbooba Mufti and MP Sheikh Rashid were also present at the event.

BJP leader Ravinder Raina extended his congratulations to Mr. Abdullah, expressing hope that the new government would work towards “peace and progress.” He added, “I am confident they will further strengthen peace and tranquillity of past 10 years.”

It is noteworthy that none of the 29 BJP legislators attended the swearing-in ceremony in Srinagar.

Kamala Harris Criticizes Trump in Heated Fox News Interview, Defends Biden Administration’s Record

Staff ReporterUSA 0

In her first appearance on Fox News since taking office, Vice President Kamala Harris used the opportunity to attack her Republican rival, Donald Trump, while defending her record and the Biden administration’s policies. The interview, held Wednesday, highlighted Harris’s efforts to appeal to disaffected Republican and independent voters as the 2024 presidential race heats up.

When questioned on issues such as illegal border crossings and violent crimes involving undocumented immigrants during President Joe Biden’s tenure, Harris directed her criticism at Trump. She repeatedly mentioned the former president’s opposition to a bipartisan border security bill earlier in the year. “We have a broken immigration system,” she said, laying the blame on Trump for his refusal to back reforms.

Harris also didn’t shy away from addressing concerns about Biden’s age and mental sharpness, an issue raised frequently by Republicans. Turning the tables, she labeled Trump as “unstable” and questioned his fitness for office, emphasizing, “We should all be concerned.”

The vice president further accused Fox News of downplaying Trump’s divisive rhetoric, noting that the former president had often referred to political opponents as “the enemy within.” She said, “Here’s the bottom line: He has repeated it many times, and you and I both know that. And you and I both know that he has talked about turning the American military on the American people. He has talked about going after people who are engaged in peaceful protest. He has talked about locking people up because they disagree with him.”

Harris made it clear that, in a democracy, the president should be able to handle criticism without threatening retribution. “This is a democracy,” she stated, “And in a democracy, the president of the United States – in the United States of America – should be willing to be able to handle criticism without saying he would lock people up for doing it.”

The interview was part of Harris’s broader effort to appeal to Republican voters who are uncomfortable with Trump’s attempts to overturn the 2020 election. In recent weeks, Harris has been campaigning alongside prominent Republican figures like former Wyoming Representative Liz Cheney and others from Trump’s administration who have distanced themselves from the former president.

Earlier on Wednesday, Harris spoke at an event in Washington Crossing, Pennsylvania, near the historic site where George Washington crossed the Delaware River during the American Revolution. The event gathered over 100 Republicans supporting her campaign, including figures such as former Illinois Representative Adam Kinzinger and former Georgia Lieutenant Governor Geoff Duncan.

During the Fox News interview, Harris also sought to differentiate herself from President Biden, a departure from her earlier statements. She stressed that her presidency, if elected, would not be a continuation of Biden’s administration. “My presidency will not be a continuation of Joe Biden’s presidency,” Harris told Fox News anchor Bret Baier. “I represent a new generation of leadership,” she added. “I, for example, am someone who has not spent the majority of my career in Washington, DC. I invite ideas, whether it be from the Republicans who are supporting me who were just onstage with me minutes ago, and the business sector and others who can contribute to the decisions I make.”

In another key segment of the interview, Harris was pressed about a Trump campaign ad that highlighted her previous stance on gender-affirming care for prisoners, a position she supported during her time as a California senator and presidential candidate in 2019. When asked whether she still supports using taxpayer funds for such care, including for undocumented immigrants, Harris was careful to emphasize her commitment to following the law.

“I will follow the law, and it’s a law that Donald Trump actually followed. You’re probably familiar with, now it’s a public report that under Donald Trump’s administration, these surgeries were available on a medical necessity basis, to people in the federal prison system,” she explained. Harris pointed out that the Trump administration had allowed such services, calling the ad’s criticism hypocritical: “I think, frankly, that ad from the Trump campaign is a little bit of like throwing, you know, stones when you’re living in a glass house.”

Pressed again by Baier on whether she would personally advocate for taxpayer funding of gender-affirming surgeries, Harris remained firm, reiterating her position: “I would follow the law, just as I think Donald Trump would say he did.”

Throughout the interview, Harris repeatedly referred to the bipartisan border security bill that was blocked by Republicans earlier this year. She argued that the failure to pass this legislation has exacerbated the challenges at the US-Mexico border, where facilities are overwhelmed by the number of migrants entering the country.

Baier challenged Harris on the Biden administration’s decision to roll back Trump-era immigration policies, leading to several tense exchanges between the two. At one point, Baier pressed Harris to estimate how many undocumented immigrants had been released into the U.S. during Biden’s presidency. “Just a number. Do you think it’s 1 million, 3 million?” he asked. Harris refused to provide a figure, instead reiterating her point about the broken immigration system.

“Bret, let’s just get to the point, OK? The point is that we have a broken immigration system that needs to be repaired,” she responded. Harris acknowledged the tragic consequences of a system in disrepair, including the case of Laken Riley, a 22-year-old Georgia nursing student who was killed by an undocumented immigrant released by U.S. authorities. “First of all, those are tragic cases. There’s no question about that. There is no question about that, and I can’t imagine the pain that the families of those victims have experienced for a loss that should not have occurred,” she said.

But Harris was quick to return to her criticism of Republican opposition to border security reforms, saying, “It is also true that if a border security bill had actually been passed nine months ago. It would be nine months that we would have had more border agents at the border, more support for the folks who are working around the clock trying to hold it all together.”

Harris maintained that both parties agree on the need to fix the system: “I have no pride in saying that this is a perfect immigration system,” she admitted. “I’ve been clear — I think we all are — that it needs to be fixed.”

In response to questions about her stance on benefits for undocumented immigrants, Harris remained evasive, reiterating only that she would “follow the law.” She also confirmed that she does not support decriminalizing illegal border crossings. “I do not believe in decriminalizing border crossings, and I’ve not done that as vice president,” she said. “I will not do that as president.”

Kamala Harris Seen as Key to Tackling Medical Debt Crisis Amid Presidential Campaign

Staff ReporterMoney 0

Patient and consumer advocates are turning to Vice President Kamala Harris as they hope she will intensify federal efforts to alleviate medical debt should she win the upcoming presidential election. Harris, the Democratic nominee, is viewed as a critical figure in safeguarding access to health insurance for Americans, which experts agree is the best protection against debt caused by medical expenses.

Under the Biden administration, strides have been made to strengthen financial protections for patients. This includes a notable proposal by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) to eliminate medical debt from consumer credit reports. President Biden’s 2022 signing of the Inflation Reduction Act, which includes a $35-a-month cap on insulin for Medicare enrollees, has also helped ease some financial burdens. Additionally, bipartisan efforts across state legislatures have led to laws aimed at curbing aggressive debt collection practices.

Despite these advancements, advocates argue that there is much more the federal government could do to address the problem affecting 100 million Americans. The weight of medical debt often leads individuals to work extra jobs, lose their homes, or reduce spending on essentials like food.

“Biden and Harris have done more to tackle the medical debt crisis in this country than any other administration,” said Mona Shah, senior director of policy and strategy at Community Catalyst, a nonprofit organization leading efforts to strengthen protections against medical debt. “But there is more that needs to be done and should be a top priority for the next Congress and administration.”

However, these advocates fear that a second term for former President Donald Trump could reverse progress. During his first term, Trump and congressional Republicans attempted to repeal the Affordable Care Act (ACA), a move that analysts predicted would strip health coverage from millions of Americans and raise costs for those with pre-existing conditions like diabetes and cancer. Trump also promoted cheaper “skinny plans” that offered minimal coverage but left people vulnerable to significant out-of-pocket expenses if they became ill. Though Trump signed the bipartisan No Surprises Act, which shields consumers from certain surprise medical bills, his stance against the ACA and his intent to roll back the Inflation Reduction Act continue to raise concerns.

“People will face a wave of medical debt from paying premiums and prescription drug prices,” warned Anthony Wright, executive director of Families USA, a consumer group advocating for federal health protections. “Patients and the public should be concerned.”

The Trump campaign has not offered detailed plans regarding health care or medical debt in the run-up to the election. Trump has hinted at improving the ACA but has yet to provide specifics.

Harris, on the other hand, has pledged to protect the ACA and extend expanded subsidies for insurance premiums under the Inflation Reduction Act. These subsidies are set to expire next year, and Harris has voiced strong support for renewing them. Additionally, she has endorsed more government spending to purchase and cancel old medical debts. While these efforts have brought relief to hundreds of thousands, many advocates believe retiring old debts only offers a temporary solution without more systemic reforms.

“It’s a boat with a hole in it,” said Katie Berge, a lobbyist for the Leukemia & Lymphoma Society. Her group was one of over 50 organizations that last year urged the Biden administration to take more aggressive steps in addressing medical debt.

“Medical debt is no longer a niche issue,” said Kirsten Sloan, a federal policy expert at the American Cancer Society’s Cancer Action Network. “It is key to the economic well-being of millions of Americans.”

One significant proposal currently in development is a set of CFPB regulations that would bar medical bills from appearing on consumer credit reports. This move could boost credit scores, making it easier for Americans to rent apartments, secure jobs, or obtain loans. Harris has expressed strong support for this initiative, stating in June that medical debt “is critical to the financial health and well-being of millions of Americans.” She added, “No one should be denied access to economic opportunity simply because they experienced a medical emergency.”

Minnesota Governor Tim Walz, Harris’ running mate, has also taken steps to address medical debt. Walz, who has shared that his family struggled with medical debt during his youth, signed a law in June cracking down on aggressive debt collection practices in his state.

CFPB officials expect the new regulations to be finalized early next year. However, it remains unclear whether Trump would continue supporting these protections. His administration took little action on medical debt, and congressional Republicans have long been critical of the CFPB.

If Harris prevails in the election, consumer groups hope she will push the CFPB to take even more significant measures, including stricter oversight of medical credit cards and similar financial products offered by hospitals. These products often lock patients into interest payments on top of their existing debt.

“We are seeing a variety of new medical financial products,” noted April Kuehnhoff, senior attorney at the National Consumer Law Center. “These can raise new concerns about consumer protections, and it is critical for the CFPB and other regulators to monitor these companies.”

Beyond the CFPB, advocates are calling on other federal agencies, particularly the Health and Human Services (HHS) department, to become more involved. HHS oversees billions of dollars through the Medicare and Medicaid programs, giving the federal government substantial influence over hospitals and medical providers. Yet, to date, the Biden administration has not fully leveraged this power to address medical debt.

There are signs of what could come, however. North Carolina state leaders recently won federal approval for a program requiring hospitals to help alleviate patient debt in exchange for government aid. Harris has praised this initiative, and some see it as a potential model for future federal action.

Ultimately, for patients and consumer advocates, the stakes of the 2024 election are high. Harris’ focus on expanding health protections offers hope for more comprehensive solutions to the growing medical debt crisis. On the other hand, fears loom that a Trump victory could undo many of the hard-won gains and leave millions more vulnerable to the crushing burden of medical debt.

Workers at Samsung Factory in Tamil Nadu End Strike After Month-Long Protest

Staff ReporterBusiness 0

Workers at Samsung Electronics’ factory in Tamil Nadu, India, have ended a labor strike that lasted over a month, marking one of the largest strikes the South Korean tech giant has faced in recent years. The strike, which involved around 1,500 workers in Chennai, was held to demand better wages, improved working conditions, and the recognition of a newly formed union.

According to labor activist E Muthukumar, who supported the workers during the strike, while Samsung has yet to formally recognize the union, the company has agreed to address the workers’ other demands. Muthukumar told the BBC, “We have decided to call off the protest as the Samsung management has decided to engage with workers on all key demands like higher wages, medical insurance, and better facilities.”

This protest has gained attention, as it had the potential to affect Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s efforts to position India as an alternative to China for global manufacturing. Samsung’s large presence in the Indian market makes it a significant player in Modi’s plans for India to become a global manufacturing hub. The month-long strike raised concerns about potential disruptions to this vision.

The Centre of Indian Trade Unions (CITU), a politically backed national labor union that led the protests, announced on Wednesday that the strike had been called off following a meeting between the workers and Samsung representatives. “During the meeting, it was decided that the workers would return to their jobs on Thursday,” Muthukumar explained, adding that while the issue of registering the new union, the Samsung India Labour Welfare Union (SILWU), is still pending in court, other critical issues had been addressed. “So those discussions will continue,” he said.

One of the major points of contention in the strike was the formal recognition of the union by Samsung. Workers argued that without official recognition, it would be difficult to negotiate fair wages and working hours. Muthukumar confirmed that although Samsung had not recognized the union, the company had agreed to work with workers on other important demands, signaling progress in the negotiations.

On Tuesday, before the official end of the strike, representatives of the protesting workers met with officials from the Tamil Nadu labor department. Following the meeting, Tamil Nadu’s Minister for Industries, TRB Rajaa, announced that the workers had agreed to return to their jobs immediately. Rajaa also noted that Samsung had agreed not to retaliate against workers who had participated in the strike, stating, “Samsung agreed not to victimise the workers only for having participated in the strike.”

The minister further added that the workers would fully cooperate with the management moving forward, and Samsung would issue a formal written response to the workers’ charter of demands. He emphasized that the agreement was a step towards restoring normal operations at the factory and ensuring that the workers’ grievances were heard.

Samsung also released a statement acknowledging the end of the strike. The company stated that it welcomed CITU’s decision to call off the protest and reaffirmed its commitment to maintaining positive relationships with its employees. “We will not take action against workers who merely participated in the illegal strike. We are committed to work closely with our workers to make the Chennai factory a great place to work,” the statement read.

The workers’ protest, which began on September 9, took place near the Samsung factory in Chennai, one of two manufacturing plants the company operates in India. The factory employs around 2,000 workers and is a key facility for Samsung, producing home appliances that contribute significantly to the company’s $12 billion annual revenue in India.

One of the primary motivations behind the strike was the workers’ desire to have their union recognized. Workers had expressed frustration that without a formal union, they lacked the means to negotiate fair pay and reasonable working hours with Samsung management. Akriti Bhatia, a labor rights activist, explained the broader challenges that workers face at multinational corporations like Samsung in India. She pointed out that these companies often do not fully adhere to Indian labor laws, particularly regarding the right to unionize. “Multinational companies which set up factories in India often don’t follow Indian labour laws, which allow workers the right to association and collective bargaining,” she told the BBC.

Bhatia elaborated that these companies sometimes form internal unions that appear to represent workers but are effectively controlled by the management, preventing genuine collective bargaining. She emphasized that such companies often resist the formation of external unions, especially those with political affiliations. According to Bhatia, multinational corporations are uncomfortable with independent unions and prefer internal structures that limit workers’ autonomy.

A source from Samsung echoed this view, telling the BBC earlier in the strike that the company “fully supports unions but not ones backed by a third-party.” This reflects a common stance taken by multinational corporations operating in India, where external unions with political backing are viewed with suspicion.

The recent Samsung strike is not an isolated incident. Earlier this year, hundreds of workers at a factory in Tamil Nadu, operated by an Apple supplier, also went on strike. Like the Samsung workers, they too were demanding recognition of their union. The trend of labor strikes in India’s technology and electronics manufacturing sector underscores the growing tension between workers and multinational companies, especially when it comes to labor rights and union recognition.

While the Samsung strike has come to an end, the outcome of the court’s decision on whether to recognize the Samsung India Labour Welfare Union will likely have a lasting impact on labor relations at the factory. Workers have indicated that they are prepared to continue fighting for their union, even as they return to work under the current terms.

Samsung’s decision to engage with workers on their demands and refrain from penalizing them for striking could be seen as a positive step toward improving labor relations in the long run. However, the unresolved issue of union recognition suggests that labor disputes may continue unless a more concrete resolution is reached. For now, though, the focus shifts to how Samsung and its workers navigate the ongoing negotiations regarding wages, working conditions, and future labor relations.

Church Delegation Seeks Affirmative Action for Dalit Christians

Staff ReporterIndia 0

A church delegation has called upon a government-appointed panel to extend affirmative action benefits to Dalit Christians, whose ancestors were historically classified as untouchable within India’s rigid caste-based social structure. The delegation, comprising 15 members, met with a commission led by retired Chief Justice of India K.G. Balakrishnan to discuss the ongoing marginalization of Dalit Christians. According to Father Anthony Raj Thumma, a member of the delegation, the group presented their concerns regarding the hardships faced by Dalit Christians.

In 2022, Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s government established a three-member commission to examine whether Dalit individuals who have converted to Christianity or Islam should be entitled to the same social welfare benefits currently available to Dalits of Hindu, Buddhist, and Sikh faiths. Father Thumma, who also serves as the secretary of the Indian bishops’ Office for Ecumenism, shared that the commission listened attentively to their appeal and requested additional clarifications.

On October 12, the delegation, led by Montfort Brother Jos Daniel, met with the commission in New Delhi, where they submitted a memorandum expressing their grievances. India is home to 201 million Dalits, and nearly 60 percent of the country’s 25 million Christians can trace their roots to Dalit or tribal communities. Despite legal progress, such as the 1955 law making untouchability a criminal offense, social discrimination against Dalits persists in various forms.

Despite the law, Dalit Christians and Muslims have been excluded from affirmative action benefits for the last seven decades. This exclusion stems from the argument that Christianity and Islam do not adhere to the hierarchical Hindu caste system, which has historically defined Dalit identity. As a result, successive governments have denied them access to the social welfare programs designed to assist Dalits. These programs, which were introduced under India’s constitution, are aimed at integrating Dalits—officially referred to as Scheduled Castes (SCs)—into mainstream society. The benefits include reserved seats in educational institutions, job quotas, and representation in legislative bodies.

The roots of this exclusion can be traced back to a presidential order issued in 1950, which limited these benefits to Dalit Hindus on the grounds that the Dalit caste only existed within Hinduism. However, amendments to the order later included Dalit Sikhs and Buddhists in the list of those eligible for benefits. Dalit Christians, however, continue to be excluded, and Church leaders have long argued that conversion to Christianity does not eradicate the socio-economic disadvantages associated with being a Dalit. They maintain that Dalit Christians experience “double discrimination”—not only are they ostracized by society, but they are also neglected by the government in terms of social welfare.

Two decades ago, leaders from the Christian and Muslim communities jointly filed a petition with India’s Supreme Court, calling for an end to the discrimination faced by Dalit Christians and Muslims. The court is expected to address the issue next month, following the release of the commission’s findings.

This is not the first time a government commission has studied the question of extending SC status to Dalit Christians and Muslims. Two previous panels, the Ranganath Misra Commission in 2004 and the Rajinder Sachar Commission in 2005, both recommended granting affirmative action benefits to Dalit Christians and Muslims. These commissions argued that converting to religions such as Christianity and Islam—often described as “egalitarian” faiths—had not significantly improved the socio-economic conditions of Dalit converts.

Despite these recommendations, the Modi government rejected the proposals made by the earlier commissions. Instead, they formed a new panel under the leadership of Justice Balakrishnan, who himself hails from the Dalit community. The current commission has been consulting with various stakeholders, including Church officials and Muslim leaders, to gather insights before delivering its final report.

Social commentators often point out that the appointment of commissions is a common tactic used by Indian governments to delay taking action on contentious issues. In this case, the inclusion of Christians and Muslims of Dalit origin in the SC list has been consistently avoided by successive governments, likely due to concerns about a potential backlash from the Hindu majority, which constitutes roughly 90 percent of the population.

The longstanding issue has deeply affected Dalit Christians, who argue that the conversion to Christianity did not significantly alter their social standing. “Changing one’s religion does not change one’s socio-economic condition,” said a Dalit Christian leader. “Our people still face discrimination, and the government has also turned its back on us.”

The Dalit community has historically been positioned outside of India’s four-tier caste system and was subjected to the harshest forms of social ostracism. While the practice of untouchability was officially outlawed in 1955, its impact remains deeply ingrained in society. Dalit Christians, in particular, find themselves in a vulnerable position. While they are no longer legally untouchable, they often face persistent prejudice from the broader community. Furthermore, the government’s refusal to extend SC benefits to Dalit Christians means that they are denied crucial social protections, such as access to reserved government jobs and educational opportunities.

The denial of these benefits has created a cycle of marginalization, where Dalit Christians are pushed to the periphery of both their religious and social communities. This exclusion exacerbates existing inequalities and limits opportunities for upward mobility. For many Dalit Christians, the hope for change now lies with the recommendations of the current commission. If the commission decides to include Dalit Christians and Muslims in the SC category, it could mark a significant shift in India’s social and political landscape.

The Modi government’s decision to appoint a new commission is being watched closely by social and political analysts, as it could signal the government’s stance on affirmative action for religious minorities. However, some remain skeptical about whether the government will take action, given the political sensitivities surrounding the issue.

Meanwhile, the Church and other organizations continue to advocate for equal treatment for Dalit Christians. As the commission prepares to finalize its report, there is growing anticipation about the potential outcomes. If the commission recommends affirmative action for Dalit Christians, the government will face significant pressure to implement the changes. However, if the commission’s findings are ignored, it is likely that Dalit Christians will continue their fight for social and economic justice, both through the courts and public advocacy.

As India’s Supreme Court prepares to hear the case next month, the outcome of this long-standing issue may finally come to light. Whether or not the commission’s recommendations will lead to concrete policy changes remains uncertain, but the calls for equality and justice for Dalit Christians continue to grow stronger with each passing day.

How WhatsApp and Other Messaging Apps Make Money

Staff ReporterMedia, Business 0

In the past day, I have sent over 100 messages through WhatsApp. None of these messages were particularly thrilling; they consisted of routine conversations with family, work discussions, and some casual exchanges with friends. Despite their mundane nature, every one of these messages was encrypted, passing through WhatsApp’s sophisticated computer servers located across global data centers.

Operating such a service isn’t cheap, yet neither I nor any of my contacts have ever paid for the privilege of using WhatsApp. The platform now boasts nearly three billion users globally. So, how does WhatsApp generate revenue?

One key factor is that WhatsApp is owned by Meta, the massive parent company that also runs Facebook and Instagram. This corporate backing plays a significant role in keeping personal WhatsApp accounts, like mine, free for users. WhatsApp’s revenue stream comes primarily from corporate customers who seek to communicate with individuals like me via the app.

Since 2023, businesses have been able to create free channels on WhatsApp, allowing them to send messages to users who subscribe to receive updates. However, what companies are willing to pay a premium for is the ability to engage in personalized interactions with individual customers, whether conversational or transactional. These paid interactions allow businesses to build stronger relationships with users directly within the app.

While this model is still gaining traction in places like the UK, it’s already much more developed in other regions. For example, in the bustling Indian city of Bangalore, you can now book a bus ticket and select your seat, all through WhatsApp.

Nikila Srinivasan, Meta’s vice president of business messaging, explains their broader vision for WhatsApp: “Our vision, if we get all of this right, is a business and a customer should be able to get things done right in a chat thread. That means, if you want to book a ticket, if you want to initiate a return, if you want to make a payment, you should be able to do that without ever leaving your chat thread. And then just go right back to all of the other conversations in your life.”

In addition to direct messaging, businesses can pay for a link that allows users to launch a WhatsApp chat directly from an online advertisement on Facebook or Instagram. This feature alone is now generating billions of dollars for Meta, according to Srinivasan.

WhatsApp isn’t the only messaging platform trying to balance user growth and profitability. Other apps have explored different methods of monetization.

Signal: A Different Approach

Signal, another widely used messaging app known for its stringent security protocols, has chosen a different path. Unlike WhatsApp and other platforms, Signal operates as a non-profit organization. The platform asserts that it has never accepted funding from outside investors, contrasting with the likes of Telegram, which relies on investor support.

Signal runs on donations. In 2018, it received a major boost from Brian Acton, a co-founder of WhatsApp, who donated $50 million. Signal’s president, Meredith Whittaker, detailed their funding philosophy in a blog post last year: “Our goal is to move as close as possible to becoming fully supported by small donors, relying on a large number of modest contributions from people who care about Signal.”

Discord: Freemium and Paid Models

Discord, a messaging platform primarily used by gamers, operates with a freemium model. While it’s free to sign up, the platform offers additional features, including access to games, for a fee. Discord also provides a premium membership service called Nitro. Subscribers pay $9.99 per month for benefits like high-quality video streaming and personalized emojis.

Snapchat: A Blend of Approaches

Snapchat, developed by Snap Inc., has adopted a combination of revenue models. As of August 2024, the platform has 11 million paying subscribers. These users pay for Snapchat’s premium features, which include augmented reality glasses, known as Snapchat Spectacles.

Advertising, however, remains Snap’s primary source of revenue, bringing in more than $4 billion annually. Moreover, Snap has profited from interest, generating nearly $300 million between 2016 and 2023, according to Forbes.

Element: Secure, Custom Messaging

Element, a UK-based messaging app, serves a unique niche. It charges governments and large organizations to use its secure communication platform. Element’s clients operate the technology on their own private servers. According to its co-founder, Matthew Hodgson, Element is generating “double digit million revenue” and is close to profitability.

Hodgson believes that despite the variety of models, advertising remains the dominant business model for messaging apps. He points out that many platforms rely on monitoring user behavior to serve targeted ads. “Basically [many messaging platforms] sell adverts by monitoring what people do, who they talk to, and then targeting them with the best adverts,” Hodgson explains.

Even with encryption and anonymity protocols in place, these platforms can collect data about user behavior without needing to see the actual content of the messages. This data is then used to tailor advertisements for users. Hodgson adds, “It’s the old story – if you the user, aren’t paying, then the chances are that you are the product.”

Diverse Models for Different Apps

The strategies employed by these messaging platforms highlight the diversity of revenue models available in the digital age. While WhatsApp’s integration with Meta’s vast advertising ecosystem and business messaging system provides one model, platforms like Signal and Element take vastly different approaches by focusing on security and privacy, without relying on advertisers.

Meanwhile, apps like Discord and Snapchat use a combination of paid features, memberships, and advertising to generate revenue. These models allow for a balance between offering free services to users while generating income through other streams, like paid subscriptions or ads.

At the end of the day, despite the range of business models, there’s a fundamental question users need to ask themselves when using free apps: If I’m not paying for it, how is this service being paid for? The answer often points to hidden costs, whether they are in the form of data collection for targeted advertising or requests for donations.

For WhatsApp, with its nearly three billion users, the business strategy remains tied to its ability to attract businesses and charge them for engaging with users. Other apps, like Signal, will continue to seek support from their users directly, appealing to those who value privacy and wish to keep the service free of investor influence. Ultimately, how each platform sustains itself will depend on the values and needs of its users, as well as the broader market forces at play in the tech industry.

Fading Blue Charm: The Disappearance of Jodhpur’s Iconic Blue Houses

Staff ReporterIndia 0

The striking blue houses of Brahmapuri in Jodhpur, Rajasthan, have drawn travelers from around the globe for years, symbolizing the city’s unique heritage. However, these iconic homes are slowly losing their distinct blue hue and charm, raising concerns among locals and historians alike.

Brahmapuri is nestled at the base of the famous Mehrangarh Fort, constructed in 1459 by Rajput ruler Rao Jodha. This ancient fortified area, sheltered by the fort’s imposing shadow, is recognized as the old city of Jodhpur. The distinguishing feature of Brahmapuri has always been its azure-colored houses, although, according to Esther Christine Schmidt, assistant professor at Jindal School of Art and Architecture, the blue color likely wasn’t introduced before the 17th Century.

These blue houses have long been a marker of Jodhpur’s identity. Despite modern developments over the past 70 years, the area continues to be the heart of the ‘Blue City,’ says Sunayana Rathore, the curator of Mehrangarh Museum. The term ‘Brahmapuri’ itself translates to “the town of Brahmins” in Sanskrit, as it was established as a colony for upper-caste Brahmin families. The color blue was adopted as a symbol of purity and piety within the Hindu caste system, setting them apart from other social groups.

Rathore draws a comparison to the blue city of Chefchaouen in Morocco, where Jews fleeing the Spanish Inquisition in the 15th Century settled. Much like Brahmapuri, the Jewish settlers in Chefchaouen painted their homes, mosques, and public offices blue, a color believed to represent divine skies in Judaism. The blue tint of both cities became more than just a religious or cultural statement; it also served practical purposes. In Jodhpur, for instance, the mixture of blue paint with limestone plaster cooled the interiors and helped keep the homes pleasant in the hot climate. Furthermore, the striking color began to draw tourists eager to experience Brahmapuri’s unique architectural beauty.

However, in contrast to Chefchaouen, Brahmapuri’s blue houses are now fading. Various factors have contributed to this shift. Historically, blue paint was made from natural indigo, a crop that was once abundant in Rajasthan, with Bayana town being one of India’s major centers for indigo production. Over time, though, indigo farming declined due to its detrimental impact on the soil. Additionally, increasing temperatures have made it difficult for the blue paint to regulate indoor temperatures effectively, leading many residents to switch to modern cooling appliances like air conditioners.

“Temperatures have risen gradually over the years,” notes Udit Bhatia, assistant professor of civil engineering at the Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Gandhinagar. Bhatia, who studies resilience infrastructure and climate change, mentions that a trend analysis conducted by his institute shows that Jodhpur’s average temperature has climbed from 37.5°C in the 1950s to 38.5°C by 2016. The blue paint, once a solution to the intense heat, is no longer as effective. Furthermore, Bhatia highlights that blue paint traditionally contained copper sulfate, which acted as a pest repellent. This antifouling agent was a popular component in paints during the 20th Century, but newer materials have replaced such elements in modern homes.

Urbanization is another contributor to the fading blue hue. As Jodhpur expands, newer building techniques, which prioritize materials like cement and concrete over lime plaster, have replaced traditional methods. These modern materials do not absorb blue pigment as well as lime, further contributing to the diminishing use of blue in Brahmapuri. Bhatia remarks that while urbanization isn’t inherently bad, it often leads to the abandonment of older, well-designed systems that complemented the environment. He adds, “Yesterday, if someone was walking down an alley in Jodhpur with blue homes on either side, and today they are walking down the same alley where the homes are now painted in a darker colour, even the lightest breeze will make them feel hotter than what they felt earlier.”

This phenomenon, known as the heat island effect, amplifies the impact of rising temperatures. Darker-colored buildings made from cement, glass, and concrete reflect heat back into the environment, worsening the heat’s effects. This is in stark contrast to traditional lime plaster homes, which would have kept the interiors cooler.

For some residents, the shift away from blue is driven by practical considerations. Aditya Dave, a 29-year-old civil engineer from Brahmapuri, mentions that his 300-year-old family home remains mostly blue. However, the cost of maintaining the blue color has increased dramatically. “Repainting houses blue would cost around 5,000 rupees ($60; £45) up until a decade ago, while today, it would be more than 30,000 rupees,” he explains. With rising expenses and scarce indigo, many residents opt for more affordable alternatives, such as tiled facades that don’t require frequent repainting. Dave himself chose tiles when he built his new house in Brahmapuri five years ago, emphasizing cost-effectiveness over tradition.

The gradual disappearance of Brahmapuri’s blue homes is a disappointment to tourists and heritage enthusiasts alike. Deepak Soni, a local garments seller who has collaborated with authorities to preserve Brahmapuri’s blue identity, feels that the city is losing an essential part of its heritage. “We should feel embarrassed that when someone comes looking for the homes that formed the identity of our city, they don’t find them. So many foreigners compare Jodhpur to Chefchaouen. If Chefchaouen has managed to keep their homes blue for centuries, why can’t we?” he asks.

Soni has been actively working to reverse this trend. In 2018, he negotiated with local authorities and communities to save the blue heritage of Brahmapuri. His efforts include raising funds from Brahmapuri residents to repaint the outer walls of 500 homes blue every year. Since 2019, he has convinced nearly 3,000 homeowners to return to the traditional blue for their homes’ outer walls and roofs. “So that at least when someone takes a picture in Brahmapuri, the background appears blue,” he explains.

Currently, Soni estimates that roughly half of the 33,000 homes in Brahmapuri remain blue. He is working with local officials and lawmakers on a plan to apply lime plaster to more houses, enabling them to be painted blue once again.

Soni believes that preserving Brahmapuri’s blue heritage is not just about aesthetics but about pride in the city’s history. “Why will people from outside Jodhpur care about our city if we don’t care about its heritage, and do something to save it?” he asks.

For Jodhpur’s residents and tourists alike, the fading blue walls of Brahmapuri signal a deeper challenge: how to maintain cultural heritage in the face of modernization, rising costs, and environmental changes. Whether the blue city will regain its signature hue remains uncertain, but efforts to preserve its charm continue.

Patel Takes the Crown at Miss India Worldwide, Honored to Represent Heritage

Staff ReporterFashion, Women 0

In a dazzling event held in Edison, New Jersey, Patel was crowned Miss India Worldwide, a prestigious title that celebrates beauty, culture, and heritage. Patel expressed her pride and excitement after the win, saying, “Winning Miss India Worldwide is such an incredible honor. It’s more than a crown. It represents my heritage, my values, and the opportunity to inspire others on a global scale.”

The Miss India Worldwide pageant is a significant event in the Indian diaspora, bringing together contestants of Indian origin from various countries. Organized by the New York-based India Festival Committee, the competition aims to celebrate the talent, beauty, and cultural roots of Indian women globally. The competition has been running for many years, growing in stature and recognition for its ability to unite women from different backgrounds under one shared identity: Indian heritage.

Patel’s victory is not just a personal triumph, but it also shines a light on the values she holds dear. “It represents my heritage,” she said, reflecting on the deeper meaning of the crown. The pageant isn’t merely about physical beauty; it encompasses values such as intelligence, leadership, and a strong connection to one’s cultural background. Patel emphasized the opportunity she now has to inspire others, using her platform to promote the values she cherishes and encourage young women worldwide.

The India Festival Committee, which organizes the Miss India Worldwide pageant, has long been committed to promoting Indian culture and celebrating the achievements of women of Indian descent. Their pageant draws participants from a wide range of countries, allowing contestants to showcase not just their beauty, but their intellect, talent, and cultural pride. For years, it has stood as a bridge between India and its global diaspora, fostering connections and a sense of community across borders.

The pageant’s influence stretches beyond the competition itself, as winners often go on to use their platforms for advocacy and cultural representation. As a Miss India Worldwide titleholder, Patel now steps into this role, where she can inspire others by embracing and promoting the values she grew up with. Her victory marks the beginning of what is likely to be a year of engaging with communities, encouraging young women, and representing Indian culture on a global stage.

Each contestant in the Miss India Worldwide pageant brings their unique story to the competition. For Patel, the victory is not just about personal achievement but about carrying her cultural identity forward in a way that can resonate with others. Her triumph is symbolic of the broader connection that contestants feel with their roots, and Patel is committed to using her new platform to inspire pride in heritage and tradition.

“Winning this title means I have the opportunity to make a difference,” Patel said. Her words reflect her ambition to use her newfound influence for more than just personal gain. With the crown comes a responsibility to represent the values of the Indian community, and Patel intends to fulfill that role by engaging with various causes and initiatives that resonate with her.

The Miss India Worldwide pageant is also known for fostering a sense of sisterhood among its participants. Contestants often speak of the camaraderie they experience during the event, as they share their stories, learn from one another, and build lifelong friendships. For many, the pageant becomes a journey of self-discovery, where they reconnect with their heritage in meaningful ways while also gaining the confidence to represent that heritage proudly on a global stage.

The India Festival Committee’s mission goes beyond the pageant itself. Over the years, it has organized numerous cultural events aimed at promoting Indian culture and heritage in the diaspora. The Miss India Worldwide pageant is just one part of its broader vision to create platforms where Indian culture can be celebrated and shared with the world. The committee believes in the power of cultural exchange and uses its events to foster understanding and appreciation of Indian traditions and values in a global context.

For Patel, this victory is a testament to her hard work, but also to the values instilled in her by her family and community. “It’s more than a crown,” she reiterated, highlighting how much the title means to her personally. She recognizes that this title comes with the opportunity to not only inspire other young women but to also serve as a role model in how to balance tradition with modernity.

Throughout the pageant, contestants showcase a variety of talents, and judges look for well-rounded individuals who can represent the Indian community in a positive light. It’s not just about physical beauty; intelligence, creativity, and a passion for cultural representation are equally important. The competition serves as a reminder that beauty comes in many forms and that the ability to inspire others through action, words, and values is just as important as physical appearance.

As Patel prepares for her year as Miss India Worldwide, she is mindful of the responsibilities that come with the title. She aims to advocate for issues close to her heart, using her platform to raise awareness on cultural and social matters that affect not only the Indian community but also the global community. Whether through charity work, public speaking, or cultural engagements, Patel is determined to make her reign as Miss India Worldwide meaningful and impactful.

The Miss India Worldwide pageant continues to be an important cultural event that connects the Indian diaspora across the globe. It celebrates the unique blend of tradition and modernity that defines Indian culture today and provides a platform for women to shine in their own right. Patel’s win is a reminder of the power of cultural pride, and her story is one that will likely inspire many young women to embrace their heritage and strive for excellence.

For Patel, the journey has only just begun. As she steps into her new role, she carries with her the hopes and dreams of many young women who look up to her as a symbol of empowerment. She is determined to use her title to not only honor her heritage but to inspire others to do the same, showing that true beauty lies in the values one holds and the impact one makes on the world.

Antarctica’s Dramatic Greening: Vegetation Surge Linked to Global Warming

Staff ReporterEnvironment 0

A recent study has revealed a surprising development in one of the coldest regions on Earth – a significant increase in vegetation cover across the Antarctic Peninsula. This unexpected greening is a direct result of global warming, according to scientists, and it marks a dramatic change in the region’s ecology. Over the past 40 years, the amount of plant life in this icy landscape has grown more than tenfold.

“The landscape is still almost entirely dominated by snow, ice, and rock, with only a tiny fraction colonized by plant life,” explained Thomas Roland, one of the study’s co-authors from the University of Exeter in the U.K. in a statement. “But that tiny fraction has grown dramatically – showing that even this vast and isolated ‘wilderness’ is being affected by anthropogenic (human-caused) climate change.”

Rising Temperatures and Frequent Heat Events

The researchers found that rising temperatures are at the heart of this transformation. The Antarctic Peninsula, in particular, has seen dramatic warming over the last 60 years. This increase has been most pronounced in the western regions of the Antarctic and along the peninsula itself. According to the study, the rate of warming in these areas is happening much faster than the global average.

Since 1950, temperatures on the Antarctic Peninsula have increased by more than 5 degrees Fahrenheit. This significant rise stands in stark contrast to temperature changes in other parts of the world. The study, which was published in *Nature Geoscience*, emphasizes that the Antarctic Peninsula is warming at a rate that far exceeds the global average. The frequency of extreme heat events in the region has also become more common, further contributing to the shift in the environment.

Greening Trends Likely to Persist

The study’s authors suggest that this greening trend is unlikely to slow down and will probably continue in the coming years. The growing presence of plant life on the Antarctic Peninsula is altering the physical makeup of the region.

“Soil in Antarctica is mostly poor or non-existent, but this increase in plant life will add organic matter and facilitate soil formation – potentially paving the way for other plants to grow,” said study co-author Olly Bartlett from the University of Hertfordshire. This process could open the door for non-native and invasive plant species to take root in the region. Bartlett highlighted a potential concern that these species might be introduced by visitors to Antarctica, such as tourists or scientists, who could inadvertently carry seeds or other organic material with them.

Satellite Technology Reveals the Full Picture

The research team used advanced satellite imagery to track and measure the extent of the greening across the Antarctic Peninsula. These satellite images allowed the scientists to observe changes over a broad area and establish a clear trend of increasing vegetation.

Jasmine Lee, a conservation scientist from the British Antarctic Survey in Cambridge, U.K., commented on the significance of the research. Speaking to *Nature*, she said, “This research is really important.” While earlier studies have indicated that plant life in the region was responding to climate change, Lee noted that this is the first large-scale study to assess the entire area comprehensively.

The findings, according to Lee, provide a detailed understanding of how the region is transforming in response to rising global temperatures. Roland echoed these concerns, noting that the rapid expansion of greenery underscores the “unprecedented changes that humans are imposing on Earth’s climate.”

Long-Term Implications of a Greener Antarctica

The implications of the greening of Antarctica are still being studied, but researchers agree that the changes could have significant and far-reaching effects on the region’s ecology. The introduction of more organic matter, soil formation, and the potential for new plant species could fundamentally alter the balance of life in this fragile ecosystem.

At present, Antarctica remains predominantly covered by ice, snow, and rock, with only a small portion of its landscape supporting plant life. However, as climate change continues to reshape the continent, that fraction is likely to grow, bringing with it a host of ecological changes. One of the most concerning risks highlighted by the study is the possibility of invasive species establishing a foothold on the continent. Non-native plants and animals could potentially outcompete the region’s existing species, leading to unforeseen ecological consequences.

The study also raises concerns about the broader implications of global warming and how it is altering some of the most remote and previously untouched areas of the planet. Antarctica, long considered a frozen and isolated wilderness, is now undergoing profound changes as a result of human activities. The rapid greening of the region serves as a visible reminder of the impact of climate change on the Earth’s ecosystems, even in places once thought to be immune from such shifts.

The greening of the Antarctic Peninsula represents a significant and surprising development in the ongoing story of global climate change. The study’s findings highlight how even the coldest, most remote regions of the planet are being transformed by rising temperatures. As plant life continues to expand across the Antarctic landscape, scientists will continue to monitor the long-term ecological effects of this change and the potential risks posed by invasive species. While much of the continent remains frozen, the dramatic increase in vegetation serves as a stark reminder of the far-reaching consequences of human-induced climate change.

The New Divide in American Politics: Education as the Deciding Factor

Staff ReporterUSA 0

American voters are increasingly divided across various lines, including gender, race, and geography, all of which are commonly used to explain the current state of politics. The gender divide has been particularly prominent, with more women supporting Democrats—a gap likely to widen after the fall of Roe v. Wade, which turned the U.S. into a patchwork of states with either abortion rights or abortion bans. This issue may significantly affect upcoming elections.

In addition to gender, the role of race remains a pivotal factor. Former President Donald Trump’s ability to draw support from voters of color, especially among Latinos and Black men, could play a decisive role in key battleground states where close margins are expected. Geographical divisions are also clear, with rural voters typically favoring Republicans and urban voters leaning towards Democrats. The suburbs, however, remain a crucial battleground, with the candidate who can sway these voters likely to emerge victorious in November.

However, according to longtime Democratic strategist Doug Sosnik, who served as former President Bill Clinton’s political director, the most significant divide in modern American politics is education. Sosnik is well known for his detailed political analyses, and he believes that the current education gap is reshaping the political landscape.

The Rise of the Education Gap

“The biggest single, best predictor of how someone’s going to vote in American politics now is education level. That is now the new fault line in American politics,” Sosnik explained on the “CNN Political Briefing” podcast. He attributes this growing divide to Trump’s influence over the past three election cycles, which accelerated an education-based political realignment that had been slowly forming since the 1970s. According to Sosnik, the roots of this shift trace back to the early days of the decline of the middle class in America.

As the U.S. continues its transition into a 21st-century economy, a stark division has emerged between those who attain higher education and those who do not. “That’s become the basic Democratic Party,” Sosnik said, referring to the more educated segment of society. Conversely, those who feel left behind by economic changes have coalesced into the core of the modern Republican base.

Economic Inequality and Political Alignment

This education gap is closely tied to growing economic inequality in the U.S., with data backing up Sosnik’s claims. A report from the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis in August highlighted the stark differences in wealth between households led by college graduates and those without higher education. According to the report, for every dollar of wealth in a household headed by a college graduate, a household headed by a high school graduate has just 22 cents. The disparity improves slightly for households headed by someone with some college education but no degree, who hold 30 cents for every dollar of wealth in a college graduate’s household.

In broader terms, college graduates account for about three-quarters of the nation’s wealth, despite making up only around 40% of the population. The political implications of this economic divide are clear: voters with a college degree made up 41% of the electorate in 2020, according to CNN’s exit polls, and 55% of them supported President Joe Biden, while 43% backed Trump. On the other hand, Trump maintained a strong grip on about two-thirds of White voters without a college degree, but he struggled to win over White college-educated voters.

How Education Shapes Battleground States

Sosnik took his analysis further by explaining that the battleground states, where the 2024 election is likely to be decided, also fall in the middle of the national spectrum on educational attainment. These states—such as Pennsylvania, Michigan, and Wisconsin in the Rust Belt, and Georgia, North Carolina, and Arizona in the Sun Belt—are not significantly skewed toward either highly educated or less-educated populations, which is why they remain competitive.

A report from the Lumina Foundation, using census data, ranks states by levels of educational attainment, including post-high school certifications and associate degrees. This ranking supports Sosnik’s point: the battleground states typically hover around the national average in terms of education. One notable exception is Nevada, a battleground state with one of the lowest educational attainment levels in the country. Interestingly, some states with high educational attainment, such as those in the Northeast, tend to be solidly Democratic, while Utah, a conservative state, ranks near the top in education levels.

The New Swing Voters

In this shifting landscape, the traditional concept of swing voters—those who can be persuaded to choose between candidates—is evolving. Sosnik identified two groups of swing voters in the 2024 election. The first group consists of political independents or moderate Republicans, such as supporters of Nikki Haley, who may still be swayed by campaign messaging.

However, Sosnik emphasized a second, potentially more influential group of swing voters. These individuals are not choosing between candidates; instead, they are deciding whether to vote at all. For Trump, this group consists primarily of non-college-educated White men who, if they turn out to vote, will almost certainly support him. For Harris, the critical swing voters might be women who do not typically vote but are motivated by the Supreme Court’s ruling on abortion to participate in the 2024 election.

Young voters, who have historically been less reliable at the polls, also fall into this second category of swing voters. Sosnik noted that Trump’s political success has largely been built on appealing to those who are not traditional voters, a strategy that has redefined how campaigns are run and elections are won.

A New Paradigm in Presidential Elections

Sosnik argued that the growing importance of education in politics has also flipped a long-standing trend in voter turnout between presidential and midterm elections. Traditionally, Democrats have performed better in presidential elections, thanks to infrequent voters who are more likely to align with the Democratic Party. In contrast, Republicans tended to fare better in midterm elections when high-propensity voters, who are often more conservative, dominated the electorate.

However, this pattern has been upended in the Trump era. “Up until Trump, Democrats always did better in presidential years because infrequent voters were Democratic,” Sosnik explained. “Republicans always did better in off years because the high propensity voters were Republican. That’s completely flipped on its side now.”

As the 2024 election approaches, the educational divide appears poised to play a defining role. With both parties vying for the support of suburban voters and attempting to mobilize their respective bases, education will likely remain the critical factor shaping the future of American politics.

Economists Awarded Nobel Prize for Research on Institutional Impact on National Prosperity

Staff ReporterMoney 0

Three prominent economists, Daron Acemoglu, Simon Johnson, and James Robinson, have been awarded the Nobel Prize in Economic Sciences for their extensive research on how institutions shape the wealth or poverty of nations. The prize, which comes with a cash award of 11 million Swedish kronor ($1 million), was awarded to recognize their work in explaining why some countries thrive economically while others remain stagnant or impoverished.

The Nobel Committee praised the trio’s contributions to the understanding of how the rule of law and the quality of institutions play a pivotal role in determining a nation’s growth trajectory. According to the committee, “societies with a poor rule of law and institutions that exploit the population do not generate growth or change for the better.” The research conducted by Acemoglu, Johnson, and Robinson underscores that differences in the types of institutions governing nations are fundamental to understanding the wealth disparity between countries.

A key aspect of the laureates’ work is the exploration of how colonization impacted the development of institutions in different regions. “When Europeans colonized large parts of the globe, the institutions in those societies changed,” the committee noted. In some cases, colonial institutions were designed to exploit local populations, but in other cases, they set the stage for the development of more inclusive political and economic systems that fostered growth and stability.

The Nobel Committee highlighted the economists’ ability to show that “one explanation for differences in countries’ prosperity is the societal institutions that were introduced during colonization.” Countries that established what the laureates term “inclusive institutions” – those that respect property rights and uphold the rule of law – have generally become prosperous. In contrast, nations that developed “extractive institutions” have often struggled with prolonged economic stagnation, as these institutions tend to concentrate wealth and resources in the hands of a few elites at the expense of the broader population.

In their widely acclaimed 2012 book, *Why Nations Fail*, Acemoglu, a Turkish-American professor at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT), and Robinson, a British professor at the University of Chicago, delve deeply into this idea. They argue that political and economic institutions are at the heart of why some nations are wealthy while others remain poor. The book opens with a compelling comparison of two towns named Nogales – one in the U.S. state of Arizona and the other just across the border in Mexico’s Sonora region. The differences in prosperity between these two towns, they argue, are not due to geographical or cultural factors but instead reflect the strength and inclusiveness of the institutions governing each side.

While some economists have suggested that differences in climate, agriculture, and culture are key determinants of prosperity, Acemoglu and Robinson’s work shows that the strength of local institutions is the defining factor. In their analysis of Nogales, Arizona, they highlight how the strong institutions in the U.S. foster better living conditions and economic opportunities compared to those across the border in Mexico.

The work of these economists goes beyond historical analyses. In a more recent collaboration, Acemoglu and Johnson, a British-American professor at MIT, published *Power and Progress* in 2023. This book investigates the impact of technological advancements over the last millennium, from agricultural improvements to artificial intelligence. Their research reveals that, historically, these innovations have often benefited elites disproportionately rather than fostering widespread prosperity. The authors express concern that artificial intelligence, in particular, could exacerbate economic inequality if not managed carefully. They caution that “the current path of AI is neither good for the economy nor for democracy,” as it risks entrenching the power and wealth of a select few.

When asked about whether their research suggests that democracy leads to economic growth, Acemoglu offered a nuanced perspective. He acknowledged that their findings support the idea that democracy is generally favorable for economic development but added that democracy is “not a panacea.” He emphasized that “our argument has been that this sort of authoritarian growth is more unstable and does not generally lead to very rapid and original innovation.” His remarks reflect a cautious optimism about democracy’s potential while acknowledging its limitations.

In *Why Nations Fail*, Acemoglu and Robinson also examined China’s economic growth, predicting that it would be unsustainable due to the country’s lack of inclusive institutions. More than a decade later, Acemoglu admitted that China’s continued rapid growth, particularly in the fields of artificial intelligence and electric vehicles, has presented “a bit of a challenge” to their argument. Nevertheless, he remains skeptical that China’s authoritarian regime will be able to sustain long-term innovation and economic success. He noted that “these authoritarian regimes, for a variety of reasons, are going to have a harder time in achieving long-term, sustainable innovation outcomes.”

The economics Nobel, officially known as the Bank of Sweden Prize in Economic Sciences in Memory of Alfred Nobel, was established in 1968 by Sweden’s central bank. Unlike the more traditional Nobel Prizes for achievements in physics, chemistry, medicine, literature, and peace, this award was not part of the original set of prizes conceived by Alfred Nobel, the Swedish industrialist and inventor of dynamite.

Last year’s Nobel Prize in Economic Sciences was awarded to Claudia Goldin, a professor at Harvard University, for her groundbreaking research on gender disparities in the labor market. Goldin used over 200 years of data to analyze how the gender pay gap has evolved. Historically, the gap was largely attributed to differences in education and occupation between men and women. However, her research showed that in more recent decades, the gender pay gap has persisted even within the same occupations, with much of the disparity emerging when women have their first child. Goldin’s work highlighted how societal structures and expectations contribute to ongoing gender inequality in the workplace.

The awarding of this year’s Nobel Prize to Acemoglu, Johnson, and Robinson underscores the importance of understanding how institutions, political systems, and economic structures shape the fortunes of nations. Their research offers valuable insights into the enduring impact of historical decisions on the modern global economy and the challenges faced by nations that lack inclusive institutions capable of fostering innovation and growth.

-+=